SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORP
S-1/A, 1996-11-05
MISCELLANEOUS BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTION
Previous: FIRST BANK CORPORATE CARD MASTER TRUST, S-3/A, 1996-11-05
Next: SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORP, S-1/A, 1996-11-05



<PAGE>
 
    
 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 5, 1996     
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-14181
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                --------------
                                 PRE-EFFECTIVE
                                 
                              AMENDMENT NO. 2     
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                --------------
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
     CALIFORNIA                       6199                   33-0636924
   (STATE OR OTHER             (PRIMARY STANDARD          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   JURISDICTION OF         INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION    IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
  INCORPORATION OR                CODE NUMBER)
    ORGANIZATION)
             
          ONE CENTERPOINTE DRIVE, SUITE 500, LAKE OSWEGO, OREGON 97035
                                 (503) 684-4700
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                --------------
 
                                ROBERT W. HOWARD
                                   PRESIDENT
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
          ONE CENTERPOINTE DRIVE, SUITE 500, LAKE OSWEGO, OREGON 97035
                                 (503) 684-4700
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                   COPIES TO:
        LAURIS G. L. RALL                    DAVID J. JOHNSON, JR.
      PAUL D. TVETENSTRAND                    ANDREWS & KURTH LLP
     THACHER PROFFITT & WOOD           601 S. FIGUEROA STREET, SUITE 4200
     TWO WORLD TRADE CENTER              LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90017
    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10048
 
                            THOMAS J. POLETTI, ESQ.
                             SUSAN B. KALMAN, ESQ.
                             DARREN O. BIGBY, ESQ.
                          FRESHMAN, MARANTZ, ORLANSKI,
                                 COOPER & KLEIN
                      9100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, SUITE 800-E
                        BEVERLY HILLS, CALIFORNIA 90212
 
                                --------------
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
      practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
                                --------------
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: [_]
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                                --------------
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                 
              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- DATED NOVEMBER 4, 1996     
   
PROSPECTUS     
                                1,000,000 SHARES
 
 
                [LOGO OF SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                  -----------
 
  All 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Southern Pacific Funding Corporation,
a California corporation ("SPFC" or the "Company") offered hereby (the
"Offering") are being sold by Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. ("ICII" or
"Selling Shareholder"). The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale
of shares by the Selling Shareholder. Upon completion of this Offering, ICII
will own 51.2% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (or 50.1% if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). See "Beneficial
Ownership of Securities and Selling Shareholder."
   
  The Company's Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE")
under the symbol "SFC." On November 1, 1996, the last reported sale price of
the Common Stock was $31.125 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock and
Dividend Policy."     
 
  Concurrently with the Offering of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder,
the Company is separately offering up to $86,250,000 principal amount of
Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006. The consummation of this Offering is
not conditioned upon the consummation of such offering by the Company. There
can be no assurance that the offering of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
will be consummated and, if so, on what terms.
 
                                  -----------

  SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGES 8 THROUGH 16 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
              THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS.
 
                                  -----------
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS  THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
 ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY
  IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR
            ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION
                          TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    UNDERWRITING   PROCEEDS TO
                                          PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND     SELLING
                                           PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS(1) SHAREHOLDER(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>            <C>
Per Share...............................     $           $              $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)................................    $           $              $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) See "Underwriting" for information relating to indemnification of the
    Underwriters.
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Selling Shareholder estimated to
    be $475,000.
(3) The Selling Shareholder has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to
    purchase up to 150,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms,
    solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise the
    option in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions and Proceeds to Selling Shareholder will be $          ,
    $          and $          , respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
                                  -----------
  The shares of Common Stock are offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them, and subject to the
right of the Underwriters to reject any order in whole or in part. It is
expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York,
New York, on or about     , 1996.
 
                                  -----------
NATWEST SECURITIES LIMITED
                            OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
                                                         DABNEY/RESNICK/IMPERIAL
 
 
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS        , 1996.
<PAGE>
 
 
 
 
                                     [MAP]
 
 
 
 
  The Company furnishes its shareholders with annual reports containing
financial statements audited by independent auditors and quarterly reports
containing unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of
each fiscal year.
 
                               ----------------
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, OR OTHERWISE.
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                               ----------------
 
  FOR UNITED KINGDOM PURCHASERS: THE COMMON STOCK MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD
IN THE UNITED KINGDOM OTHER THAN TO PERSONS WHOSE ORDINARY ACTIVITIES INVOLVE
THEM IN ACQUIRING, HOLDING, MANAGING OR DISPOSING OF INVESTMENTS, WHETHER AS
PRINCIPAL OR AGENT (EXCEPT IN CIRCUMSTANCES THAT DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
THE PUBLIC WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE PUBLIC OFFERS OF SECURITIES REGULATIONS
1995 OR THE FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT 1986), AND THIS PROSPECTUS MAY ONLY BE
ISSUED OR PASSED ON TO ANY PERSON IN THE UNITED KINGDOM IF THAT PERSON IS OF A
KIND DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE 11(3) OF THE FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT 1986 (INVESTMENT
ADVERTISEMENTS) (EXEMPTIONS) ORDER 1996.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and Financial Statements,
including the Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as
otherwise specified, all information in this Prospectus (i) assumes no exercise
of the Underwriters' over-allotment option (see "Underwriting"), (ii) excludes
1,294,800 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1995
Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (the "Stock Option
Plan"), of which 537,000 will be outstanding on the effective date of this
Offering, and 1,294,800 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon
exercise of outstanding options under the Company's 1995 Senior Management
Stock Option Plan (the "Senior Management Plan"), and (iii) gives effect to a
4,150 for one stock split effected in April 1996. This Prospectus contains
forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-
looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth
under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Southern Pacific Funding Corporation ("SPFC" or the "Company") is a specialty
finance company engaged in the business of originating, purchasing and selling
high-yielding, sub-prime mortgage loans secured primarily by one-to-four family
residences. The majority of the Company's loans are made to owners of single
family residences who use the loan proceeds for purposes such as debt
consolidation, financing of home improvements and educational expenditures. The
Company focuses on lending to individuals who often have impaired or
unsubstantiated credit histories and/or unverifiable income. As a result, the
Company's customers are less likely to qualify for loans from conventional
mortgage sources and generally pay higher interest rates as compared to
interest rates charged by conventional mortgage sources. Approximately 83.2%
and 98.5% of the Company's mortgage loans originated or purchased during the
year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996,
respectively, were secured by first mortgages, and the remainder were secured
by second mortgages. The Company originates and purchases loans through its
Wholesale Division, its Correspondent Program, its Retail/Telemarketing
Division and its Institutional Division. The Company commenced operations in
January 1993 as a division of Southern Pacific Thrift & Loan Association
("SPTL"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. ("ICII"
or "Selling Shareholder"), and has been an operating subsidiary of ICII since
April 1995. The Company completed the initial public offering (the "IPO") of
its Common Stock in June 1996. Upon completion of the IPO, ICII continued to
own approximately 58.4% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. Upon
completion of this Offering, ICII will beneficially own approximately 51.2% of
the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (or 50.1% if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). ICII is a diversified specialty
finance company offering financial products in the following four sectors: sub-
prime residential mortgage banking, commercial mortgage banking, business
lending and consumer lending.
 
  The Company originates a majority of its loans through its Wholesale
Division, which is currently comprised of approximately 60 account executives
located in 13 sales offices who have established relationships with independent
mortgage brokers. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Wholesale
Division originated loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia. Of the
Wholesale Division's 13 sales offices, four are located in California, two in
Oregon, and one in each of Washington, Florida, Colorado, Illinois,
Massachusetts, Utah and Virginia. The Company believes that its competitive
strengths include providing prompt, responsive service and flexible
underwriting to independent mortgage brokers. The Company's underwriters apply
its underwriting guidelines on an individual basis but have the flexibility to
deviate from them when an exception or upgrade is warranted by a particular
loan applicant's situation, such as evidence of a strong mortgage repayment
history relative to a weaker overall consumer-credit repayment history. In most
cases, the Company conditionally approves loans within 24 hours from receipt of
application and funds loans within 21 days after approval. The Wholesale
Division originated $183.0 million, $267.4 million and $197.1 million of loans
during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six months ended June
30, 1996, respectively, representing 96.2%, 92.7% and 75.9% of total loan
originations and purchases during the respective periods.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
  The Company recently formed its Retail/Telemarketing Division to solicit
loans directly from prospective borrowers. The Retail/Telemarketing Division
originates loans through predictive dialing machines, which combine telephone
dialing technology with an on-line computer to facilitate the loan origination
process. The predictive dialing machine (i) automatically dials prospective
borrowers, (ii) provides the telemarketer with an on-screen marketing
presentation to market efficiently the Company's loan products, and (iii)
provides an interactive loan underwriting program and loan quotation system to
assess immediately the prospect's borrowing capability.
 
  The Company purchases loans through its Correspondent Program. Loans
purchased through the Correspondent Program are complete loan packages that
have been underwritten and funded by mortgage bankers or financial
institutions. All loans purchased through the Correspondent Program are
reunderwritten by the Company's underwriting staff to determine that the loan
packages are complete and materially adhere to the Company's underwriting
guidelines. During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1996, the Company purchased $7.3 million, $21.1 million
and $53.3 million of mortgage loans, respectively, through its Correspondent
Program. The Institutional Division, which began operations in 1996, also
originates and purchases loans through relationships developed with small- to
medium-sized commercial banks, savings banks and thrift institutions. During
the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Institutional Division originated and
purchased $9.4 million of mortgage loans.
 
  In order to increase the Company's volume and diversify its sources of loan
originations, the Company is seeking to enter into strategic alliances with
selected mortgage lenders. Pursuant to such strategic alliances, the Company
would provide financing arrangements and a commitment to purchase qualifying
loans, and the participant in such a strategic alliance would be entitled to
participate in the potential profitability of Company sponsored
securitizations. To date, the Company has entered into one letter of intent
with a potential strategic participant. Subject to the negotiation of a
definitive agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the potential strategic
participant a loan purchase facility, make advances and provide working capital
financing secured by interest-only and residual certificates, in return for
which the strategic participant has agreed to provide to the Company on a flow
basis all of such participant's mortgage loans that meet the Company's
guidelines. Such commitment will terminate upon the earlier of loans delivered
in an aggregate amount of $600 million or three years following the Company's
first sponsored securitization in which such participant is included. The
Company will also receive an option to purchase an equity interest in such
participant.
 
  The Company sells a majority of its loan origination and purchase volume
through public securitizations. Securitization sales provide the Company with
greater flexibility and operating leverage than a portfolio lender by allowing
the Company to generate fee and interest income and participate in the
continuing profitability of the loans with a significantly smaller capital
commitment than that required by traditional portfolio lenders. Generally, in
each securitization transaction, the Company retains an interest in the loans
sold through interest-only and residual certificates, which are amortized over
an estimated average life. Cash flow received from these interest-only and
residual certificates is subject to the prepayment and loss characteristics of
the underlying loans. During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the
six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company securitized $70.2 million,
$164.9 million and $233.0 million of mortgage loans, respectively.
 
  The Company retains the servicing rights on all loans it originates or
purchases. In September 1995, the Company chose to outsource its loan servicing
operations to Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA ("Advanta"), which the Company
believes is one of the largest servicers of sub-prime mortgage loans. The
Company believes that by outsourcing loan servicing to Advanta, it is able to
benefit from Advanta's experience in servicing sub-prime mortgage loans, its
comprehensive reporting capabilities, and the cost efficiencies related to
having large amounts of loans serviced by Advanta for itself and others. Under
the Company's servicing agreement with Advanta, the Company is able to reduce
the overhead, administrative and other fixed costs associated with servicing
loans while maintaining control of its servicing portfolio. Advanta currently
services every mortgage loan originated
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
or purchased by the Company. As of June 30, 1996, the Company's servicing
portfolio (inclusive of securitized loans for which the Company has ongoing
risk of loss but has no remaining servicing rights or obligations) was
$441.9 million.
 
  The Company's goal is to increase loan origination and purchase volume
nationwide while maintaining quality customer service and consistent
underwriting practices. The Company intends to achieve this goal by employing
the following strategies: (i) continuing expansion of its Wholesale Division,
(ii) increasing the volume and size of loan packages acquired through its
Correspondent Program, (iii) entering into strategic alliances with selected
mortgage lenders, (iv) expanding its Retail/Telemarketing Division and (v)
increasing its pull-through ratio, which is the ratio of loans ultimately
funded to loans approved.
 
  The Company was incorporated in California in October 1994. The Company's
headquarters are located at One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500, Lake Oswego,
Oregon 97035, and its telephone number is (503) 684-4700.
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
  Results of the Quarter Ended September 30, 1996. The Company's net earnings
for the three months ended September 30, 1996 increased to $8.2 million, or
$0.56 per share, from $3.4 million, or $0.32 per share, for the comparable
period in the preceding year. Net earnings for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996 increased to $17.6 million, or $1.39 per share, as compared
to $6.5 million and $0.62 per share, respectively, for the comparable period in
the preceding year. The weighted average number of common shares and common
share equivalents outstanding for the three months ended September 30, 1995 and
1996 was 10,375,000 and 14,755,304, respectively, and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1995 and 1996 was 10,375,000 and 12,657,815, respectively.
 
  As of September 30, 1996, the Company's servicing portfolio (inclusive of
securitized loans for which the Company has ongoing risk of loss but has no
remaining servicing rights or obligations) had an aggregate principal balance
of $651.3 million, all of which is serviced by Advanta. Delinquencies as a
percentage of loans serviced as of September 30, 1996 increased to 3.9% from
3.7% as of June 30, 1996. The Company's proportional interest in losses on
loans underlying its interest-only and residual certificates aggregated $10,406
for the three months ended September 30, 1996. The Company believes that its
portfolio is relatively unseasoned and therefore delinquencies and losses as
indicated for the period ended September 30, 1996 are not indicative of future
results. For the three months ended September 30, 1996, the Company's loan
originations and purchases totaled approximately $230.3 million, an increase of
168.8% over loan production volume of $85.8 million during the comparable
period in 1995. During the third quarter of 1996, the Company sold
approximately $189.4 million of loans through securitizations and recognized a
gain on sale of such mortgage loans in the aggregate of approximately $15.2
million, representing an 8.0% gain on the balance of such loans. The Company's
loans held for sale increased $42.6 million or 36.9% to $158.0 million as of
September 30, 1996 from $115.4 million as of June 30, 1996.
 
  In October 1996, the Company entered into a $150 million warehouse line of
credit, which will expire on October 22, 1997, to increase its available funds
for loan originations and purchases.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
Common Stock offered by the        1,000,000 shares
 Selling Shareholder..............
Common Stock outstanding before
 and after the Offering(1)........ 13,825,000 shares
Use of Proceeds................... The Company will not receive any proceeds
                                   from the Offering.
Concurrent Offering............... Concurrently with the Offering of the
                                   Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder,
                                   the Company is separately offering up to
                                   $86,250,000 principal amount of Convertible
                                   Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the
                                   "Convertible Notes," and such offering, the
                                   "Concurrent Offering"). The consummation of
                                   this Offering is not conditioned upon the
                                   consummation of the Concurrent Offering.
                                   There can be no assurance that the
                                   Concurrent Offering will be consummated
                                   and, if so, on what terms.
New York Stock Exchange Symbol.... "SFC"
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Does not include 1,294,800 shares reserved for issuance under the Stock
    Option Plan and 1,294,800 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options
    granted under the Senior Management Plan. Options to acquire 1,294,800
    shares have been granted to certain executive officers of the Company under
    the Senior Management Plan prior to this Offering at a per share exercise
    price of $10.50. Options to acquire 180,000 shares, 50,000 shares and
    307,000 were granted to the non-employee directors, certain officers and
    other employees of the Company, respectively, under the Stock Option Plan
    at a per share exercise price equal to $17.00, $17.00 and $17.125,
    respectively. See "Management--Stock Options."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  See "Risk Factors" for a description of certain factors which should be
considered carefully in evaluating an investment in the Common Stock offered by
this Prospectus.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA AND RATIOS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PRO                     PRO
                                                 FORMA(1)                FORMA(1)
                                                 --------                --------
                                    YEARS ENDED                 SIX MONTHS
                                   DECEMBER 31,               ENDED JUNE 30,
                          ------------------------------- -----------------------
                           1993   1994    1995     1995    1995   1996     1996
                          ------ ------- ------- -------- ------ ------- --------
<S>                       <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 DATA:
Revenues:
 Gains on sales of
  loans.................  $1,218 $ 9,572 $17,995 $12,204  $6,993 $20,788 $20,399
 Interest income........     407   2,136   4,305   4,305   1,967   4,970   4,709
                          ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
 Total revenues.........   1,625  11,708  22,300  16,509   8,960  25,758  25,108
                          ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
Expenses:
 Interest expense.......     175     886   3,414   3,748   1,177   3,365   3,365
 Personnel and
  commission expense....     475   2,156   4,190   4,191   1,603   4,105   4,105
 General and
  administrative
  expense...............     239   1,262   2,153   2,387     873   1,939   1,938
                          ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
 Total expenses.........     889   4,304   9,757  10,326   3,653   9,409   9,408
                          ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
Earnings before taxes...     736   7,404  12,543   6,183   5,307  16,349  15,700
Income taxes............     305   3,073   5,205   2,566   2,203   6,954   6,678
                          ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
Net earnings............  $  431 $ 4,331 $ 7,338 $ 3,617  $3,104 $ 9,395 $ 9,022
                          ====== ======= ======= =======  ====== ======= =======
Earnings per share......                         $   .32         $   .84 $   .81
                                                 =======         ======= =======
Weighted average number
 of shares
 outstanding(2).........                          11,165          11,181  11,181
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges..........   5.2:1   9.4:1   4.7:1   2.6:1   5.5:1   5.9:1   5.7:1
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                            ------------------------
                             ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED(3)
                            --------  --------------
 <S>                        <C>       <C>
 BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Loans held for sale......  $115,446     $115,446
 Interest-only and
  residual certificates...    40,749       40,749
 Total assets.............   163,362      238,362
 Borrowings under
  warehouse lines of
  credit..................    78,170       78,170
 Convertible subordinated
  notes payable...........       --        75,000
 Due to affiliates........     1,967        1,967
 Total shareholders'
  equity..................    66,893       66,893
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEARS ENDED           SIX MONTHS
                                               DECEMBER 31,             ENDED
                                         ---------------------------   JUNE 30,
                                          1993      1994      1995       1996
                                         -------  --------  --------  ----------
<S>                                      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
OPERATING STATISTICS:
Loan origination and purchases:
 Fixed-rate loans......................  $ 2,668  $ 28,599  $133,360   $118,985
 Variable-rate loans...................   38,888   161,698   155,122    140,868
                                         -------  --------  --------   --------
 Total loan originations and
  purchases............................  $41,556  $190,297  $288,482   $259,853
                                         -------  --------  --------   --------
Percent of loans secured by first
 mortgages.............................     96.4%     98.0%     83.2%      98.5%
Average principal balance per loan.....  $   127  $    117  $     87   $    117
Weighted average initial loan-to-value
 ratio.................................     67.7%     69.5%     76.1%      73.6%
Loan sales:
 Whole loan sales......................  $23,410  $121,362  $ 58,595   $    --
 Loans sold through securitizations....      --     70,173   164,870    233,000
                                         -------  --------  --------   --------
 Total loan sales......................  $23,410  $191,535  $223,465   $233,000
                                         =======  ========  ========   ========
Weighted average interest rate:
 Fixed-rate loans......................     10.5%     10.1%     11.8%      11.3%
 Variable-rate loans...................      8.0%      8.8%      9.3%       9.7%
Delinquencies as a % of loan servicing
 portfolio (at period end)(4)..........      6.9%      1.3%      3.4%       3.7%
Net losses on loans as a % of loan
 servicing portfolio (at period
 end)(5)...............................      0.0%      0.0%      0.0%       0.0%
</TABLE>
- -------
(1) See "Pro Forma Financial Data" included herein.
(2) For an explanation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding used
to compute pro forma earnings per share, see Note 3 of the Notes to the
Financial Statements included herein.
(3) As adjusted to reflect the issuance of the Convertible Notes by the Company
in the Concurrent Offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-
allotment option in connection therewith) and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom. The consummation of this Offering is not conditioned upon
the consummation of the Concurrent Offering. See "Capitalization."
(4) Includes securitized loans serviced by others and loans held for sale.
Delinquencies include all loans over 30 days past due.
(5) Includes securitized loans serviced by others and loans held for sale. The
Company has not experienced material loan losses in part due to the relatively
unseasoned portfolio. The Company believes that over time its delinquency and
loan loss experience will increase as its loan portfolio matures.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should consider
carefully the following factors, as well as the other information appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus, in evaluating an investment in the Company. This
Prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain
factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
 
LIMITED HISTORY OF INDEPENDENT OPERATIONS
 
  The Company commenced operations in January 1993 as a division of SPTL and
became an operating subsidiary of ICII in April 1995. Although the Company has
been profitable for each year since inception and has experienced substantial
growth in mortgage loan originations and total revenues, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be profitable in the future or that these
rates of growth will be sustainable or indicative of future results.
 
  Since inception in January 1993, the Company's growth in originating and
purchasing loans has been significant. In light of this growth, the historical
financial performance of the Company may be of limited relevance in predicting
future performance. Also, the loans originated and purchased by the Company
and included in the Company's securitizations have been outstanding for a
relatively short period of time. The mortgage loans related to the interest-
only and residual certificates retained by SPTL pursuant to the Contribution
Transaction have generally had higher delinquency ratios than the Company's
delinquency ratios, even though such loans were generally underwritten to
SPFC's underwriting standards. Consequently, the delinquency and loss
experience of the Company's loans to date may not be indicative of future
results. It is unlikely that the Company will be able to maintain delinquency
and loan loss ratios at their present levels as the Company's loan portfolio
becomes more seasoned.
 
INTEREST-ONLY AND RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES
 
  At June 30, 1996, the Company's balance sheet reflected interest-only and
residual certificates of approximately $40.7 million valued by the Company in
accordance with SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Debt and Equity
Securities." The Company records as an investment its retained interest in its
securitized loans (both interest-only and residual certificates) and derives a
substantial portion of its income by recognizing gains upon sales of senior
interests in loans through securitizations. Realization of these interest-only
and residual certificates in cash is subject to the prepayment and loss
characteristics of the underlying loans and to the timing and ultimate
realization of cash flows associated therewith. The Company estimates future
cash flows from these interest-only and residual certificates, values them
utilizing assumptions that it believes are consistent with those that would be
utilized by an unaffiliated third party purchaser and records them as trading
securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115. If actual experience differs from
the assumptions used in the determination of the asset value, future cash
flows and earnings could be negatively impacted and the Company could be
required to reduce the value of its interest-only and residual certificates in
accordance with SFAS No. 115. The value of such certificates can fluctuate
widely and is extremely sensitive to changes in discount rates and projected
mortgage loan prepayments. The Company has not experienced material loan
losses and its aggregate delinquency experience has been relatively low, in
part due to the relatively unseasoned portfolio. The Company believes that its
aggregate delinquency and loan loss experience will increase as its loan
portfolio matures. The Company has provided for the effect of projected losses
on its interest-only and residual certificates through its discounted recourse
liability, which was reflected on its balance sheets with a value of $4.8
million at June 30, 1996. To the Company's knowledge, there is no active
market for the sale of these interest-only and residual certificates. No
assurance can be given that interest-only and residual certificates could be
sold at their reported value, if at all. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Accounting
Considerations."
 
  Credit Risk Exposure. The documents governing the Company's securitizations
require the trustee of the securitization to build over-collateralization
levels through retention of cash otherwise payable to the interest-only and
residual certificateholders ("residual interest distributions") and
application thereof to reduce the principal balances of the senior interests
issued by the related trust. This application causes the aggregate
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
principal amount of the loans in the related pool to exceed the aggregate
principal balance of the outstanding senior interests. Such excess amounts
serve as credit enhancement for the related senior interests and are available
to cover losses realized on loans held by such trust. The Company continues to
be subject to the risks of default and foreclosure following the sale of loans
through securitizations to the extent residual interest distributions are
reduced by losses. Certain of the Company's interest-only and residual
certificates relate to mortgage pools which include loans originated by ICII,
SPTL and other unrelated originators, as well as the Company. To the extent
the loss and delinquency characteristics of loans originated by such other
originators are greater than the Company's, the Company will have additional
credit exposure thereto. If losses exceed the current period residual interest
distributions, an insurance policy will fund the losses and the insurer will
be reimbursed from future residual interest distributions. Such over-
collateralization levels are pre-determined by the entity issuing the
guarantee on the related senior interests and are a condition to obtaining an
"AAA/Aaa" rating thereon. In addition, such retention diverts cash which would
otherwise flow to the Company. See footnote 3 of Notes to Financial Statements
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
RECENT AND PLANNED EXPANSION
 
  The Company's total revenues and net earnings have grown significantly since
inception, primarily due to increased mortgage origination, purchasing and
sales activities. The Company intends to continue to pursue a growth strategy
for the foreseeable future, primarily through the growth and expansion of its
Wholesale Division and Correspondent Program, through the development of its
Retail/Telemarketing Division and entering into strategic alliances with
selected mortgage lenders. In particular, as part of the Company's strategic
plan, it intends to use the Retail/Telemarketing Division, with its lower
average cost for each originated loan, to increase the volume of loans
originated. In addition, the Company is seeking to enter into strategic
alliances with selected mortgage lenders, pursuant to which, among other
things, the Company would provide financing arrangements and a commitment to
purchase qualifying loans, and the related participant in such a strategic
alliance would be entitled to participate in the potential profitability of
Company sponsored securitizations. Each of these plans requires additional
personnel and assets and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to successfully expand and operate such divisions and programs
profitably. In particular, it is anticipated that the Company's planned
strategic alliances will require substantial capital commitments to fund
residual and working capital financing, a substantial portion of which could
be subject to the credit risk of the participant in the related strategic
alliance. Although it is expected that the Company's commitments will be
secured by the related participant's interest in the Company's interest-only
and residual certificates, as applicable, in the event of a default by such a
participant, the cash collected from such collateral may not be sufficient, in
the event of substantially faster than anticipated prepayments on such
collateral, to repay fully the Company's advances. There can be no assurance
that the Company will anticipate and respond effectively to all of the
changing demands that its expanding operations will have on the Company's
management, information and operating systems and cash reserves and the
failure of the Company to meet challenges of any such expansion could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully
achieve its planned expansion or, if achieved, that the expansion will result
in profitable operations.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
  Liquidity. The Company anticipates that it will continue operating on a
negative cash flow basis as long as it continues to sell loans through
securitizations and it continues to retain interest-only and residual
certificates in the loans sold. The Company's primary operating cash
requirements include the funding or payment of: (i) originations and
purchases; (ii) investments in interest-only and residual certificates; (iii)
fees and expenses incurred in connection with securitizations; (iv) interest
expense incurred on borrowings under its warehouse facilities; (v) income
taxes; (vi) capital expenditures; (vii) fund advances under its strategic
alliance program; and (viii) other operating and administrative expenses. The
Company funds these cash requirements primarily through capital market
transactions, warehouse financing and whole loan sales and securitizations.
    
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
  Need for Additional Financing. The Company's ability to implement its
business strategy will depend upon its ability to continue to effect
securitizations, establish alternative long-term financing arrangements,
maintain sufficient financing under warehousing facilities upon acceptable
terms and to access the public or private capital markets in connection with
the issuance of its equity or debt securities. There can be no assurance that
such financing will be available to the Company on favorable terms, if at all.
If such financing were not available or the Company's capital requirements
exceed anticipated levels, then the Company would be required to obtain
additional financing. The Company cannot presently estimate the amount and
timing of additional financing requirements because such requirements are
dependent upon, among other things, the growth of the Company. If the Company
were unable to raise such additional capital, its results of operations and
financial condition would be adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
  In addition, pursuant to the ICII Note Indenture (as defined below), for so
long as ICII owns more than 50% of the Company's outstanding voting
securities, the Company may be limited in the amount of indebtedness it may
incur. See "--Control by Existing Shareholder; Limitations Imposed."
 
  Dependence on Warehouse Financing. The Company relies significantly upon its
access to warehouse credit facilities in order to fund new originations and
purchases. The Company has a $200 million warehouse line of credit which
expires on April 1, 1997 and is guaranteed by ICII, and has entered into
another warehouse line of credit for which the lender did not require ICII's
guarantee. The Company expects to be able to maintain its existing warehouse
lines of credit (or to obtain replacement or additional financing) as the
current arrangements expire or become fully utilized; however, there can be no
assurance that such financing will be obtainable on favorable terms, if at
all. To the extent that the Company is unable to maintain its warehouse lines
of credit, the Company may have to curtail loan origination and purchasing
activities, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
  Dependence on Securitizations. Since March 1994, the Company has pooled and
sold through securitizations senior interests in an increasing percentage of
the loans which it originates or purchases. The Company relies significantly
upon securitizations to generate cash proceeds for repayment of its warehouse
line and to create credit availability to purchase additional loans. Further,
gains on sales from the Company's securitizations represent a significant
portion of the Company's revenues. Several factors affect the Company's
ability to complete securitizations of its loans, including conditions in the
securities markets generally, conditions in the asset-backed securities market
specifically, the credit quality of the Company's portfolio of loans and the
Company's ability to obtain credit enhancement. If the Company were unable to
securitize profitably a sufficient number of its loans in a particular
financial reporting period, then the Company's revenues for such period would
decline which could result in lower income or a loss for such period. In
addition, unanticipated delays in closing a securitization could also increase
the Company's interest rate risk by increasing the warehousing period for its
loans.
 
  In order to gain access to the securitization market, the Company has relied
on credit enhancements provided by monoline insurance companies to guarantee
senior interests in the related trusts to enable it to obtain an "AAA/Aaa"
rating for such interests. Any substantial reductions in the size or
availability of the securitization market for the Company's loans or the
unwillingness of insurance companies to guarantee the senior interests in the
Company's loan pools could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.
 
  The Company endeavors to effect quarterly public securitizations of its loan
pools. However, market and other considerations, including the conformity of
such loan pools to the requirements of monoline insurance companies and rating
agencies, affect the timing of such transactions. Any delay in the sale of a
loan pool beyond a quarter-end would postpone the recognition of gain related
to such loans and would likely result in lower income or a loss for such
quarter being reported by the Company.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
  General. The Company's business may be adversely affected by periods of
economic slowdown or recession which may be accompanied by decreased demand
for consumer credit and declining real estate values. Any material decline in
real estate values reduces the ability of borrowers to use home equity to
support borrowings and increases the loan-to-value ratios of loans previously
made by the Company, thereby weakening collateral coverage and increasing the
possibility of a loss in the event of default. Further, delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or
recessions. Because of the Company's focus on borrowers who are unable or
unwilling to obtain mortgage financing from conventional mortgage sources,
whether for reasons of credit impairment, income qualification or credit
history or a desire to receive funding on an expedited basis ("Sub-prime
Borrowers"), the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on
such loans could be higher under adverse economic conditions than those
currently experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general. Any
sustained period of such increased delinquencies, foreclosures or losses could
adversely affect the pricing of the Company's loan sales whether through whole
loan sales or securitizations.
 
  Changes in Interest Rates. Profitability may be directly affected by the
level of and fluctuations in interest rates which affect the Company's ability
to earn a spread between interest received on its loans held for sale and
rates paid on warehouse line. The Company's profitability may be adversely
affected during any period of unexpected or rapid change in interest rates. A
substantial and sustained increase in interest rates could adversely affect
the Company's ability to originate and purchase loans. A significant decline
in interest rates could increase the level of loan prepayments and require the
Company to write down the value of its interest-only and residual
certificates, thereby adversely impacting earnings.
 
  Variable-rate mortgage loans (which includes loans that have initial fixed
rate terms of up to three years) originated or purchased by the Company
amounted to $161.7 million, $155.1 million and $140.9 million in principal
amount during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six months
ended June 30, 1996, respectively. Substantially all such variable-rate
mortgage loans included a "teaser" rate, i.e., an initial interest rate
significantly below the fully indexed interest rate at origination. Although
these loans are underwritten assuming the fully indexed rate at origination,
borrowers may encounter financial difficulties as a result of increases in the
interest rate over the life of the loans.
 
  The market value of fixed-rate mortgage loans has a greater sensitivity to
changes in market interest rates than adjustable-rate mortgage loans. As the
Company's production of fixed-rate mortgage loans has increased, the Company
has implemented various hedging strategies to mitigate the change in market
value of fixed-rate mortgage loans held for sale between the date of
origination and sale. Commencing in August 1995, these strategies have
included selling short and selling forward United States Treasury securities
and pre-funding loan originations in its securitizations. The Company
currently hedges its fixed-rate mortgage loans held for sale by selling
forward a combination of United States Treasury securities of various
maturities whose combined change in value due to a change in interest rates
closely approximates the change in value of the mortgage loans hedged. In the
future the Company may hedge its variable-rate mortgage loans and interest-
only and residual certificates with hedging transactions which may include
forward sales of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities, interest rate
caps and floors and buying and selling of futures and options on futures. The
nature and quantity of hedging transactions are determined by the Company's
management based on various factors, including market conditions and the
expected volume of mortgage loan originations and purchases. No assurance can
be given that such hedging transactions will offset the risks of changes in
interest rates, and it is possible that there will be periods during which the
Company could incur losses after accounting for its hedging activities. See
"Business--Hedging."
 
  In addition, the Company hedges future production of mortgage loans through
a pre-funding mechanism in connection with its securitizations. In its
securitization transactions, investors deposit cash (the "pre-funded amount")
into the related trust to purchase the loans the Company commits to sell on a
forward basis. This pre-funded amount is invested pending use in short term
obligations which pay a lower interest rate than the interest
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
rate the trust is obligated to pay certificate investors on the outstanding
balance of the pre-funded amount. The Company is required to deposit at the
closing of the related transaction an amount sufficient to make up the
difference between these rates.
 
RISKS RELATED TO LOWER CREDIT GRADE BORROWERS
 
  Loans made to Sub-prime Borrowers may entail a higher risk of delinquency
and higher losses than loans made to borrowers who utilize conventional
mortgage sources. While the Company believes that the underwriting criteria it
employs enable it to mitigate the higher risks inherent in loans made to Sub-
prime Borrowers, no assurance can be given that such criteria or methods will
afford adequate protection against such risks. In the event that pools of
loans sold by the Company in which the Company retains interest-only and
residual certificates experience higher losses than anticipated, the Company's
results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
  The Company currently offers multiple mortgage loan products to Sub-prime
Borrowers which it classifies as A through D credit levels. The Company
intends to increase its focus on lower credit levels such as C and D credit
loans. The Company requires a higher interest rate and a lower loan-to-value
ratio on C and D loans than it requires for higher grade sub-prime mortgage
loans. The Company believes that higher interest rates and lower loan-to-value
ratios required for lower credit grade borrowers should offset the risks
inherent in lower credit grade lending. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company will not experience loan losses in connection with such
lending activities which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial condition.
 
RISKS OF CONTRACTED SERVICING
 
  The Company currently contracts for the servicing of all loans it
originates, purchases and holds for sale with Advanta. This arrangement allows
the Company to increase the volume of loans it originates and purchases
without incurring the overhead investment in servicing operations. As with any
external service provider, the Company is subject to risks associated with
inadequate or untimely services. The Company regularly reviews the
delinquencies of its servicing portfolio. Many of the Company's borrowers
require notices and reminders to keep their loans current and to prevent
delinquencies and foreclosures. A substantial increase in the Company's
delinquency rate or foreclosure rate could adversely affect its ability to
access profitably the capital markets for its financing needs, including
future securitizations. Although the Company periodically reviews the costs
associated with establishing servicing operations to service the loans it
originates and purchases, it has no plans to establish and perform servicing
operations at this time. See "Business--Loan Servicing and Delinquencies."
 
  The Company's servicing agreement with Advanta provides that if the Company
desires to terminate the agreement without cause (as defined in the agreement)
upon 90 days' written notice, the Company will be required to pay Advanta an
amount equal to 1% of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans
being serviced by Advanta at such time. Further, the agreement provides that
the Company shall pay Advanta a transfer fee of $100 per loan for any mortgage
loan which the Company transfers from Advanta to another servicer, without
terminating the agreement. Depending upon the size of the Company's loan
portfolio serviced by Advanta at any point in time, the termination penalty
that the Company would be obligated to pay Advanta may be substantial.
 
  Advanta currently services the loans in each of the Company's public
securitizations. With respect to such loans, the related pooling and servicing
agreements do not permit Advanta to be terminated except under specific
conditions described in such agreements, which generally include various loss
and delinquency tests and failure to make payments, including advances, within
specific time periods. Such termination would generally be at the option of
the holders of the related certificates and/or the financial guaranty insurer
for such securitization and not at the option of the Company. If a new
servicer were selected with respect to any such securitization, the change in
servicing may result in greater delinquencies and losses on the related loans,
which would adversely impact the value of the interest-only and residual
certificates held by the Company in connection with such securitization.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
DEPENDENCE ON A LIMITED NUMBER OF KEY PERSONNEL
 
  The Company's growth and development to date have been largely dependent
upon the services of Robert W. Howard and Bernard A. Guy, President and
Executive Vice President of the Company, respectively. The Company does not
have and does not presently intend to acquire key-man life insurance on any of
its key personnel. The loss of Messrs. Howard's or Guy's services for any
reason could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company has
entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Howard and Guy. See
"Management--Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements."
 
CONTROL BY EXISTING SHAREHOLDER; LIMITATIONS IMPOSED
 
  After this Offering, ICII will beneficially own approximately 51.2% of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company (or 50.1% if the Underwriters' over-
allotment option is exercised in full). Although the percentage ownership by
ICII after the Offering and the exercise of outstanding stock options may
eventually be reduced to less than 50%, it is likely that ICII will continue
to be able to control the election of at least a majority of the members of
the Company's Board of Directors and to determine all corporate actions for
the foreseeable future. The Company's Board of Directors will independently
approve ordinary corporate transactions, including, but not limited to,
financing arrangements between the Company and non-ICII entities, without the
prior approval of ICII. Under the Company's bylaws, as long as ICII directly
owns at least 25% of the Company's outstanding voting stock, the Audit
Committee of the Company's Board of Directors (consisting of directors
independent of both management and ICII) must independently approve all
transactions between the Company and ICII. See "Beneficial Ownership of
Securities and Selling Shareholder."
 
  In January 1994, ICII, the Company's parent, issued $90 million principal
amount of Senior Notes due 2004 (the "Notes"). The indenture for the Notes
(the "ICII Note Indenture") contains financial and operating covenants of ICII
whereby ICII agrees to take or refrain from taking, and to cause those of its
subsidiaries for which it owns a majority of the voting securities (such
subsidiaries of ICII, "ICII Subsidiaries"), including the Company, to take or
refrain from taking, certain actions regarding the financial operations of
ICII and the ICII Subsidiaries. The ICII Note Indenture provides that ICII
will not and will not permit the ICII Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to any indebtedness in an
aggregate consolidated principal amount outstanding at any one time in excess
of $5 million, unless (i) such indebtedness is under a mortgage loan
repurchase agreement or repurchase facility with an original maturity not to
exceed 180 days, (ii) such indebtedness is under any warehouse line of credit
or similar facility secured primarily by mortgage loans held for sale or (iii)
no default shall have occurred and be continuing under the ICII Note Indenture
and (A) such indebtedness is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
and does not require any principal payment, redemption payment or sinking fund
payment thereon, in whole or in part, to be made on or prior to the stated
maturity date of the Notes and (B) immediately after giving effect thereto,
the aggregate principal amount of ICII's adjusted consolidated indebtedness
(as defined in the ICII Note Indenture) would not exceed 200% of ICII's
adjusted net worth (as defined in the ICII Note Indenture) as of the last day
of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. The ICII Note Indenture also
prohibits ICII from selling shares of the Company's Common Stock in an amount
that would cause ICII's ownership to be reduced below 50% of the outstanding
Common Stock. The ICII Note Indenture does not permit either ICII's or the
Company's Board of Directors to waive such covenants. While the Company is not
a party to the ICII Note Indenture, the Company has agreed not to take any
action which would cause a violation of the terms of the ICII Note Indenture.
The Offering will not cause a violation of the terms of the Indenture.
However, as long as the Notes remain outstanding and the Company is an ICII
Subsidiary, the Company may be adversely affected by limitations on its
ability to incur indebtedness. These limitations could (i) cause the Company
to operate in a manner which generated cash but was less profitable than it
otherwise could be, (ii) curtail its growth plans or (iii) otherwise adversely
affect its operations.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDER
 
  On November 20, 1995, ICII sold certain assets to Imperial Credit Mortgage
Holdings, Inc. ("IMH"), a real estate investment trust. In connection
therewith, ICII executed a non-compete agreement (the "Non-Compete Agreement")
and a right of first refusal agreement (the "Right of First Refusal
Agreement"), each
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
having a term of two years. Pursuant to the Non-Compete Agreement, except as
set forth below, ICII and any entity of which ICII owns more than twenty-five
percent (25%) of the voting securities (a "25% Entity") may not (i) compete
with the warehouse lending operations of IMH (whereby IMH provides short-term
lines of credit to approved mortgage banks to finance mortgage loans during
the time from the closing of the loans to their sale or other settlement with
pre-approved investors), (ii) establish a network of third party correspondent
loan originators and (iii) establish another end-investor in sub-prime
mortgage loans. The Non-Compete Agreement provides explicitly, however, that
the Company "may continue its business which is primarily to act as a
wholesale originator and bulk purchaser of non-conforming mortgage loans."
Pursuant to the Right of First Refusal Agreement, ICII granted ICI Funding
Corporation, a subsidiary of IMH ("ICIFC"), a right of first refusal to
purchase all non-conforming mortgage loans that ICII or any 25% Entity desires
to sell. Under this Agreement, the Company must give ICIFC 24 hours' prior
written notice of the terms of any proposed sales of non-conforming mortgage
loans. There have been no claims made under the Right of First Refusal
Agreement by ICIFC as a result of the Company's operations to date.
 
RISKS RELATED TO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IN LOAN SALES AND
SECURITIZATIONS
 
  In connection with its securitizations, the Company transfers loans
originated or purchased by the Company to a trust in exchange for cash and
interest-only and residual certificates issued by the trust. The trustee and
the monoline insurance company with respect to such securitization will have
recourse to the Company with respect to the breach of representations or
warranties made by the Company at the time such loans are transferred. In
connection with any such breach with respect to any loan, the Company will be
required either to (i) purchase such loan from the trust or (ii) substitute
such loan with a substantially similar one. While the Company generally has
recourse to the sellers of mortgage loans for any such breaches, there can be
no assurance of the sellers' abilities to honor their respective obligations.
Also, the Company has in the past and may in the future engage in bulk whole
loan sales pursuant to agreements that generally provide for recourse by the
purchaser against the Company in the event of a breach of a representation or
warranty made by the Company, any fraud or misrepresentation during the
mortgage loan origination process or upon early default on such mortgage
loans. The Company generally limits the potential remedies of such purchasers
to the potential remedies the Company receives from the persons from whom the
Company purchased such mortgage loans. However, in some cases, the remedies
available to a purchaser of mortgage loans from the Company may be broader
than those available to the Company against the sellers of such loans, and
should a purchaser enforce its remedies against the Company, the Company may
not always be able to enforce whatever remedies the Company may have against
such sellers.
 
  In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is subject to claims
made against it by borrowers, and by monoline insurance carriers and trustees
in the Company's securitizations, arising from, among other things, losses
that are claimed to have been incurred as a result of alleged breaches of
fiduciary obligations, misrepresentations, errors and omissions of employees,
officers and agents of the Company (including its appraisers), incomplete
documentation and failures by the Company to comply with various laws and
regulations applicable to its business. The Company believes that liability
with respect to any currently asserted claims or legal actions is not likely
to be material to the Company's results of operations or financial condition;
however, any claims asserted in the future may result in legal expenses or
liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.
 
COMPETITION
 
  As a marketer of mortgage loans, the Company faces intense competition,
primarily from mortgage banking companies, commercial banks, credit unions,
thrift institutions and finance companies. Many of these competitors are
substantially larger and have more capital and other resources than the
Company. Competition can take many forms, including convenience in obtaining a
loan, customer service, marketing distribution channels and loan pricing.
Furthermore, the current level of gains realized by the Company and its
competitors on the sale of the type of loans they originate and purchase is
attracting and may continue to attract additional competitors into this market
with the possible effect of lowering gains that may be realized on the
Company's loan sales. Competition may be affected by fluctuations in interest
rates and general economic conditions. During periods of
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
rising rates, competitors which have locked in low borrowing costs may have a
competitive advantage. During periods of declining rates, competitors may
solicit the Company's customers to refinance their loans.
 
DEPENDENCE ON WHOLESALE BROKERS
 
  The Company depends largely on independent mortgage brokers, financial
institutions and mortgage bankers for its originations and purchases of
mortgage loans. The Company's competitors also seek to establish relationships
with such independent mortgage brokers, financial institutions and mortgage
bankers, none of whom is contractually obligated to continue to do business
with the Company. In addition, the Company expects the volume of wholesale
loans that it originates and purchases to increase. The Company's future
results may become more exposed to fluctuations in the volume and cost of its
wholesale loans resulting from competition from other originators and
purchasers of such loans, market conditions and other factors.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES
 
  In the course of its business, the Company may acquire real property
securing loans that are in default. There is a risk that hazardous substances
or waste, contaminants, pollutants or sources thereof could be discovered on
such properties after acquisition by the Company. In such event, the Company
might be required to remove such substances from the affected properties at
its sole cost and expense. There can be no assurances that the cost of such
removal would not substantially exceed the value of the affected properties or
the loans secured by such properties or that the Company would have adequate
remedies against the prior owners or other responsible parties, or that the
Company would not find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected real
properties either prior to or following any such removal.
 
LEGISLATIVE OR REGULATORY RISKS
 
  Members of Congress and government officials have from time to time
suggested the elimination of the mortgage interest deduction for federal
income tax purposes, either entirely or in part, based on borrower income,
type of loan or principal amount. Because many of the Company's loans are made
to borrowers for the purpose of consolidating consumer debt or financing other
consumer needs, the competitive advantages of tax deductible interest, when
compared with alternative sources of financing, could be eliminated or
seriously impaired by such government action. Accordingly, the reduction or
elimination of these tax benefits could have a material adverse effect on the
demand for loans of the kind offered by the Company.
 
  The Company's domestic business is subject to extensive regulation,
supervision and licensing by federal, state and local governmental authorities
and is subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions
imposing requirements and restrictions on a substantial portion of its
operations. The Company's consumer lending activities are subject to the
Federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z (including the Home Ownership
and Equity Protection Act of 1994), the Federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act
and Regulation B, as amended ("ECOA"), the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970,
as amended, the Federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA") and
Regulation X, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and the
Federal Debt Collection Practices Act, as well as other federal and state
statutes and regulations affecting the Company's activities. The Company is
also subject to the rules and regulations of and examinations by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") and state regulatory
authorities with respect to originating, processing, underwriting, selling,
securitizing and servicing loans. These rules and regulations, among other
things, impose licensing obligations on the Company, establish eligibility
criteria for mortgage loans, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections
and appraisals of properties, require credit reports on loan applicants,
regulate assessment, collection, foreclosure and claims handling, investment
and interest payments on escrow balances and payment features, mandate certain
disclosures and notices to borrowers and, in some cases, fix maximum interest
rates, fees and mortgage loan amounts. Failure to comply with these
requirements can lead to loss of approved status, termination or suspension of
servicing contracts without compensation to the servicer, demands for
indemnifications or mortgage loan repurchases, certain rights of rescission
for mortgage loans, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement
actions.
 
  Although the Company believes that it has systems and procedures to
facilitate compliance with these requirements and believes that it is in
compliance in all material respects with applicable local, state and federal
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
laws, rules and regulations, there can be no assurance that more restrictive
laws, rules and regulations will not be adopted in the future that could make
compliance more difficult or expensive.
 
POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE; EFFECT OF FUTURE OFFERINGS ON MARKET PRICE
OF COMMON STOCK
 
  The market price of the Common Stock may experience fluctuations that are
unrelated to the Company's operating performance. In particular, the price of
the Common Stock may be affected by general market price movements as well as
developments specifically related to the consumer finance industry such as,
among other things, interest rate movements. In addition, the Company's
operating income on a quarterly basis is significantly dependent upon the
successful completion of the Company's loan sales and securitizations in the
market, and the Company's inability to complete these transactions in a
particular quarter may have a material adverse impact on the Company's results
of operations for that quarter and could, therefore, negatively impact the
price of the Common Stock.
 
  The Company may increase its capital by making additional private or public
offerings of its Common Stock, securities convertible into its Common Stock
(including the planned Concurrent Offering), preferred stock or debt
securities. The actual or perceived effect of such offerings, the timing of
which cannot be predicted, may be the dilution of the book value or earnings
per share of the Common Stock outstanding, which may result in the reduction
of the market price of the Common Stock and affect the Company's ability to
access the capital markets.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  The sales of substantial amounts of the Company's Common Stock in the public
market or the prospect of such sales could materially and adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock. Upon completion of this Offering, the
Company will continue to have outstanding 13,825,000 shares of Common Stock.
The 1,000,000 shares (1,150,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) of Common Stock offered hereby will be
immediately eligible for sale in the public market without restriction
beginning on the date of this Prospectus. The remaining 7,075,000 shares
(6,925,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full) of Common Stock held by ICII are "restricted securities" as that term is
defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act") and are eligible for sale subject to the holding
period, volume and other limitations imposed thereby. The Securities and
Exchange Commission has announced potential changes to Rule 144 that could
result in restricted shares becoming eligible for sale earlier than two years
from the date of issuance of such shares. However, the Company has entered
into a registration rights agreement with ICII (the "ICII Registration Rights
Agreement") pursuant to which the Company has agreed to file one or more
registration statements under the Securities Act in the future for the sale of
the shares of the Company held by ICII, subject to certain conditions set
forth therein. Pursuant to the ICII Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
will use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be
kept continuously effective for the public sale from time to time of shares of
the Company held by ICII. The Company, ICII and the executive officers and
directors of the Company have agreed with the Underwriters and the
underwriters of the Concurrent Offering that, subject to certain conditions,
for a period of 120 days following the commencement of this Offering and the
Concurrent Offering, respectively, they will not sell, contract to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire such
shares (other than pursuant to employee plans) without the prior written
consent of NatWest on behalf of the Underwriters or the underwriters of the
Concurrent Offering. See "Underwriting."
 
  Additionally, there are outstanding stock options to purchase 1,294,800
shares of Common Stock which have been granted at an exercise price of $10.50
per share to executive officers of the Company under the Senior Management
Plan, none of which, except in the event of a change of control of the
Company, will be exercisable until November 1996. Stock options for an
additional 180,000 shares, 50,000 shares and 307,000 shares of Common Stock
have been granted to the non-employee directors, certain officers and other
employees of the Company, respectively, under the Stock Option Plan at a per
share exercise price equal to $17.00, $17.00 and $17.125, respectively, none
of which, except in the event of a change of control of the Company, will be
exercisable until 1997. An additional 757,800 shares of Common Stock are
reserved for future issuance pursuant to the Stock Option Plan. The Company
has registered under the Securities Act shares reserved for issuance under the
Stock Option Plan and Senior Management Plan.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this
Offering.
 
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  The Company's Common Stock began to trade on the NYSE on June 13, 1996 under
the symbol "SFC." The following table sets forth the range of high and low
last reported sale prices per share for the Common Stock for the periods
indicated as reported by the NYSE from the completion of the IPO on June 13,
1996. On October 23, 1996, the last reported sale price per share for the
Common Stock on the NYSE was $31.375.
 
1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MONTH                                                               HIGH   LOW
- -----                                                              ------ ------
<S>                                                                <C>    <C>
June.............................................................. $19.00 $16.38
July..............................................................  19.50  15.25
August............................................................  27.00  20.00
September.........................................................  27.63  24.75
October (through October 23, 1996)................................  34.00  25.00
</TABLE>
 
  As of September 30, 1996, there were 8 holders of record of the Common Stock
who the Company believes held shares for in excess of 2,000 beneficial owners.
 
  The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock. The
Company intends to retain all of its future earnings to finance its operations
and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any
decision made by the Company's Board of Directors to declare dividends in the
future will depend upon the Company's future earnings, capital requirements,
financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by the Company's Board
of Directors.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The sale of the shares of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholder offered
hereby will not affect the Company's capitalization.
 
  The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at June 30,
1996, as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the Convertible Notes by
the Company in the Concurrent Offering (assuming no exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option in connection therewith) and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom. The consummation of this Offering
is not contingent upon the consummation of the Concurrent Offering. There can
be no assurance that the Concurrent Offering will be consummated and, if so,
on what terms. This table should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Financial Statements and the Notes thereto (included elsewhere herein).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF
                                                                JUNE 30, 1996
                                                               ----------------
                                                                          AS
                                                               ACTUAL  ADJUSTED
                                                               ------- --------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>     <C>
Short-term debt:
 Borrowings under warehouse lines of credit................... $78,170 $ 78,170
 Due to affiliates............................................   1,967    1,967
                                                               ------- --------
    Total short-term debt..................................... $80,137 $ 80,137
                                                               ======= ========
Long-term debt:
    % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006................. $   --  $ 75,000
                                                               ------- --------
    Total long-term debt...................................... $   --  $ 75,000
                                                               ------- --------
Shareholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized;
  none issued and outstanding actual and as adjusted..........     --       --
 Common Stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized;
  13,825,000 shares issued and outstanding; actual and as
  adjusted*................................................... $53,839 $ 53,839
 Contributed capital..........................................     250      250
 Retained earnings............................................  12,804   12,804
                                                               ------- --------
    Total shareholders' equity................................  66,893   66,893
                                                               ------- --------
    Total capitalization...................................... $66,893 $141,893
                                                               ======= ========
</TABLE>
- --------
* Does not include 1,294,800 shares reserved for issuance under the Stock
  Option Plan, and 1,294,800 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options
  granted under the Senior Management Plan. Options to acquire 1,294,800
  shares were granted to certain executive officers of the Company pursuant to
  the Senior Management Plan at a per share exercise price of $10.50. Options
  to acquire 180,000 shares, 50,000 shares and 307,000 shares were granted to
  the non-employee directors, certain officers and other employees of the
  Company, respectively, under the Stock Option Plan at a per share exercise
  price equal to $17.00, $17.00 and $17.125, respectively. See "Management--
  Stock Options."
 
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                       SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
               (In thousands, except per share data and ratios)
 
  The following selected statements of earnings and balance sheet data as of
December 31, 1995, and for each of the years in the three year period ended
December 31, 1995 have been derived from the Company's financial statements
audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors, whose report with
respect thereto appears elsewhere herein. Such selected financial data should
be read in conjunction with those financial statements and the notes thereto
and with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" also included elsewhere herein. The following selected
statements of earnings and balance sheet data as of June 30, 1996 and for each
of the six-month periods ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 have been derived from
the unaudited financial statements of the Company and include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, which management considers
necessary for a fair presentation of such financial information for those
periods. Results for the six months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily
indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 1996 or
for any other period within that year. The unaudited historical balance sheet
data as of June 30, 1996 and the pro forma financial data for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 reflect the
Contribution Transaction.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRO                     PRO
                                                FORMA(1)                FORMA(1)
                                                --------                --------
                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                         ------------------------------- -----------------------
                          1993   1994    1995     1995    1995   1996     1996
                         ------ ------- ------- -------- ------ ------- --------
<S>                      <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>
STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 DATA:
Revenues:
  Gains on sales of
   loans................ $1,218 $ 9,572 $17,995 $12,204  $6,993 $20,788 $20,399
  Interest income.......    407   2,136   4,305   4,305   1,967   4,970   4,709
                         ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
    Total revenues......  1,625  11,708  22,300  16,509   8,960  25,758  25,108
                         ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
Expenses:
  Interest expense......    175     886   3,414   3,748   1,177   3,365   3,365
  Personnel and
   commission expense...    475   2,156   4,190   4,191   1,603   4,105   4,105
  General and
   administrative
   expense..............    239   1,262   2,153   2,387     873   1,939   1,938
                         ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
    Total expenses......    889   4,304   9,757  10,326   3,653   9,409   9,408
                         ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
Earnings before taxes...    736   7,404  12,543   6,183   5,307  16,349  15,700
Income taxes............    305   3,073   5,205   2,566   2,203   6,954   6,678
                         ------ ------- ------- -------  ------ ------- -------
Net earnings............ $  431 $ 4,331 $ 7,338 $ 3,617  $3,104 $ 9,395 $ 9,022
                         ====== ======= ======= =======  ====== ======= =======
Earnings per share......                        $   .32         $   .84 $   .81
                                                =======         ======= =======
Weighted average number
 of shares
 outstanding(2).........                         11,165          11,181  11,181
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges..........  5.2:1   9.4:1   4.7:1   2.6:1   5.5:1   5.9:1   5.7:1
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                         -----------------------
                                                          ACTUAL  AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                         -------- --------------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Loans held for sale..................................... $115,446    $115,446
Interest-only and residual certificates.................   40,749      40,749
Total assets............................................  163,362     238,362
Borrowings under warehouse lines of credit..............   78,170      78,170
Convertible subordinated notes payable..................      --       75,000
Due to affiliates.......................................    1,967       1,967
Total shareholders' equity..............................   66,893      66,893
</TABLE>
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEARS ENDED           SIX MONTHS
                                              DECEMBER 31,             ENDED
                                        ---------------------------   JUNE 30,
                                         1993      1994      1995       1996
                                        -------  --------  --------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
OPERATING STATISTICS:
Loan origination and purchases:
  Fixed-rate loans....................  $ 2,668  $ 28,599  $133,360   $118,985
  Variable-rate loans.................   38,888   161,698   155,122    140,868
                                        -------  --------  --------   --------
    Total loan originations and
     purchases........................  $41,556  $190,297  $288,482   $259,853
                                        -------  --------  --------   --------
Percent of loans secured by first
 mortgages............................     96.4%     98.0%     83.2%      98.5%
Average principal balance per loan....  $   127  $    117  $     87   $    117
Weighted average initial loan-to-value
 ratio................................     67.7%     69.5%     76.1%      73.6%
Loan sales:
  Whole loan sales....................  $23,410  $121,362  $ 58,595   $    --
  Loans sold through securitizations..      --     70,173   164,870    233,000
                                        -------  --------  --------   --------
    Total loan sales..................  $23,410  $191,535  $223,465   $233,000
                                        =======  ========  ========   ========
Weighted average interest rate:
  Fixed-rate loans....................     10.5%     10.1%     11.8%      11.3%
  Variable-rate loans.................      8.0%      8.8%      9.3%       9.7%
Delinquencies as a % of loan servicing
 portfolio (at period end)(4).........      6.9%      1.3%      3.4%       3.7%
Net losses on loans as a % of loan
 servicing portfolio
 (at period end)(5)...................      0.0%      0.0%      0.0%       0.0%
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See "Pro Forma Financial Data" included herein.
(2) For an explanation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding
    used to compute pro forma earnings per share, see Note 3 of the Notes to
    the Financial Statements included herein.
(3) As adjusted to reflect the issuance of the Convertible Notes by the
    Company in the Concurrent Offering (assuming no exercise of the
    underwriters' over-allotment option in connection therewith) and the
    application of the net proceeds therefrom. The consummation of this
    Offering is not conditioned upon the consummation of the Concurrent
    Offering. There can be no assurance that the Concurrent Offering will be
    consummated and, if so, on what terms. See "Capitalization."
(4) Includes securitized loans serviced by others and loans held for sale.
    Delinquencies include all loans over 30 days past due.
(5) Includes securitized loans serviced by others and loans held for sale. The
    Company has not experienced material loan losses in part due to the
    relatively unseasoned portfolio. The Company believes that over time its
    delinquency and loan loss experience will increase as its loan portfolio
    matures.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the preceding
Selected Financial Data and the Company's Financial Statements and the Notes
thereto and the other financial data included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements which involve risks
and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from
those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain
factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
  In October 1994, ICII incorporated the Company as part of a strategic
decision to form a separate subsidiary through which to operate SPTL's
residential lending division. To further this strategy, in December 1994, ICII
made a capital contribution of $250,000 to the Company in exchange for 100% of
its outstanding capital stock, and in April 1995, ICII caused SPTL to
contribute to the Company certain customer lists of SPTL's residential lending
division relating to the ongoing operations of such division. In addition, in
April 1995, all employees of SPTL's residential lending division became
employees of the Company. SPTL retained all other assets and all liabilities
related to the contributed operations including all residual interests
generated in connection with securitizations effected by SPTL's residential
lending division. Shareholders of the Company do not have any interest in
assets retained by SPTL as part of the Contribution Transaction. In June 1996,
the Company completed the IPO, raising net proceeds of approximately $54
million.
 
GENERAL
 
 Overview
 
  The Company is engaged in the business of originating, purchasing and
selling mortgage loans secured primarily by one-to-four family residences. The
majority of the Company's loans are made to owners of single family residences
who use the loan proceeds to consolidate and refinance debt, finance home
improvements and fund educational expenses. The Company originates and
purchases loans through its Wholesale Division, its Correspondent Program, its
Retail/Telemarketing Division and its Institutional Division.
 
  The Company's primary source of revenue is the recognition of gains from the
sale of senior interests in loans through securitizations. The Company
recognizes gains from the sale of senior interests as the excess of the net
proceeds received on the sale and the fair value of the interest-only and
residual certificates retained by the Company over the Company's basis in such
loans and a provision for credit losses. The fair value of the interest-only
and residual certificates is an estimate of the present value of the future
cash flows from such certificates, which are subject to the prepayment and
loss characteristics of the underlying loans. See "Business--Loan Sales and
Securitizations." The Company securitized and sold senior interests in loans
with principal balances of $70.2 million, $164.9 million and $233.0 million
during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six months ended
June 30, 1996, respectively, which represented 36.7%, 73.8% and 100.0% of
total loans sold by the Company during the respective periods. The Company
anticipates that it will continue to sell senior interests in a majority of
its loans through securitization transactions after the Offering and will
strategically sell loans in whole loan transactions when such transactions are
economically advantageous.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
LOAN ORIGINATIONS AND PURCHASES
 
  The following table summarizes the Company's loan originations and purchases
for the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,         JUNE 30,
                                  ---------------------------  ----------------
                                   1993      1994      1995          1996
                                  -------  --------  --------  ----------------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Principal balance...............  $41,556  $190,297  $288,482      $259,853
Number of loans.................      328     1,624     3,313         2,221
Average principal balance per
 loan...........................  $   127  $    117  $     87      $    117
Weighted average interest rate..      8.2%      9.0%     10.4%         10.4%
Weighted average initial loan-
 to-value ratio(1)..............     67.7%     69.5%     76.1%         73.6%
Percentage of loans secured by:
  One-to-four family resi-
   dences.......................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%        100.0%
  First mortgages...............     96.4%     98.0%     83.2%         98.5%
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The weighted average initial loan-to-value ratio of a loan secured by a
    first mortgage is determined by dividing the amount of the loan by the
    appraised value of the mortgaged property at origination. The weighted
    average initial loan-to-value ratio of a loan secured by a second mortgage
    is determined by taking the sum of the outstanding loan and the new loans
    secured by the first and second mortgages and dividing by the appraised
    value of the mortgaged property at origination.
 
  The Company increased its loan origination and purchase volume from $41.5
million during 1993 to $288.5 million during 1995, representing a compound
annual growth rate of 164% over this two year period. This increase in loan
origination and purchase volume was primarily due to the expansion of the
Company's Wholesale Division, during which the Company opened offices in three
new states and increased the number of account executives from four to 30. At
June 30, 1996, the Company had 50 account executives.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995
 
  Total revenues increased $16.8 million or 187% to $25.8 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 from $9.0 million in the six months ended June 30,
1995. During the same period, the Company's total expenses increased $5.8
million or 158% to $9.4 million from $3.7 million. As a result, the Company's
net earnings increased $6.3 million or 203% to $9.4 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
 
 Revenues
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the Company's revenues for
the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SIX MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                  --------------
                                                                   1995   1996
                                                                  ------ -------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                            <C>    <C>
   Revenues:
     Gains on sales of loans..................................... $6,993 $20,788
     Interest income.............................................  1,967   4,970
                                                                  ------ -------
       Total revenues............................................ $8,960 $25,758
                                                                  ====== =======
</TABLE>
 
  Total revenues increased $16.8 million or 187% to $25.8 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 from $9.0 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995. The increase in revenues was primarily the result of
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
increased gain on sale of loans and increased interest income due to higher
loan originations and securitizations. Gains on sales of loans increased $13.8
million or 197% to $20.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from
$7.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. This increase was
primarily the result of higher loan origination and purchase volume as well as
a higher volume of loans at the beginning of the period which resulted in a
higher level of loan securitization. During the six months ended June 30,
1996, loan originations increased $83.6 million or 74% to $197.1 million
compared to $113.5 million in the comparable period in 1995 and bulk purchases
of loans totaled $62.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 1996
compared to $14.5 million in the comparable period in 1995. As a result, total
loan originations and purchases increased $131.8 million or 103% to $259.8
million in the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $128.0 million in the
comparable period in 1995. Total loans of $233.0 million were securitized in
the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $72.5 million of loans sold or
securitized during the comparable period in 1995, with a weighted average gain
on securitization of 9.27% and 8.79%, respectively.
 
  Gains on sales of loans also increased $1.9 million and $0.4 million for the
six months ending June 30, 1996 and 1995 respectively, from the change in the
fair value of interest-only and residual certificates.
 
  Interest income increased $3.0 million or 153% to $5.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 from $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a higher average
balance of loans held for sale during the six months ended June 30, 1996
resulting from the increased loan origination and purchase volume during such
period, and a higher balance of loans held for sale at the beginning of such
period as compared to the corresponding period in 1995.
 
 Expenses
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the Company's expenses for
the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SIX MONTHS
                                                                ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1995    1996
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Expenses:
     Interest expense.......................................... $ 1,177 $ 3,365
     Personnel and commission expense..........................   1,603   4,105
     General and administrative expense........................     873   1,939
                                                                ------- -------
       Total expenses.......................................... $ 3,653 $ 9,409
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  Total expenses increased $5.8 million or 158% to $9.4 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 from $3.7 million in the six months ended June 30,
1995. The increase in expenses was primarily the result of increased interest
expense on loans held for sale, additional personnel for the Wholesale
Division, added selling expenses and higher operating expenses related to
increased loan origination and purchase volume during the six months ended
June 30, 1996 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 1995.
 
  Interest expense increased $2.2 million or 186% to $3.4 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 from $1.2 million in the six months ended June 30,
1995. The increase in interest expense was attributable to the interest costs
associated with a higher balance of loans held pending sale during the six
months ended June 30, 1996 resulting from increased loan origination and
purchase volume during the period and a higher balance of loans held for sale
at the beginning of the period.
 
  Personnel and commission expense increased $2.5 million or 156% to $4.1
million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $1.6 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1995. The increase in personnel and commission expense
was primarily due to increased staffing levels related to the Wholesale
Division's growth, increased loan originations and an increase in
administrative positions. As of June 30, 1996, the Company operated 13 offices
and employed 175 persons as compared to operating eight offices and employing
86 persons as of June 30, 1995.
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
  General and administrative expense, which consists primarily of occupancy,
supplies and other expenses, increased $1.1 million or 122% to $1.9 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $0.9 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1995. The increase in general and administrative expense was
primarily due to expenses incurred in association with the increase in the
number of offices to 13 at June 30, 1996 from eight at June 30, 1995 and
increased loan origination and purchase volume.
 
 Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 1994
 
  Total revenues increased $10.6 million or 91% to $22.3 million in 1995 from
$11.7 million in 1994. During the same period, the Company's total expenses
increased $5.5 million or 128% to $9.8 million from $4.3 million. As a result,
the Company's net earnings increased $3.0 million or 70% to $7.3 million in
1995 from $4.3 million in 1994.
 
 Revenues
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the Company's revenues for
the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   Revenues:
     Gains on sales of loans.................................... $ 9,572 $17,995
     Interest income............................................   2,136   4,305
                                                                 ------- -------
       Total revenues........................................... $11,708 $22,300
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  Total revenues increased $10.6 million or 91% to $22.3 million in 1995 from
$11.7 million in 1994. The increase in revenues was primarily the result of
increased loan sales and greater loan originations resulting from the
expansion of the Company's Wholesale Division.
 
  Gains on sales of loans increased $8.4 million or 88% to $18.0 million in
1995 from $9.6 million in 1994. This increase was primarily the result of
higher loan origination and purchase volume which resulted in a higher level
of loan sales. During 1995, loan originations increased $84.4 million or 46%
to $267.4 million compared to $183.0 million in 1994. In addition, the Company
acquired $21.1 million in bulk purchases of loans during 1995 compared to $7.3
million in 1994. Total loan originations and purchases increased $98.2 million
or 52% to $288.5 million in 1995 from $190.3 million in 1994. Total loans of
$223.5 million were sold or securitized in the year ended December 31, 1995
compared to $191.5 million during the comparable period in 1994, with a
weighted average gain on securitization of 8.4% in both years. Included in the
gains on sales of loans in 1994 was $0.8 million on the gain on sale of the
servicing of loans. No such gain was recorded in 1995.
 
  Interest income increased $2.2 million or 105% to $4.3 million in 1995 from
$2.1 million in 1994. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a
higher average balance of loans held for sale during 1995 resulting from the
increased loan origination and purchase volume and a longer holding period for
such loans resulting from regular quarterly securitizations. Interest income
also increased as a result of higher weighted average interest rates on loans
held during 1995 as compared to 1994, due in large part to the initiation of
originations and purchases of second mortgages.
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
 Expenses
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the Company's expenses for
the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1994    1995
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Expenses:
     Interest expense.......................................... $   886 $ 3,414
     Personnel and commission expense..........................   2,156   4,190
     General and administrative expense........................   1,262   2,153
                                                                ------- -------
       Total expenses.......................................... $ 4,304 $ 9,757
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  Total expenses increased $5.5 million or 128% to $9.8 million in 1995 from
$4.3 million in 1994. The increase in expenses was primarily the result of
increased interest expense on loans held for sale, additional personnel for
the Wholesale Division, added selling expenses and higher operating expenses
related to increased loan origination and purchase volume during 1995 as
compared to 1994.
 
  Interest expense increased $2.5 million or 278% to $3.4 million in 1995 from
$0.9 million in 1994. The increase in interest expense was attributable to the
interest costs associated with a higher balance of loans held pending sale
during 1995 resulting from increased loan origination and purchase volume
during the year as well as a longer holding period for such loans resulting
from regular quarterly securitizations.
 
  Personnel and commission expense increased $2.1 million or 100% to $4.2
million in 1995 from $2.1 million in 1994. The increase in personnel and
commission expense was primarily due to increased staffing levels related to
the Wholesale Division's growth and increased loan originations. As of
December 31, 1995, the Company operated eight offices and employed 104 persons
as compared to operating five offices and employing 61 persons as of December
31, 1994.
 
  General and administrative expense, which consists primarily of occupancy,
supplies and other expenses, increased $0.9 million or 69% to $2.2 million in
1995 from $1.3 million in 1994. The increase in general and administrative
expense was primarily due to expenses incurred in association with the growth
of the Wholesale Division and increased loan origination and purchase volume.
Had the Company exclusively used its current independent loan servicer in 1995
and 1994, its general and administrative expenses would have been higher by
approximately $234,000 and $120,000, respectively.
 
 Year Ended December 31, 1994 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1993
 
  Total revenues increased $10.1 million or 631% to $11.7 million in 1994 from
$1.6 million in 1993. During the same period, the Company's total expenses
increased $3.4 million or 378% to $4.3 million from $0.9 million. As a result,
the Company's net earnings increased to $4.3 million in 1994 from $0.4 million
in 1993.
 
 Revenues
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the Company's revenues for
the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------
                                                                   1993   1994
                                                                  ------ -------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                            <C>    <C>
   Revenues:
     Gains on sales of loans..................................... $1,218 $ 9,572
     Interest income.............................................    407   2,136
                                                                  ------ -------
       Total revenues............................................ $1,625 $11,708
                                                                  ====== =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
  Total revenues increased $10.1 million or 631% to $11.7 million in 1994 from
$1.6 million in 1993. The increase in revenues was primarily due to the
combined effect of increased loan originations, purchases and sales of loans
resulting from the expansion of the Company's Wholesale Division and higher
gains realized on the sale of loans through both whole loan transactions and
the completion of securitizations in the first and fourth quarters of 1994.
 
  Gains on sales of loans increased $8.4 million or 700% to $9.6 million in
1994 from $1.2 million in 1993. This increase was primarily attributable to
increased loan originations, purchases and sales during 1994 as compared to
1993. During 1994, loan originations increased $144.4 million or 374% to
$183.0 million compared to $38.6 million in 1993. In addition, the Company
acquired $7.3 million through bulk purchases of loans in 1994 compared to $2.9
million in 1993. Total loan originations and purchases increased $148.8
million or 359% to $190.3 million in 1994 from $41.5 million in 1993. The
Company sold $191.5 million of loans in 1994 compared to $23.4 million in
1993, with a weighted average gain on securitization of 8.4% in 1994. Included
in the gains on sales of loans in 1994 was $0.8 million on the gain on sale of
the servicing of loans.
 
  Interest income increased $1.7 million or 425% to $2.1 million in 1994 from
$0.4 million in 1993. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a
higher average balance of loans held for sale during 1994 resulting from the
increased loan origination and purchase volume, the initiation of loan
securitizations and a longer holding period as loans were accumulated for
securitization. Interest income also increased as a result of the higher
weighted average coupon rate on loans held for sale during 1994 than in 1993.
 
 Expenses
 
  The following table sets forth the components of the Company's expenses for
the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ---------------
                                                                 1993    1994
                                                                ---------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>    <C>
   Expenses:
     Interest expense.......................................... $  175 $    886
     Personnel and commission expense..........................    475    2,156
     General and administrative expense........................    239    1,262
                                                                ------ --------
       Total expenses.......................................... $  889 $  4,304
                                                                ====== ========
</TABLE>
 
  Total expenses increased $3.4 million or 378% to $4.3 million in 1994 from
$0.9 million in 1993 as additional selling expenses were incurred and new
employees hired to develop and manage the expansion of the Company's Wholesale
Division.
 
  Interest expense increased $0.7 million or 350% to $0.9 million in 1994 from
$0.2 million in 1993. The increase in interest expense was primarily
attributable to the interest costs associated with a larger balance of loans
held pending sale during 1994 resulting from increased loan origination and
purchase volume during the year, the initiation of loan securitizations and a
longer holding period as loans were accumulated for securitization.
 
  Personnel and commission expense increased $1.6 million or 320% to $2.1
million in 1994 from $0.5 million in 1993. The increase in expense was
primarily due to increased staffing levels related to the growth of the
Wholesale Division and increased loan originations and purchases. As of
December 31, 1994, the Company operated five offices and employed 61 persons
as compared to three offices operated and 20 persons employed at December 31,
1993.
 
  General and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million or 550% to $1.3
million in 1994 from $0.2 million in 1993 primarily as a result of increased
professional fees and travel, telephone and office supply
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
expenses incurred to support the increased loan origination and purchase
volume. Had the Company exclusively used its current independent loan servicer
in 1994 and 1993, its general and administrative costs would have been higher
by $120,000 and $222,000, respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  The Company's primary operating cash requirements include the funding or
payment of: (i) loan originations and purchases; (ii) investments in interest-
only and residual certificates; (iii) fees and expenses incurred in connection
with securitizations; (iv) interest expense incurred on borrowings under its
warehouse facilities; (v) income taxes; (vi) capital expenditures; (vii) fund
advances under its strategic alliance program; and (viii) other operating and
administrative expenses. The Company generates cash flow from loans sold
through securitizations, whole loan sales, interest income on loans held for
sale and borrowings from its warehouse facilities. The Company also generates
cash by accessing the capital markets, most recently in its initial public
offering in June 1996 (the "IPO"). In addition, due to the growth of its
business, the Company will be required from time to time to access the capital
markets for additional debt and equity financing to meet the cash requirements
of its operating activities.
 
  The Company issued 3,450,000 shares of its Common Stock in the IPO. The net
proceeds received by the Company from the IPO, after deducting underwriting
discounts and offering expenses payable by the Company were approximately $54
million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the IPO in the following
manner: (i) approximately $34 million was used to fund loan originations and
purchases; (ii) approximately $15 million was used to repay indebtedness owed
to ICII; (iii) approximately $4 million was used to support securitization
transactions; and (iv) $1 million was used as an initial payment to implement
the Telemarketing Agreement (see "Business--Loan Originations and Purchases").
 
  The Company relies upon short-term warehouse facilities, loan sales through
securitizations and whole loan sale transactions to continue to fund loan
originations and purchases. In November 1995, the Company entered into a
warehouse and purchase facility. Under the terms of that facility, the Company
has available a $200 million warehouse line of credit facility secured by the
loans the Company originates or purchases. The facility is guaranteed by ICII
and extends through April 1, 1997. The Company is required to comply with
various operating and financial covenants as defined in the agreements
governing the facility. Such covenants include restrictions on (i) changes in
the Company's business that would materially and adversely affect the
Company's ability to perform its obligations under the facility, (ii) selling
any asset other than in the ordinary course of business and (iii) guaranteeing
the debt obligation of any other entity. The continued availability of funds
provided to the Company under this facility is subject to the Company's
continued compliance with the operating and financial covenants contained in
such agreements and the guarantee provided by ICII. In October 1996, the
Company entered into a $150 million warehouse line of credit, which will
expire on October 22, 1997. The lender for such line has not required ICII's
guarantee.
 
  Prior to January 1, 1994, the Company sold its loans to institutional
purchasers in whole loan transactions. In March 1994, the Company completed
its first securitization of loans for $44.5 million. In December 1994 and
during each of the quarters thereafter through the quarter ended June 30,
1996, the Company securitized $25.7 million, $27.6 million, $44.9 million,
$62.1 million, $30.3 million, $102.4 million and $130.6 million of loans,
respectively. The Company expects to continue to depend on its ability to
securitize loans in the secondary market. Several factors affect the Company's
ability to complete securitizations of its loans, including conditions in the
securities markets generally, conditions in the asset-backed securities market
specifically, the credit quality of the Company's portfolio of loans and the
Company's ability to obtain credit enhancement. Adverse changes in such
factors may affect the Company's results of operations, financial condition
and ability to generate sufficient cash flows needed to continue originating
and purchasing loans at increased levels. In addition, in order to gain access
to the securitization market, the Company has relied on credit enhancements
provided by monoline insurance companies to guarantee senior interests in the
related securitization trusts to enable it to obtain an
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
"AAA/Aaa" rating for such interests. Unwillingness of insurance companies to
guarantee senior interests in the Company's loan pools could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
The Company will continue operating on a negative cash flow basis as long as
it continues to sell loans through securitizations and it continues to retain
interest-only and residual certificates in the loans sold. The use of cash in
excess of cash generated was primarily the result of the ongoing cash
requirements of the Company's operations and the sale of loans through
securitizations and the resulting investment in interest-only and residual
certificates. The Company has historically invested its entire gain on
securitization in the related interest-only and residual certificates
resulting in an insignificant net cash flow from the securitization to the
Company.
 
  The Company believes that its current cash position will be sufficient to
fund the Company's liquidity requirements for approximately 9 months if the
Company were to maintain its operations at current levels. The Company
believes that the net proceeds of the Concurrent Offering will be sufficient
to fund the Company's liquidity requirements for approximately 18 months if
the Company were to maintain its operations at current levels. However, there
is no assurance that the Concurrent Offering will be consummated. The
consummation of this Offering is not conditioned upon the consummation of the
Concurrent Offering. The Company expects to continue its expansion primarily
through its Wholesale Division, Correspondent Program and its
Retail/Telemarketing Division, and to seek to enter into strategic alliances
with selected mortgage lenders. In the event the Concurrent Offering is not
consummated, the Company would have to arrange for alternative financing. The
Company has no commitments for additional bank borrowings or warehouse lines
or additional debt or equity financings and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in consummating any such financing transaction in
the future on terms that the Company would consider favorable, if at all.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
  Historically, the Company has been allocated expenses of various
administrative services provided by ICII and SPTL. The costs of such services
were not directly attributable to a specific division or subsidiary and
primarily included general corporate overhead, such as accounting and cash
management services, human resources and other administrative functions. These
expenses were calculated as a pro rata share of certain administrative costs
based on relative assets and liabilities of the division or subsidiary, which
management believed was a reasonable method of allocation. The allocation of
expenses which are included as part of personnel and commission expense and
general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 was approximately
$37,900, $92,700, $256,000 and $292,000, respectively.
 
  The Company intends to provide for itself many of the services previously
provided by ICII. ICII currently provides to the Company mortgage loan
production software and hardware and data communications management, the
managing of the 401(k) plan in which the Company participates, and insurance
coverage, including health insurance.
 
ACCOUNTING CONSIDERATIONS
 
  In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of"
("SFAS 121"). This statement establishes accounting standards for the
recognition of impairment of long-lived assets, certain identifiable
intangibles, and goodwill related to those assets to be held and used and for
long-lived assets to be held and used, and for long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles to be disposed of.
 
  SFAS 121 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1995 and is required to be adopted prospectively.
The Company has not yet adopted SFAS 121; however, given the Company's current
accounting policies for recording and measuring its long-lived assets and
identifiable intangibles as discussed previously, the Company does not
anticipate a material impact on its operations or financial position from the
implementation of SFAS 121.
 
  In May 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
122, "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights" ("SFAS No. 122"). SFAS No. 122
applies prospectively in fiscal years beginning
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
after December 15, 1995 (with early application encouraged), to transactions
in which a mortgage banking enterprise sells or securitizes mortgage loans
with servicing rights retained and to impairment evaluations of all amounts
capitalized as servicing rights, including those purchased before the adoption
of such statement. This statement requires that a mortgage banking enterprise
recognize rights to service mortgage loans for others as separate assets,
regardless of how those servicing rights are acquired, and that a mortgage
banking enterprise assess its capitalized servicing rights for impairment
based on the fair value of the underlying servicing rights. Because the
Company does not intend to retain an economic interest in or responsibility
for loan servicing and the Company transfers all of its loan servicing rights
to Advanta in conjunction with its securitizations, implementation of SFAS No.
122 as of January 1, 1995 did not have a material effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial position.
 
  In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). SFAS 123
establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based
employee compensation plans. Those plans include all arrangements by which
employees receive shares of stock or other equity instruments of the employer
or the employer incurs liabilities to employees in amounts based on the price
of the employer's stock. Examples are stock purchase plans, stock options,
restricted stock, and stock appreciation rights. This statement also applies
to transactions in which an entity issues its equity instruments to acquire
goods or services from non-employees. Those transactions must be accounted
for, or at least disclosed in the case of stock options, based on the fair
value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity
instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The accounting
requirements of SFAS 123 are effective for transactions entered into in fiscal
years that begin after December 15, 1995. The disclosure requirements of SFAS
123 are effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1995, or for an earlier fiscal year for which SFAS 123 is
initially adopted for recognizing compensation cost. The statement permits a
company to choose either a new fair value-based method or the current APB
Opinion 25 intrinsic value-based method of accounting for its stock-based
compensation arrangements. The statement requires pro forma disclosures of net
earnings and earnings per share computed as if the fair value-based method had
been applied in financial statements of companies that continue to follow
current practice in accounting for such arrangements under Opinion 25. The
Company will continue to account for stock options using the intrinsic value
method of Opinion 25.
 
  In June 1996, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities" ("SFAS 125"). SFAS 125 provides accounting and
reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and
extinguishments of liabilities. Those standards are based on consistent
application of a financial-components approach that focuses on control. Under
that approach, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the
financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has
incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and
derecognizes liabilities when extinguished. SFAS 125 provides consistent
standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from
transfers that are secured borrowings.
 
  SFAS 125 requires that liabilities and derivatives incurred or obtained by
transferors as part of a transfer of financial assets be initially measured at
fair value, if practicable. It also requires that servicing assets and other
retained interest in the transferred assets be measured by allocating the
previous carrying amount between the assets sold, if any, and retained
interests, if any, based on their relative fair values at the date of the
transfer.
 
  SFAS 125 provides implementation guidance for assessing isolation of
transferred assets and for accounting for transfers of partial interests,
servicing of financial assets, securitizations, transfers of sales-type and
direct financing lease receivables, securities lending transactions,
repurchase agreements including "dollar rolls," "wash sales," loan
syndications and participations, risk participations in banker's acceptances,
factoring arrangements, transfers of receivables with recourse, and
extinguishments of liabilities.
 
  SFAS 125 is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and
extinguishments of liabilities occurring after December 31, 1996, and is to be
applied prospectively. The Company does not anticipate a material impact on
its operations or financial position from the implementation of SFAS 125.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
  Results of the Quarter Ended September 30, 1996. The Company's net earnings
for the three months ended September 30, 1996 increased to $8.2 million, or
$0.56 per share, from $3.4 million, or $0.32 per share, for the comparable
period in the preceding year. Net earnings for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996 increased to $17.6 million, or $1.39 per share, as compared
to $6.5 million and $0.62 per share, respectively, for the comparable period
in the preceding year. Weighted average number of common shares and common
share equivalents outstanding for the three months ended September 30, 1995
and 1996 was 10,375,000 and 14,755,304, respectively, and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 was 10,375,000 and 12,657,815, respectively.
 
  As of September 30, 1996, the Company's servicing portfolio (inclusive of
securitized loans for which the Company has ongoing risk of loss but has no
remaining servicing rights or obligations) had an aggregate principal balance
of $651.3 million, all of which is serviced by Advanta. Delinquencies as a
percentage of loans serviced as of September 30, 1996 increased to 3.9% from
3.7% as of June 30, 1996.The Company's proportional interest in losses on
loans underlying its interest-only and residual certificates aggregated
$10,406 for the three months ended September 30, 1996. The Company believes
that its portfolio is relatively unseasoned and therefore delinquencies and
losses as indicated for the period ended September 30, 1996 are not indicative
of future results. For the three months ended September 30, 1996, the
Company's loan originations and purchases totaled approximately $230.3
million, an increase of 168.8% over loan production volume of $85.8 million
during the comparable period in 1995. During the third quarter of 1996, the
Company sold approximately $189.4 million of loans through securitizations and
recognized a gain on sale of such mortgage loans in the aggregate of $15.2
million, representing an 8.0% gain on the balance of such loans. The Company's
loans held for sale increased $42.6 million or 36.9% to $158.0 million as of
September 30, 1996 from $115.4 million as of June 30, 1996.
 
  In October 1996, the Company entered into a $150 million warehouse line of
credit, which will expire on October 22, 1997, to increase its available funds
for loan originations and purchases.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
  The following Business section contains forward-looking statements which
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
  The Company is a specialty finance company engaged in the business of
originating, purchasing and selling high-yielding, sub-prime mortgage loans
secured primarily by one-to-four family residences. The majority of the
Company's loans are made to owners of single family residences who use the
loan proceeds for purposes such as debt consolidation, financing of home
improvements and educational expenditures. The Company focuses on lending to
individuals who often have impaired or unsubstantiated credit histories and/or
unverifiable income. As a result, the Company's customers generally pay higher
interest rates as compared to interest rates charged by conventional mortgage
sources. Approximately 83.2% and 98.5% of the Company's mortgage loans
originated or purchased during the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1996, respectively, were secured by first mortgages, and
the remainder were secured by second mortgages. The Company originates and
purchases loans through its Wholesale Division, its Correspondent Program, its
Retail/Telemarketing Division and its Institutional Division. The Company
commenced operations in January 1993 as a division of SPTL, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of ICII, and has been an operating subsidiary of ICII since April
1995. The Company completed the IPO in June 1996. Upon completion of the IPO,
ICII continued to own approximately 58.4% of the Company's outstanding Common
Stock. ICII is a diversified specialty finance company offering financial
products in the following four sectors: sub-prime residential mortgage
banking, commercial mortgage banking, business lending and consumer lending.
 
  The Company originates a majority of its loans through the Wholesale
Division, which is currently comprised of approximately 60 account executives
located in 13 sales offices who have established relationships with
independent mortgage loan brokers. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, the
Wholesale Division originated loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia.
Of the Wholesale Division's 13 sales offices, four are located in California,
two in Oregon, and one in each of Washington, Florida, Colorado, Illinois,
Massachusetts, Utah and Virginia. The Company believes that its competitive
strengths include providing prompt, responsive service and flexible
underwriting to independent mortgage brokers. The Company's underwriters apply
its underwriting guidelines on an individual basis but have the flexibility to
deviate from them when an exception or upgrade is warranted by a particular
loan applicant's situation, such as evidence of a strong mortgage repayment
history relative to a weaker overall consumer-credit repayment history. See
"Business--Underwriting" and "Business--Underwriting--Exceptions." This
provides independent mortgage brokers working with the Company the ability to
offer loan packages to borrowers whose financing needs are not met (whether
for reasons of credit impairment, income qualification or credit history or a
desire to receive funding on an expedited basis) by traditional financial
institutions. In most cases, the Company conditionally approves loans within
24 hours from receipt of application and funds loans within 21 days after
approval. The Wholesale Division originated $183.0 million, $267.4 million and
$197.1 million of loans during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
the six months ended June 30, 1996, respectively, representing 96.2%, 92.7%
and 75.9% of total loan originations and purchases during the respective
periods.
 
  The Company recently formed its Retail/Telemarketing Division to solicit
loans directly from prospective borrowers. The Retail/Telemarketing Division
originates loans through predictive dialing machines, which combine telephone
dialing technology with an on-line computer to facilitate the loan origination
process. The predictive dialing machine (i) automatically dials prospective
borrowers, (ii) provides the telemarketer with an on-screen marketing
presentation to market efficiently the Company's loan products, and
(iii) provides an interactive loan underwriting program and loan quotation
system to assess immediately the prospect's borrowing capability. The Company
believes that the Retail/Telemarketing Division represents a significant
opportunity to expand origination volume by marketing directly to borrowers
and utilizing predictive dialers which enable the Company to originate such
loans at a lower cost than traditional retail organizations.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
  The Company purchases loans through its Correspondent Program. Loans
purchased through the Correspondent Program are complete loan packages that
have been originated, underwritten and funded by mortgage bankers or financial
institutions. All loans purchased through the Correspondent Program are
reunderwritten by the Company's underwriting staff to determine that the loan
packages are complete and materially adhere to the Company's underwriting
guidelines. During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1996, the Company purchased $7.3 million, $21.1 million
and $53.3 million of mortgage loans, respectively, through the Correspondent
Program. The Institutional Division which began operations in 1996 also
originates and purchases loans through relationships developed with small- to
medium-sized commercial banks, savings banks and thrift institutions. During
the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Institutional Division originated and
purchased $9.4 million of mortgage loans.
 
  In order to increase the Company's volume and diversify its sources of loan
originations, the Company is seeking to enter into strategic alliances with
selected mortgage lenders. Pursuant to such strategic alliances, the Company
would provide financing arrangements and a commitment to purchase qualifying
loans, and the participant in such a strategic alliance would be entitled to
participate in the potential profitability of Company sponsored
securitizations. In return, the Company expects to receive a more predictable
flow of loans, interest and fee income, and, in some cases, an option to
acquire an equity interest in the related strategic participant. To date, the
Company has entered into one letter of intent with other mortgage lenders.
Subject to the negotiation of a definitive agreement, the Company has agreed
to provide the potential strategic participant a loan purchase facility, make
advances and provide working capital financing secured by interest-only and
residual certificates, in return for which the strategic participant has
agreed to provide to the Company on a flow basis all of such participant's
mortgage loans that meet the Company's guidelines. Such commitment will
terminate upon the earlier of loans delivered in an aggregate amount of
$600 million or the end of a three year period. The Company will also receive
an option to purchase an equity interest in such participant.
 
  The Company sells a majority of its loan origination and purchase volume in
the secondary market through public securitizations (the process of
aggregating similar assets into pools that are used to collateralize newly-
issued securities, which are referred to as mortgage-backed securities).
Securitization sales provide the Company with greater flexibility and
operating leverage than a portfolio lender by allowing the Company to generate
fee and interest income and participate in the continuing profitability of the
loans with a significantly smaller capital commitment than that required by
traditional portfolio lenders. Generally, in each securitization transaction,
the Company retains an interest in the loans sold through interest-only and
residual certificates, which are amortized over an estimated average life.
Cash flow received from these interest-only and residual certificates is
subject to the prepayment and loss characteristics of the underlying loans.
During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and six months ended June
30, 1996, the Company securitized $70.2 million, $164.9 million and
$233.0 million of mortgage loans, respectively.
 
  The Company retains the servicing rights on all loans it originates or
purchases. In September 1995, the Company chose to outsource its loan
servicing operations to Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA ("Advanta"), which the
Company believes is one of the largest servicers of sub-prime mortgage loans.
The Company believes that by outsourcing loan servicing to Advanta, it is able
to benefit from Advanta's experience in servicing sub-prime mortgage loans,
its comprehensive reporting capabilities, and the cost efficiencies related to
having large amounts of loans serviced by Advanta for itself and others. Under
the Company's servicing agreement with Advanta, the Company is able to reduce
the overhead, administrative and other fixed costs associated with servicing
loans while maintaining control of its servicing portfolio. Advanta currently
services every mortgage loan originated by the Company. As of June 30, 1996,
the Company's servicing portfolio (inclusive of securitized loans for which
the Company has ongoing risk of loss but has no remaining servicing rights or
obligations) was $441.9 million.
 
THE CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION
 
  In October 1994, ICII incorporated the Company as part of a strategic
decision to form a separate subsidiary through which to operate SPTL's
residential lending division. To further this strategy, in December 1994, ICII
made a capital contribution of $250,000 to the Company in exchange for 100% of
its outstanding capital stock,
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
and in April 1995, ICII caused SPTL to contribute to the Company certain
customer lists of SPTL's residential lending division relating to the ongoing
operations of such division. In addition, in April 1995 all employees of
SPTL's residential lending division became employees of the Company. SPTL
retained all other assets and all liabilities related to the contributed
operations including all residual interests generated in connection with
securitizations effected by SPTL's residential lending division. Shareholders
in the Company will not have any interest in assets that were retained by SPTL
as part of the Contribution Transaction.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  Expand Sources of Loan Production. The Company intends to continue to
further its existing relationships with wholesale and correspondent lenders
and to seek new loan production sources from mortgage lenders in order to
diversify its existing loan production channels and seek more cost efficient
means of originating or purchasing loans. As part of this strategy, the
Company seeks to enter into strategic alliances with selected mortgage lenders
and seeks opportunistic acquisitions.
 
  Expand Market Base. The Company currently offers multiple mortgage loan
products to borrowers ranging from sub-prime A through D credit levels. The
Company intends to increase its focus on lower credit levels such as C and D
credit loans. The Company requires a higher interest rate and a lower loan-to-
value ratio on C and D loans than it requires for higher grade sub-prime
mortgage loans. The Company believes that market opportunities exist in these
lower credit grade mortgage loans and that it will be able to increase volume
and profitability without a commensurate increase in overhead. Additionally,
the Company believes that its ability to approve these loans quickly and
efficiently will enable it to attract a larger percentage of loans from
independent mortgage brokers and provide it with a competitive advantage over
other conventional and non-conventional mortgage lenders.
 
  Maximize Pull-Through Ratio. The Company intends to increase the percentage
of approved loans which are ultimately funded. The Company continually seeks
greater efficiencies in its underwriting and loan processing operations to
better serve the needs of mortgage brokers and loan applicants. By emphasizing
these efficiencies, the Company believes that it can fund a greater percentage
of approved loans without compromising its selling efforts.
 
  Control Operating Costs. The Company intends to continue to emphasize cost
maintenance as it implements its expansion plans. In particular, the Company
believes its practice of establishing regional sales offices permits the
Company to expand throughout the United States without incurring the costs
associated with an extensive retail system. As a further example of cost
controls, the Company has chosen to outsource its loan servicing operations to
Advanta, significantly reducing overhead, administrative and other fixed costs
associated with servicing operations.
 
  Commitment to the Company's Underwriting Guidelines. The Company believes a
key factor in its success to date has been its ability to maintain acceptable
delinquency levels and minimize loan losses when lending to Sub-prime
Borrowers. The Company has been able to achieve these standards by continually
monitoring the performance of its loans as well as reevaluating its
underwriting guidelines and quality control criteria. As a result of these
factors, the Company has been able to maintain delinquency and foreclosure
ratios at acceptable levels. See "Business--Underwriting."
 
  Emphasis on Customer Service. The Company believes that its ongoing emphasis
on prompt and responsive customer service provides support for an increased
level of originations from its independent broker network and repeat lending
opportunities from its existing loan portfolio. Typically, the Company
approves loan applications (subject to credit verification, an independent
third-party appraisal and other documentation) within 24 hours of receipt and
funds loans within 21 days thereafter. The Company is actively seeking to
improve its customer service efforts as its operations expand.
 
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
  Maximize Gains from Loan Sales. The Company employs a loan sales strategy
which focuses on maximizing operating profits. The Company intends to
continually assess the investment objectives of its loan purchasers to
identify the method of loan sales which maximizes operating profits. The
implementation of this strategy has resulted in securitizations of
substantially all of the loans recently originated and purchased by the
Company. The Company, however, will continue to maintain relations with
institutional purchasers of whole loans, as whole loan transactions permit the
Company to reduce its dependence on the potential volatility of the
securitizations market and to better manage its cash flows.
 
EXPANSION STRATEGY
 
  Wholesale Division. The Company plans to continue the expansion of its
Wholesale Division on a nationwide basis. The Company originates loans through
its sales force of approximately 60 account executives located in 13 sales
offices in nine states that have developed relationships with independent
mortgage brokers through which the Company has originated loans in 45 states
and the District of Columbia. The Company is actively seeking to expand its
Wholesale Division pursuant to selected demographic statistics and other
criteria developed by the Company, which are intended to identify the most
attractive markets for the Company's products. The Company typically enters
into a new market using its national sales team, which initially penetrates a
market, to recruit selected brokers for the Company's wholesale network. The
Company's sales strategy is to limit the number of sales offices and personnel
needed to generate and effectively process and underwrite loans.
 
  Retail/Telemarketing Division. The Company recently formed its
Retail/Telemarketing Division to solicit loans directly from prospective
borrowers. The Company has entered into an agreement with vendors to provide
predictive dialing machines, software and training in support of its
Retail/Telemarketing Division. The Company believes that the
Retail/Telemarketing Division represents a significant opportunity to expand
origination volume by marketing directly to borrowers and that the greater use
of automation permitted by the predictive dialers enables the Company to
originate such loans at a lower cost than traditional retail organizations.
The Company believes that by utilizing predictive dialers, it will be able to
achieve a new source of loan origination volume without incurring the fixed
overhead costs associated with traditional retail operations. The cost per
originated loan of such a system is expected to be significantly less than the
cost per originated loan of traditional methods of originating loans, such as
done in the Wholesale Division. See "--Loan Originations and Purchases--
Retail/Telemarketing Division."
 
  Correspondent Program. The Company seeks to increase its purchases of loans
from selected financial institutions and mortgage bankers through its
Correspondent Program. The Correspondent Program enables the Company to
increase loan production and enter new markets without incurring significant
operating expenses.
 
  Strategic Alliances. In order to increase the Company's volume and diversify
its sources of loan originations, the Company is seeking to enter into
strategic alliances with selected mortgage lenders, pursuant to which the
Company would provide financing arrangements and a commitment to purchase
qualifying loans, and the participant in such a strategic alliance would be
entitled to participate in the potential profitability of Company sponsored
securitizations. In return, the Company expects to receive a more predictable
flow of loans, interest and fee income, and, in some cases, an option to
acquire an equity interest in the related strategic participant. To date, the
Company has entered into one letter of intent with a potential strategic
participant, and is actively negotiating the terms of letters of intent with
other mortgage lenders.
 
  Institutional Division. The Company seeks to expand its Institutional
Division which originates and purchases sub-prime loans based on relationships
with selected financial institutions.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
LOAN ORIGINATIONS AND PURCHASES
 
  Overview
 
  The Company originates and purchases loans through its Wholesale Division,
its Correspondent Program, its Retail/Telemarketing Division and its
Institutional Division. The Wholesale Division originates loans through a
network of independent brokers in coordination with approximately 60 account
executives located in 13 sales offices. The Retail/Telemarketing Division
originates loans through predictive dialing machines, which combine telephone
dialing technology with an on-line computer to facilitate the loan origination
process. Loans purchased through the Company's Correspondent Program are
originated, underwritten and funded by approved mortgage bankers and financial
institutions in accordance with industry underwriting standards. Loans
originated or purchased through the Institutional Division are acquired in
connection with relationships with small- to medium-sized regional banks and
thrift institutions.
 
  The Company's borrowers are individuals who do not qualify for or are
unwilling to obtain loans from conventional mortgage lending sources such as
thrift institutions and commercial banks. These conventional mortgage sources
generally impose strict and inflexible underwriting guidelines, such as those
defined by secondary market investors, and require longer to approve and fund
loans than the Company. The Company's borrowers often have impaired or
unsubstantiated credit histories and/or unverifiable income and place a
premium on personalized service and prompt responses to their loan
applications. As a result, the Company's borrowers are less averse to the
higher interest rates charged by the Company than those charged by
conventional sources.
 
  All of the Company's loans are secured by first or second mortgages on
owner-occupied single family residences and are loans that are made to Sub-
prime Borrowers. Proceeds from the Company's loans are typically used to
consolidate or refinance existing indebtedness, finance home improvements and
pay for educational expenditures. The Company focuses on lending to
individuals who often have impaired or unsubstantiated credit histories and/or
unverifiable income; as a result, the Company's customers generally pay higher
interest rates as compared to interest rates charged by conventional mortgage
sources.
 
  Geographic Distribution. The following table breaks down by state the number
of loans currently either held by the Company or securitized by the Company:
 
          GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF LOAN ORIGINATIONS AND PURCHASES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                      DECEMBER
                                                         31,        SIX MONTHS
                                                     ------------      ENDED
STATES                                               1994   1995   JUNE 30, 1996
- ------                                               -----  -----  -------------
<S>                                                  <C>    <C>    <C>
California..........................................  39.5%  29.8%      29.5%
Oregon..............................................  15.5   13.6       10.4
Colorado............................................   6.6    5.9        8.1
Washington..........................................  10.9    8.8        7.2
Florida.............................................   0.3    1.0        3.9
Hawaii..............................................   9.4   12.4        5.3
Maryland............................................   2.4    4.4        4.0
Utah................................................   3.6    3.4        3.6
Virginia............................................   0.1    1.5        3.5
All other states ...................................  11.7   19.2       24.5
                                                     -----  -----      -----
  Total............................................. 100.0% 100.0%     100.0%
                                                     =====  =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
  Wholesale Division. The Company originates a majority of its loans through
its Wholesale Division, which consists of a branch network of 13 sales
offices, four of which are located in California, two in Oregon, and one
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
in each of Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts, Utah, Virginia and
Washington. The sales offices are staffed with account executives who have
developed relationships with independent mortgage loan brokers through which
the Company has originated loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia.
 
  Mortgage loan brokers act as intermediaries between property owners and the
Company in arranging mortgage loans that adhere to the Company's underwriting
guidelines. By concentrating on wholesale mortgage banking through its network
of mortgage loan brokers, the Company believes it is able to originate loans
cost-effectively. The Company is actively seeking to expand its Wholesale
Division pursuant to selected demographic statistics and other criteria
developed by the Company which are intended to identify the most attractive
markets for the Company's products. The Company typically enters into a new
market using its national sales team, which initially penetrates a market, to
recruit brokers for the Company's wholesale network. The Company's sales
strategy is to limit the number of sales offices and personnel needed to
generate and effectively process and underwrite loans. As such, the Company
typically opens a sales office only after a minimum level of volume is
achieved in a new market. By utilizing this expansion strategy, the Company
can maintain lower overhead expenses than generally associated with competing
companies utilizing a more extensive retail branch office system.
 
  Generally, loan applications are submitted by mortgage brokers to one of the
Company's sales offices where the loan is logged-in for RESPA and other
regulatory compliance purposes, underwritten and conditionally approved or
denied within 24 hours of receipt. The Company strives to respond to each
broker submitting applications as quickly as possible, as mortgage brokers may
submit loan files to several prospective lenders at the same time. If
approved, a "conditional approval" will be issued to the broker with a list of
specific conditions to be met and additional documents to be supplied prior to
the Company funding the loan. A production coordinator and the originating
Company account executive will work directly with the submitting mortgage
broker to collect the requested information and meet all underwriting
conditions and requirements. In most cases, the Company funds loans within 21
days after approval of the loan application.
 
  The following table sets forth selected information relating to loan
originations during the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SIX MONTHS
                                                                       ENDED
                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                        ---------------------------  ----------
                                         1993      1994      1995       1996
                                        -------  --------  --------  ----------
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Principal balance of loans............  $38,642  $183,010  $267,409   $197,099
Average principal balance per loan....  $   130  $    118  $     89   $    124
Percent of first mortgage loans.......     99.7%     97.9%     83.2%      98.2%
Weighted average interest rate........      8.0%      9.0%     10.4%      10.4%
Weighted average initial loan-to-value
 ratio................................     68.4%     69.4%     76.4%      73.3%
</TABLE>
 
  Retail/Telemarketing Division. In addition to originating loans through its
Wholesale Division, the Company recently formed its Retail/Telemarketing
Division to solicit loans directly from prospective borrowers. The
Retail/Telemarketing Division originates loans through predictive dialing
machines, which combine telephone dialing technology with an on-line computer
to facilitate the loan origination process. The predictive dialing machine (i)
automatically dials prospective borrowers, (ii) provides the telemarketer with
an on-screen marketing presentation to market efficiently the Company's loan
products, and (iii) provides an interactive loan underwriting program and loan
quotation system to assess immediately the prospect's borrowing capability.
The Company believes that the Retail/Telemarketing Division represents a
significant opportunity to expand origination volume by marketing directly to
borrowers and utilizing predictive dialers which enable the Company to
originate such loans at a lower cost than traditional retail organizations.
The Company believes that by utilizing predictive dialers, it will be able to
achieve a new source of loan origination volume without incurring the fixed
overhead costs associated with traditional retail operations. The cost per
originated loan of such a system is expected to be significantly less than the
cost per originated loan of traditional methods of originating loans, such as
done in the Wholesale Division.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  Correspondent Program. In addition to originating loans through its
Wholesale Division and the Retail/Telemarketing Divisions, the Company
purchases loans through its Correspondent Program. Purchases under the
Correspondent Program are in the form of complete loan packages that have been
originated, underwritten and funded by mortgage bankers or financial
institutions. All loans purchased through the Correspondent Program are
reunderwritten by the Company's underwriting staff to determine that the loan
packages are complete and materially adhere to the Company's underwriting
guidelines. Depending on the size of the pool of loans purchased, the Company
will engage a third-party underwriter to reunderwrite the loans, verify the
borrower's employment status, determine credit grade and verify the quality of
the appraisal.
 
  The Company has established relationships with several mortgage bankers who
have been reviewed by the Company to ensure the quality and type of loans
originated. The Company also analyzes the financial condition of the mortgage
banker, including a review of the mortgage bankers' licenses and financial
statements. Upon approval, the Company typically requires each mortgage banker
to enter into a purchase and sale agreement with customary representations and
warranties regarding the loans such mortgage banker will sell to the Company.
 
  The following table sets forth selected information relating to the bulk
purchase of loans during the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SIX MONTHS
                                                                      ENDED
                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                        --------------------------  ----------
                                         1993     1994      1995       1996
                                        -------- -------- --------  ----------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
Principal balance of loans............. $ 2,914  $ 7,287  $ 21,073   $53,302
Average principal balance per loan..... $    97  $   101  $     69   $    97
Percent of first mortgage loans........    53.4%    99.9%     81.7%     99.5%
Weighted average interest rate.........     9.9%     8.7%     10.9%     10.8%
Weighted average initial loan-to-value
 ratio.................................    53.0%    73.3%     72.9%     74.6%
</TABLE>
 
  Strategic Alliances.  In order to increase the Company's volume and
diversify its sources of loan originations, the Company is seeking to enter
into strategic alliances with selected mortgage lenders. Pursuant to such
strategic alliances, the Company would provide financing arrangements and a
commitment to purchase qualifying loans, and the participant in such a
strategic alliance would be entitled to participate in Company sponsored
securitizations. In return, the Company expects to receive a more predictable
flow of loans, interest and fee income, and, in some cases, an option to
acquire an equity interest in the related strategic participant.
 
  The Company recently entered into one letter of intent with a potential
strategic participant, and is actively negotiating the terms of letters of
intent with other mortgage lenders. Subject to the negotiation of a definitive
agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the potential strategic
participant a loan purchase facility, make advances and provide working
capital financing secured by interest-only and residual certificates, in
return for which the strategic participant has agreed to provide to the
Company on a flow basis all of such participant's mortgage loans that meet the
Company's guidelines. Such commitment will terminate upon the earlier of loans
delivered in an aggregate amount of $600 million or the end of a three year
period. The parties have agreed that the loans originated by the strategic
participant under the agreement will be included in the Company's quarterly
public securitizations, and that the strategic participant will be required to
pay the Company certain fees and a proportionate share of the costs of such
securitizations. In return, the strategic participant will receive an
interest-only and/or residual participation in such securitization related to
its loans. The Company will also receive an option to acquire an interest in
the strategic participant.
 
  The Company believes that the proposed strategic alliance described above
will provide a general outline for future alliances, if any. However, there
can be no assurance that the strategic alliance described above will be
entered into pursuant to a definitive agreement, that if entered into, the
intended results will be achieved, or that the Company will be successful in
entering into any other such alliances.
 
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
  Institutional Division. In November 1995, the Company established its
Institutional Division to originate and purchase sub-prime loans based on
relationships with small- to medium-sized commercial banks, savings banks and
thrift institutions on an ongoing basis. The Company establishes correspondent
relationships with these financial institutions who direct them to borrowers
who do not meet the credit underwriting standards of such institutions.
 
  The Institutional Division establishes a relationship with a financial
institution to employ its mortgage lending capability to originate, process
and close loans which the institution would not otherwise make and assign
these loans to the Company. The financial institution utilizes the Company's
basic underwriting criteria and closes and delivers loans in a form acceptable
to the Company. From time to time, the institution may elect to deliver loans
from its portfolio which may not have been originated in accordance with
Company underwriting guidelines. These portfolio loans are then reunderwritten
to Company guidelines to determine their general compliance with the Company's
guidelines. Other factors, such as seasoning and pay history, are also
considered before the Company agrees to purchase these loans.
 
   The Institutional Division's correspondent relationships are based on the
participating institution's willingness to assume the cost and responsibility
for loan origination, closing and sale of the loan to the Company in exchange
for retaining the closing points and fees. The institution further agrees to
extensive representations and warranties concerning its activities as an
originator and seller of sub-prime loans to the Company.
 
  The following table sets forth selected information relating to loan
originations and purchases during the period shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SIX MONTHS
                                                                       ENDED
                                                                   JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                   -------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN
                                                                    THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                          <C>
      Principal balance of loans..................................    $9,452
      Average principal balance per loan..........................    $  117
      Percent of first mortgage loans.............................     100.0%
      Weighted average interest rate..............................       9.9%
      Weighted average initial loan-to-value ratio................      75.2%
</TABLE>
 
UNDERWRITING
 
  The Company's underwriting guidelines are provided to all mortgage loan
brokers and mortgage bankers prior to accepting any loan application or bulk
purchase package. Upon receipt of a loan application from a mortgage loan
broker, the Company's underwriting staff determines if the loan meets the
Company's underwriting guidelines. To assess the credit quality of the loan,
the underwriter considers various factors, including the appraised value of
the collateral property, the applicant's debt payment history, credit profile
and employment status, and the combined debt ratio and loan-to-value ratio
upon completion of the loan.
 
  Prior to funding a loan, the Company's underwriting staff determines the
applicant's creditworthiness and ability to service the loan. In addition, the
underwriting staff reviews the value of the underlying collateral based on a
full review appraisal completed by a pre-approved licensed independent
appraiser. The Company selects its review appraisers based on professional
experience, education, membership in related professional organizations and by
reviewing the review appraiser's experience with the type of property being
used as collateral. For loans purchased through its Correspondent Program, the
Company will typically request a second review appraisal if the original
review appraisal was completed by a review appraiser not approved by the
Company.
 
  Verification of personal financial information and credit history is also
required prior to closing the loan. Generally, loan applicants are required to
have two years of employment with their current employer or two years of
similar business experience. Applicants who are salaried must provide current
employment information as well as recent employment history. The Company
verifies this information for salaried borrowers based on written confirmation
from employers, or a combination of a telephone confirmation from the employer
and the most recent pay stub or W-2 tax form. Self-employed applicants are
generally required to provide copies of complete
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
federal income tax returns filed for the most recent two years. A merged
credit report combining information gathered from two independent, nationally
recognized credit reporting agencies reflecting the applicant's credit history
is also used. Verification of information regarding the first mortgage, if
any, is also required, including balance, status and whether local taxes,
interest, insurance and assessments are included in the applicant's monthly
payment. All taxes and assessments not included in the payment are required to
be verified as current.
 
  Upon completion of the underwriting process, the closing of the loan is
scheduled with an independent closing attorney who is responsible for closing
the loan in accordance with the Company's closing procedures. The Company has
established classifications with respect to the credit profiles of loans based
on certain of the borrower's characteristics. Each loan applicant is placed
into one of four letter ratings ("A" through "D," with subratings within those
categories), depending upon a number of factors including the applicant's
credit history and employment status. Terms of loans made by the Company, as
well as the maximum loan-to-value ratio and debt service-to-income coverage
(calculated by dividing fixed monthly debt payments by gross monthly income),
vary depending upon the classification of the borrower. Borrowers with lower
credit ratings generally pay higher interest rates and loan origination fees.
The criteria currently used by the Company in classifying loan applicants can
be generalized as follows:
 
  Under the Company's "A" risk category, the prospective borrower must have
generally repaid consumer debt (revolving and installment) according to its
terms with a maximum of three 30-day late payments within the last 12 months
or five 30-day late payments or two 60-day late payments on such obligations
within the last 24 months. Within this 24 month period, however, a maximum of
one 30-day late payment and no 60-day late payments are acceptable in the last
12 months or a maximum of two 30-day late payments and no 60-day payments
within the last 24 months are acceptable on an existing mortgage loan on the
subject property. The existing mortgage obligation must be current. Minor
derogatory items are allowed as to non-mortgage credit. No collections,
charge-offs or judgments over $500 within the last five years are allowed. No
bankruptcy or notice of default filings by the borrower may have occurred
during the preceding five years. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of up to 90%
(or 75% for mortgage loans originated under the non-conforming, no-income
qualifier program, but 80% if the borrower is self-employed) is permitted for
a mortgage loan on a single family owner-occupied property. A maximum loan-to-
value ratio of 80% (or 70% for mortgage loans originated under the non-
conforming no-income qualifier program, but 75% if the borrower is self-
employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on non-owner-occupied properties
and second home properties. The debt service-to-income ratio generally is 45%
or less, depending on the qualifying rate. The maximum loan amount is $400,000
for single-family owner-occupied properties, regardless of the documentation
program. Exceptions to the maximum loan amount for single-family owner-
occupied properties are considered by the Company on a limited basis. The
maximum loan amount is $350,000 (or $300,000 for mortgage loans originated
under the non-conforming no-income qualifier program) for mortgage loans on
single-family non-owner-occupied properties or second homes.
 
  Under the Company's "A-" risk category, the prospective borrower must have
generally repaid consumer debt (revolving and installment) according to its
terms with a maximum of five 30-day late payments or two 60-day late payments
within the last 12 months. A maximum of two 30-day late payments, and no 60-
day late payments, within the last 12 months is acceptable on an existing
mortgage loan on the subject property. The existing mortgage obligation must
be current. Minor derogatory items are allowed as to non-mortgage credit.
No unpaid collection accounts, charge-offs or judgments over $500 within the
last two years are allowed. No bankruptcy or notice of default filings by the
borrower may have occurred during the preceding two years. A maximum loan-to-
value ratio of up to 85% (or 75% for mortgage loans originated under the non-
conforming no-income qualifier program, but 80% if the borrower is self-
employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a single-family owner-occupied
property. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of up to 75% (or 70% for mortgage
loans originated under the non-conforming no-income qualifier program) is
permitted for a mortgage loan on a non-owner-occupied property or a second
home. The debt service-to-income ratio is generally 45% or less, depending on
the qualifying rate. The maximum loan amount is $650,000 for single-family
owner-occupied properties under the non-conforming full documentation program.
Exceptions to the maximum loan amount for single-family owner-occupied
properties are considered by the Company on a limited basis. The maximum loan
amount is $500,000 for mortgage loans on single-family owner-occupied
properties under the non-conforming no-income
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
qualifier program. The maximum loan amount is $400,000 (or $350,000 for
mortgage loans originated under the non-conforming no-income qualifier
program) for mortgage loans on a single-family non-owner-occupied property or
a second home. Loan applicants with less favorable credit ratings generally
are offered loans with higher interest rates and lower loan-to-value ratios
than applicants with more favorable credit ratings.
 
  Under the Company's "B" risk category, the prospective borrower must have
generally repaid consumer debt according to its terms, with a maximum of eight
30-day late payments or four 60-day late payments or two 90-day late payments
on such obligations within the last 12 months. A maximum of four 30-day late
payments or three 30-day late payments and one 60-day late payment within the
last 12 months is acceptable on an existing mortgage loan on the subject
property. The existing mortgage obligation must be current. As to non-mortgage
credit, some prior defaults may have occurred. Isolated and insignificant
collections and/or charge-offs, and judgments within the last 18 months,
totaling less than $1,000 are acceptable. No bankruptcy or notice of default
filing by the borrower may have occurred during the preceding 18 months. A
maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% (70% for mortgage loans originated under
the non-conforming, no-income qualifier program, but 75% if the borrower is
self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a single family, owner-
occupied property. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of 70% (or 65% for mortgage
loans originated under the non-conforming, no-income qualifier program) is
permitted for a mortgage loan on a non-owner-occupied property or second home.
The debt service-to-income ratio generally is 50% or less, depending on the
qualifying rate. The maximum loan amount is $600,000 for single family owner-
occupied properties under the non-conforming full documentation program. The
maximum loan amount is $350,000 (or $300,000 for mortgage loans originated
under the non-conforming, no-income qualifier program) for mortgage loans on a
non-owner-occupied property or a second home.
 
  Under the Company's "C" risk category, the prospective borrower may have
experienced significant credit problems in the past. A maximum of twelve 30-
day late payments or six 60-day late payments or four 90-day late payments on
consumer debt within the last 12 months is acceptable. A maximum of five 30-
day late payments or three 30-day late payments and two 60-day late payments
or three 30-day late payments and one 90-day late payment within the last 12
months is acceptable on an existing mortgage loan on the subject property. The
existing mortgage can be up to 40 days past due at the time of funding of the
loan. As with non-mortgage credit, significant prior defaults may have
occurred. There may be open collections or charge-offs not to exceed $4,000
and up to $6,000 in isolated circumstances. No bankruptcy or notice of default
filings by the borrower may have occurred during the preceding year. A maximum
loan-to-value ratio of 75% (or 65% for mortgage loans originated under the
non-conforming, no-income qualifier program, but 70% if the borrower is self-
employed) is permitted on a mortgage loan on a single-family owner-occupied
property. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of 70% (or 60% for mortgage loans
originated under the non-conforming, no-income qualifier program, but 65% if
the borrower is self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a non-
owner-occupied property or second home. The debt service-to-income ratio is
generally 55% or less, depending on the qualifying rate. The maximum loan
amount is $500,000 (or $400,000 for mortgage loans originated under the non-
conforming, no-income qualifier program) for mortgage loans on single-family
owner-occupied properties. The maximum loan amount is $300,000 (or $200,000
for mortgage loans originated under the non-conforming no-income qualifier
program) for mortgage loans on a non-owner-occupied property or a second home.
 
  Under the Company's "D" risk category, the prospective borrower may have
experienced significant credit problems in the past. As to non-mortgage
credit, significant prior defaults may have occurred. The borrower is sporadic
in some or all areas with a general disregard for timely payment or credit
standing. With respect to an existing mortgage loan on the subject property,
no payment can be more than 120 days past due. Such existing mortgage loan is
not required to be current at the time the application is submitted. The
borrower may have open collections, charge-offs and judgments, all of which
must be paid simultaneously with the funding of the loan. No current
bankruptcy filings by the borrower are allowed. Borrowers who are in
foreclosure are considered. A maximum loan-to-value ratio of 65% (or 55% for
mortgage loans originated under the non-conforming, no-income qualifier
program, but 60% if the borrower is self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage
loan on a single-family owner-occupied property. No mortgage loans on a non-
owner-occupied property or a second home are made in the "D" risk category.
The maximum loan amount is $350,000 under the non-conforming full
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
documentation program (or $150,000 for mortgage loans originated under the
non-conforming, no-income qualifier program, but $200,000 if the borrower is
self-employed) for mortgage loans on a non-owner-occupied property or a second
home. The debt service-to-income ratio generally is 60% or less, depending on
the qualifying rate.
 
  Exceptions. As described above, the Company uses the foregoing categories
and characteristics as underwriting guidelines only. On a case-by-case basis,
the Company's underwriters may determine that the prospective mortgagor
warrants a risk category upgrade, a debt service-to-income ratio exception, a
pricing exception, a loan-to-value exception or an exception from certain
requirements of a particular risk category (collectively called an "upgrade"
or an "exception"). An upgrade or exception may generally be allowed if the
application reflects certain compensating factors, including among others: low
loan-to-value ratio; pride of ownership; a maximum of one 30-day late payment
on all mortgage loans during the last 12 months; stable employment; and the
length of residence in the subject property. Accordingly, the Company may
classify certain mortgage loan applications in a more favorable risk category
than other mortgage loan applications that, in the absence of such
compensating factors, would only satisfy the criteria of a less favorable risk
category.
 
LOAN PRODUCTION BY BORROWER RISK CLASSIFICATION
 
  The following tables set forth information concerning the Company's loan
production by borrower risk classification for loans secured by mortgages for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996.
Dollars in the table below are in thousands.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                         ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
                                            WEIGHTED                             WEIGHTED
                                            AVERAGE  WEIGHTED                    AVERAGE  WEIGHTED
                           LOAN     % OF    INTEREST AVERAGE    LOAN     % OF    INTEREST AVERAGE
CREDIT RATING             AMOUNT  MORTGAGES   RATE     LTV     AMOUNT  MORTGAGES   RATE     LTV
- -------------            -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- --------
<S>                      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
A....................... $ 98,455    34.1%   11.36%    80.6%  $ 41,035    15.8%   10.65%    80.1%
A-......................  135,001    46.8     9.65     76.8    143,421    55.2     9.99     73.8
B.......................   34,906    12.1    10.50     68.2     47,913    18.4    10.82     71.6
C.......................   17,716     6.1    11.01     64.1     20,531     7.9    11.58     67.9
D.......................    2,404     0.9    12.10     58.6      6,953     2.7    12.27     63.1
                         --------   -----                     --------   -----
  Total................. $288,482   100.0%   10.44     76.1   $259,853   100.0%   10.37     73.6
                         ========   =====                     ========   =====
</TABLE>
 
LOAN SALES AND SECURITIZATIONS
 
  The Company sells a majority of its loan origination and purchase volume
through public securitizations. Securitization sales provide the Company with
greater flexibility and operating leverage than a portfolio lender by allowing
the Company to generate fee and interest income and participate in the
continuing profitability of the loans with a significantly smaller capital
commitment than that required by traditional portfolio lenders. During the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996,
the Company securitized $70.2 million, $164.9 million and $233.0 million of
mortgage loans, respectively.
 
  Generally, in each securitization transaction, the Company retains an
interest in the loans sold through interest-only and residual certificates,
which are amortized over an estimated average life. Cash flow realized from
these interest-only and residual certificates is subject to the prepayment and
loss characteristics of the underlying loans. The interest-only and residual
certificates retained by the Company through securitizations amounted to
$40.7 million at June 30, 1996. See "Risk Factors--Interest Only and Residual
Value Certificates."
 
  With respect to the aforementioned securitizations, the Company arranged for
the related trusts to purchase credit enhancements for the senior interests in
the related trusts in the form of insurance policies provided by three AAA/Aaa
rated monoline insurance companies, and, as a result, the senior interests in
each trust received a rating of "AAA" from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services
and "Aaa" from Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
 
  The pooling and servicing agreements that govern the distribution of cash
flows from the loans included in the trusts require the overcollateralization
of the senior interests by using interest receipts on the mortgage loans
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the senior interests to a pre-
set percentage of the mortgage loans. The overcollateralization percentage may
be reduced over time according to the delinquency and loss experience of the
loans. The Company's interest in each overcollateralized amount is reflected
in the Company's financial statements as a portion of "interest-only and
residual certificates." To the extent that a loss is realized on the loans,
losses will be paid first out of interest available to the interest-only and
residual certificates and ultimately out of the overcollateralization amount
available to the interest-only and residual certificates. If losses exceed the
Company's discounted recourse allowance, the excess losses in any period will
result in a reduction in the value of the interest-only and residual
certificates held by the Company. If losses exceed the amounts available to
the interest-only and residual certificates, the monoline insurance company
policy will pay any further losses experienced by holders of the senior
interests in the related trust. Interest available to the interest-only and
residual certificates, when available, and distributions from the
overcollateralization amount will be used to reimburse the monoline insurance
company for any such payments.
 
  The Company may be required either to repurchase or to substitute for loans
which do not conform to the representations and warranties made by the Company
in the pooling and servicing agreements entered into when the loans are pooled
and sold through securitizations.
 
HEDGING
 
  The market value of fixed-rate mortgage loans has a greater sensitivity to
changes in market interest rates than adjustable-rate mortgage loans. As the
Company's production of fixed-rate mortgage loans has increased, the Company
has begun to implement various hedging strategies to mitigate the change in
market value of fixed-rate mortgage loans held for sale between the date of
origination and sale. Commencing in August 1995, these strategies have
included selling short and selling forward United States Treasury securities
and pre-funding loan originations in its securitizations. The Company
currently hedges its fixed-rate mortgage loans held for sale by selling
forward a combination of United States Treasury securities of various
maturities whose combined change in value due to a change in interest rates
closely approximates the change in value of the mortgage loans hedged. In the
future the Company may hedge its variable-rate mortgage loans and its
interest-only and residual certificates with hedging transactions which may
include forward sales of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities,
interest rate caps and floors and buying and selling of futures and options on
futures. The nature and quantity of hedging transactions are determined by the
Company's management based on various factors, including market conditions and
the expected volume of mortgage loan originations and purchases.
 
  The Company believes that it has implemented a cost-effective hedging
program to provide a level of protection against changes in market value of
its fixed-rate mortgage loans held for sale. However, an effective hedging
strategy is complex and no hedging strategy can completely insulate the
Company from such changes. In addition, hedging involves transaction and other
costs, and such costs could increase as the period covered by the hedging
protection increases or in periods of rising and fluctuating interest rates.
Therefore, the Company may be prevented from effectively hedging its fixed-
rate loans held for sale, without significantly reducing the Company's return
on equity.
 
  In addition, the Company hedges future production of mortgage loans through
a pre-funding mechanism in connection with its securitizations. In its
securitization transactions, investors deposit cash in a pre-funded amount
into the related trust to purchase the loans the Company commits to sell on a
forward basis. This pre-funded amount is invested pending use in short term
obligations which pay a lower interest rate than the interest rate the trust
is obligated to pay certificate investors on the outstanding balance of the
pre-funded amount. The Company is required to deposit at the closing of the
related transaction an amount sufficient to make up the difference between
these rates.
 
  As of June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995, the Company had no open hedge
positions. During 1995 the Company included a loss of $84,375 on a short sale
of United States Treasury securities as part of gains on sales of loans.
During the six months ended June 30, 1996 the Company included a gain of
$62,070 on a forward sale of United States Treasury securities as part of
gains on sale of loans.
 
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
LOAN SERVICING AND DELINQUENCIES
 
  Servicing. The Company currently originates or purchases all mortgage loans
on a servicing released basis, thereby acquiring the servicing rights. In
September 1995, the Company entered into a servicing agreement with Advanta
(the "Advanta Agreement") to service all of its current and ongoing
production. In addition, Advanta services or subservices each public
securitization of the Company's loans pursuant to the related pooling and
servicing agreement. According to Advanta's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1995, Advanta serviced approximately $1.8 billion in
loans with an overall average delinquency rate of approximately 6%. Servicing
includes collecting and remitting loan payments, making required advances,
accounting for principal and interest, holding escrow or impound funds for
payment of taxes and insurance, if applicable, making required inspections of
the mortgaged property, contacting delinquent borrowers and supervising
foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults in
accordance with the Company's guidelines. Under the Advanta Agreement, the
Company is obligated to pay Advanta a monthly servicing fee on the declining
principal balance of each loan serviced and a set-up fee for each loan
delivered to Advanta for servicing.
 
  Advanta is required to pay all expenses related to the performance of its
duties under the Advanta Agreement. Further, Advanta is required to make
advances of taxes and required insurance premiums that are not collected from
borrowers with respect to any mortgage loan, only if it determines that such
advances are recoverable from the mortgagor, insurance proceeds or other
sources with respect to such mortgage loan. If such advances are made, Advanta
generally will be reimbursed prior to the Company receiving the remaining
proceeds. Advanta also will be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for
expenses incurred by it in connection with the liquidation of defaulted
mortgage loans and in connection with the restoration of mortgaged property.
If claims are not made or paid under applicable insurance policies or if
coverage thereunder has ceased, the Company will suffer a loss to the extent
that the proceeds from liquidation of the mortgaged property, after
reimbursement of Advanta's expenses in the sale, are less than the principal
balance of the related mortgage loan.
 
  The Company may terminate the Advanta Agreement upon the occurrence of one
or more of the events specified in the Advanta Agreement generally relating to
Advanta's proper and timely performance of its duties and obligations under
the Advanta Agreement. Either the Company or Advanta may terminate the Advanta
Agreement without cause upon 90 days' prior written notice to the other party;
provided, that if the Company terminates the Advanta Agreement without cause,
the Company shall pay to Advanta a termination fee of 1% of the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans being serviced by Advanta at such
time; provided, further, that if the Company transfers servicing of any amount
of mortgage loans being serviced by Advanta to another servicer without
terminating the Advanta Agreement, the Company shall pay to Advanta $100 per
mortgage loan transferred. With respect to mortgage loans securitized by the
Company, the Company will not be able to terminate the servicer without the
approval of the trustee for such securities.
 
  As is customary in the mortgage loan servicing industry, Advanta is entitled
to retain any late payment charges, penalties and assumption fees collected in
connection with the mortgage loans, net of pre-payment penalties, which accrue
to the Company. Advanta receives any benefit derived from interest earned on
collected principal and interest payments between the date of collection and
the date of remittance to the Company and from interest earned on tax and
insurance impound funds. Advanta is required to remit to the Company no later
than the 18th day of each month all principal and interest collected from
borrowers during the monthly reporting period.
 
  The Company subcontracts with outside servicers such as Advanta as this
arrangement allows the Company to increase the volume of its loan originations
and purchases without incurring related overhead investments in servicing
operations.
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
servicing portfolio of loans for the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                -----------------------------  ----------------
                                  1993      1994       1995          1996
                                --------  ---------  --------  ----------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
   Beginning servicing portfo-
    lio.......................  $    --   $  18,074  $ 68,721      $270,193
   Loans added to the servic-
    ing portfolio.............    41,556    190,297   288,482       259,853
   Loans sold servicing
    released and principal
    paydowns..................   (23,482)  (139,650)  (87,010)      (88,120)
                                --------  ---------  --------      --------
   Ending servicing portfo-
    lio.......................  $ 18,074  $  68,721  $270,193      $441,926
                                ========  =========  ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
  Delinquencies and Foreclosures. Loans originated or purchased by the Company
are secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds or deeds to secure
debt, depending upon the prevailing practice in the state in which the
property securing the loan is located. Depending on local law, foreclosure is
effected by judicial action or nonjudicial sale, and is subject to various
notice and filing requirements. In general, the borrower, or any person having
a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may cure a monetary default by paying
the entire amount in arrears plus other designated costs and expenses incurred
in enforcing the obligation during a statutorily prescribed reinstatement
period. Generally, state law controls the amount of foreclosure expenses and
costs, including attorneys fees, which may be recovered by a lender. After the
reinstatement period has expired without the default having been cured, the
borrower or junior lienholder no longer has the right to reinstate the loan
and may be required to pay the loan in full to prevent the scheduled
foreclosure sale. Where a loan has not yet been sold or securitized, the
Company will generally allow a borrower to reinstate the loan up to the date
of foreclosure sale.
 
  Although foreclosure sales are typically public sales, third-party
purchasers rarely bid in excess of the lender's lien because of the difficulty
of determining the exact status of title to the property, the possible
deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and a
requirement that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check. Thus, the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the
trustee or referee for an amount equal to the sum of the principal amount
outstanding under the loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of
foreclosure. Depending on market conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale
may not equal the lender's investment in the property.
 
  The following tables set forth the combined delinquency and foreclosure
experience of: (1) loans held for sale or securitization included in the
Company's servicing portfolio and (2) securitized loans originated by the
Company but serviced by an affiliate of the Company or by Advanta for the
periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1993                 1994                 1995           AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                         -------------------- -------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
                                  % OF LOANS           % OF LOANS            % OF LOANS            % OF LOANS
                                 IN SERVICING         IN SERVICING          IN SERVICING          IN SERVICING
                         AMOUNT   PORTFOLIO   AMOUNT   PORTFOLIO    AMOUNT   PORTFOLIO    AMOUNT   PORTFOLIO
                         ------- ------------ ------- ------------ -------- ------------ -------- ------------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>
Loans serviced.......... $18,074    100.0%    $68,721    100.0%    $270,193    100.0%    $441,926    100.0%
30-59 days delinquent...   1,194      6.6         321      0.5        3,072      1.1        6,403      1.5
60-89 days delinquent...      60      0.3         199      0.3        1,896      0.7        2,805      0.6
90 days or more
 delinquent.............     --       --          383      0.5        4,396      1.6        7,069      1.6
                         -------    -----     -------    -----     --------    -----     --------    -----
Total delinquencies..... $ 1,254      6.9%    $   903      1.3%    $  9,364      3.4%    $ 16,276      3.7%
                         =======    =====     =======    =====     ========    =====     ========    =====
Delinquent loans in
 foreclosure............ $   --       --      $   383      0.5%    $  4,883      1.8%    $  5,064      1.1%
Total real estate
 owned..................     --       --          --       --           141      --           --       --
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
  As of June 30, 1996, statements to certificateholders prepared by the
trustee for each of four securitizations in which loans originated and
purchased by the Company were included reported no losses; however, the
Company's loans securitized and sold in the secondary market and included in
these securitizations have been outstanding for a relatively short period of
time and consequently the delinquencies, foreclosures and loss experience to
date are not indicative of results to be experienced in the future. In
addition, the mortgage loans related to the interest-only and residual
certificates retained by SPTL pursuant to the Contribution Transaction have
generally had higher delinquency ratios than the Company's delinquency ratios,
even though such loans were generally underwritten to SPFC's underwriting
standards.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The Company is a relatively new entrant in the industry, is relatively small
compared to many of its competitors and faces intense competition in the
business of originating, purchasing and selling mortgage loans. Competition in
the industry takes many forms including convenience in obtaining a loan,
customer service, marketing and distribution channels, amount and term of the
loan. Traditional competitors in the financial services business include other
mortgage banking companies, commercial banks, credit unions, thrift
institutions, credit card issuers and finance companies. Most of these
competitors in the consumer finance business are substantially larger and have
considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the
Company. In addition, many financial services organizations that are much
larger than the Company have formed national loan origination networks that
are substantially similar to the Company's loan origination programs. In
addition, the current level of gains realized by the Company and its
competitors on the sale of sub-prime loans could attract additional
competitors into this market with the possible effect of lowering gains on
future loan sales.
 
  The Company believes that its competitive strengths include providing
prompt, responsive service and flexible underwriting to independent mortgage
brokers. The Company's underwriters apply its underwriting guidelines on an
individual basis but have the flexibility to deviate from them when an
exception or upgrade is warranted by a particular loan applicant's situation,
such as evidence of a strong mortgage repayment history relative to a weaker
overall consumer-credit repayment history. This provides independent mortgage
brokers working with the Company the ability to offer loan packages to Sub-
prime Borrowers.
 
REGULATION
 
  The Company's operations are subject to extensive regulation, supervision
and licensing by federal, state and local government authorities. Regulated
matters include, without limitation, loan origination, credit activities,
maximum interest rates and finance and other charges, disclosure to customers,
the terms of secured transactions, the collection, repossession and claims
handling procedures utilized by the Company, multiple qualification and
licensing requirements for doing business in various jurisdictions and other
trade practices.
 
  The Company's loan origination activities are subject to the laws and
regulations in each of the states in which those activities are conducted. The
Company's activities as a lender are also subject to various federal laws
including the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair
Credit Reporting Act and the Fair Housing Act.
 
  The Truth in Lending Act ("TILA") and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder
contain disclosure requirements designed to provide consumers with uniform,
understandable information with respect to the terms and conditions of loans
and credit transactions in order to give consumers the ability to compare
credit terms. TILA also guarantees consumers a three day right to cancel
certain credit transactions including loans of the type originated by the
Company. A lender's failure to provide the requisite material disclosures may,
among other things, give rise to a borrower's right of rescission, if
applicable to the transaction and validly invoked. Management of the Company
believes that it is in compliance with TILA in all material respects.
 
  In September 1994, the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory
Improvement Act of 1994 (the "Riegle Act") was enacted. The Riegle Act
contains, among other things, the Homeownership and Equity
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
Protection Act of 1994 (the "High Cost Mortgage Act"), which makes certain
amendments to TILA. The High Cost Mortgage Act, which became effective with
respect to loans consummated after October 1, 1995, generally applies to
closed-end loans secured by a consumer's principal dwelling but not obtained
for the purchase or construction of the dwelling in which the loan has either
(i) total points and fees upon origination in excess of eight percent of the
loan amount or (ii) an annual percentage rate of more than ten percentage
points higher than United States Treasury securities of comparable maturity
("Covered Loans"). A substantial majority of the loans originated or purchased
by the Company are not Covered Loans.
 
  The High Cost Mortgage Act imposes additional disclosure requirements on
lenders originating Covered Loans and prohibits lenders from, among other
things, originating Covered Loans that are underwritten solely on the basis of
the borrower's home equity without regard to the borrower's ability to repay
the loan. The Company believes that only a small portion of loans it
originated are of the type that, unless modified, would be prohibited by the
High Cost Mortgage Act. The Company's underwriting criteria have always taken
into consideration the borrower's ability to repay.
 
  The High Cost Mortgage Act also prohibits lenders from including prepayment
fee clauses in Covered Loans to borrowers with a debt-to-income ratio in
excess of 50% or Covered Loans used to refinance existing loans originated by
the same lender. The Company will continue to collect prepayment fees on loans
originated prior to the effectiveness of the High Cost Mortgage Act and on
non-Covered Loans as well as on Covered Loans in permitted circumstances.
Because the High Cost Mortgage Act does not apply to loans consummated before
October 1, 1995, the level of prepayment fee revenue was not affected in 1995,
but the level of prepayment fee revenue may decline in future years. The High
Cost Mortgage Act imposes other restrictions on Covered Loans, including
restrictions on balloon payments and negative amortization features, which the
Company does not believe will have a material impact on its operations.
 
  The Company is also required to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act
of 1974, as amended ("ECOA"), which prohibits creditors from discriminating
against applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age or marital status.
These bases are referred to as "prohibited bases." ECOA, as implemented by
Regulation B, prohibits creditors from discriminating on prohibited bases or
from considering certain types of information in rendering a credit decision.
It also requires certain disclosures by the lender regarding consumer rights
and requires lenders to advise applicants of the reasons for credit denial. In
instances where the applicant is denied credit or the rate or charge for loans
increases as a result of information obtained from consumer reports prepared
by a consumer reporting agency, another statute, the Fair Credit Reporting Act
of 1970, as amended, requires lenders to supply the applicant with the name
and address of the consumer reporting agency and the consumer has a right to
obtain the information contained in the consumer report. The Company is also
subject to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and is required to file
an annual report with the Department of Housing and Urban Development pursuant
to the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.
 
  In the course of its business, the Company may acquire properties securing
loans that are in default. There is a risk that hazardous or toxic waste could
be found on such properties. In such event, the Company could be held
responsible for the cost of cleaning up or removing such waste, and such cost
could exceed the value of the underlying properties.
 
  Because the Company's business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the Company are subject to regular modification and
change. There are currently proposed various laws, rules and regulations
which, if adopted, could impact the Company. There can be no assurance that
these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or other such laws, rules or
regulations, will not be adopted in the future which could make compliance
much more difficult or expensive, restrict the Company's ability to originate,
broker, purchase or sell loans, further limit or restrict the amount of
commissions, interest and other charges earned on loans originated, brokered,
purchased or sold by the Company, or otherwise adversely affect the business
or prospects of the Company.
 
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  At September 30, 1996, the Company employed 201 full-time employees and 16
part-time employees. None of the Company's employees is subject to a
collective bargaining agreement. The Company believes that its relations with
its employees are satisfactory.
 
PROPERTIES
 
  The Company's executive and administrative offices are located at One
Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500, Lake Oswego, Oregon, and consist of
approximately 9,922 square feet. The leases on the premises expire between
1999 and 2000, and the current annual rent is approximately $188,767.
 
  The Company also leases space for its branch offices. These facilities
aggregate approximately 35,690 square feet, with an annual aggregate base
rental of approximately $499,080. The terms of these leases vary as to
duration and rent escalation provisions. In general, the leases expire between
1996 and 1999 and provide for rent escalations dependent upon either increases
in the lessors' operating expenses or fluctuations in the consumer price index
in the relevant geographical area.
 
  In the design of its branch operations, the Company has been able to
maintain low overhead expenses by leasing space in office complexes located in
accessible but non-prime locations. The branch offices range in size from 576
to 6,534 square feet with lease terms typically ranging from one to five
years. Annual base rents for the branch offices range from $5,400 to $82,328.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  SPFC occasionally becomes involved in litigation arising in the normal
course of business. Management believes that any liability with respect to
such legal actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
                           PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following unaudited pro forma statements of earnings have been prepared
based on the Company's historical audited financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1995 and unaudited financial statements for the six-month
period ended June 30, 1996. The unaudited pro forma statements of earnings
give effect to the necessary adjustments to reflect the elimination of
interest-only and residual certificates and loans held for sale that were
retained by SPTL at the effective time of the IPO in connection with the
Contribution Transaction. See "Business--the Contribution Transaction." The
pro forma information is for illustrative purposes only and should not be
viewed as a projection or forecast of the Company's performance for any future
period. The pro forma statements of earnings do not purport to represent the
Company's results of operations had the Company operated independently from
SPTL during the periods presented. Such pro forma information should be read
in conjunction with the related notes and with the Company's historical
financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
 
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        HISTORICAL  ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>             <C>
Revenues:
  Gains on sales of loans.............  $17,995,303 $(5,791,666)(1) $12,203,637
  Interest income.....................    4,304,760                   4,304,760
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
    Total revenues....................   22,300,063  (5,791,666)     16,508,397
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
Expenses:
  Interest on borrowings from SPTL and
   ICII...............................    1,284,282     334,000 (4)   1,618,282
  Interest on other borrowings........    2,129,370         --        2,129,370
  Personnel and commission expense....    4,190,566         --        4,190,566
  General and administrative expense..    2,153,220     234,000 (3)   2,387,220
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
    Total expenses....................    9,757,438     568,000      10,325,438
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
Earnings before taxes.................   12,542,625  (6,359,666)      6,182,959
Income taxes..........................    5,205,190  (2,639,262)(5)   2,565,928
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
Net earnings..........................  $ 7,337,435 $(3,720,404)    $ 3,617,031
                                        =========== ===========     ===========
Earnings per share....................                              $      0.32
                                                                    ===========
Weighted average number of shares out-
 standing.............................                               11,165,000
<CAPTION>
                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        HISTORICAL  ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>             <C>
Revenues:
  Gains on sales of loans.............  $20,787,509 $  (388,808)(1) $20,398,701
  Interest income.....................    4,970,922    (262,000)(2)   4,708,922
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
    Total revenues....................   25,758,431    (650,808)     25,107,623
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
Expenses:
  Interest on borrowings from SPTL and
   ICII...............................      258,979         --          258,979
  Interest on other borrowings........    3,106,251         --        3,106,251
  Personnel and commission expense....    4,106,060         --        4,105,060
  General and administrative expense..    1,938,250         --        1,938,250
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
    Total expenses....................    9,408,540         --        9,408,540
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
Earnings before taxes.................   16,349,891    (650,808)     15,699,083
Income taxes..........................    6,954,430    (276,593)(5)   6,677,837
                                        ----------- -----------     -----------
Net earnings..........................  $ 9,395,461 $  (374,215)    $ 9,021,246
                                        =========== ===========     ===========
Pro forma earnings per share..........  $      0.84                 $      0.81
                                        ===========                 ===========
Weighted average number of shares out-
 standing.............................   11,181,362                  11,181,362
</TABLE>
 
              See accompanying notes to pro forma financial data.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
                       NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
  In October 1994, ICII incorporated the Company as part of a strategic
decision to form a separate subsidiary through which to operate SPTL's
residential lending division. To further this strategy, in December 1994, ICII
made a capital contribution of $250,000 to the Company in exchange for 100% of
its outstanding capital stock, and in April 1995, ICII caused SPTL to
contribute to the Company certain customer lists of SPTL's residential lending
division relating to the ongoing operations of such division. In addition, in
April 1995 all employees of SPTL's residential lending division became
employees of the Company. At the effective time of the IPO, SPTL retained all
other assets and all liabilities related to the contributed operations,
including all residual certificates generated in connection with
securitizations effected by SPTL's residential lending division. Shareholders
of the Company will not have any interest in assets that were retained by SPTL
as part of the Contribution Transaction.
 
  Pro forma financial statements are presented: (1) to reflect the elimination
of certain assets and liabilities and the related revenues and expenses that
were retained by SPTL and to which the Company has no continuing rights to, or
receives economic benefit from and (2) to reflect increases in certain
expenses consisting of interest expense and increased loan servicing costs as
if the Company had operated using independent warehouse facilities and had
exclusively utilized the services of Advanta during all periods presented.
 
(1) Gains on sales of loans has been decreased due to elimination of residual
    interest balances (and the corresponding liabilities and equity) which
    were generated from securitizations occurring in December 1994 and March
    and June, 1995. Loans contributed to these securitizations were originated
    or purchased during the period of time in which the Company was obtaining
    its funding from SPTL. Accordingly, SPTL has elected to retain these
    assets and the rights to receive future income from them.
 
(2) Reflects the elimination of interest income from the residual interest
    generated on the December 31, 1994 securitization which was retained by
    SPTL as discussed in Note 1.
 
(3) Reflects the inclusion of estimated additional expenses which would have
    been incurred had the Company exclusively used its current independent
    loan servicer for the entire period. Annual loan servicing costs paid to
    ICII were approximately $7.50 per loan per month, while estimated fees
    that would have been charged by an independent loan servicer are a one-
    time set-up fee of $25.00 per loan and 37.5 basis points per annum, paid
    monthly, on the declining principal balance of each loan serviced.
 
(4) Reflects the inclusion of estimated additional expenses which would have
    been incurred had the Company financed its borrowings at market rates
    instead of at the SPTL cost of funds rate.
 
(5) Reflects the tax impact of the reduction in earnings related to the pro
    forma adjustments to earnings before taxes as discussed above.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  The following table sets forth the name, age and position with the Company
of each person who is an executive officer or director of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NAME                               AGE                POSITION
   ----                               ---                --------
<S>                                   <C> <C>
H. Wayne Snavely(1)..................  55 Chairman of the Board
Robert W. Howard.....................  50 President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                           Director
Bernard A. Guy.......................  40 Executive Vice President and Director
Gary A. Palmer.......................  42 Executive Vice President, Chief
                                           Financial Officer and Secretary
Stephen J. Shugerman(1)..............  49 Director
John D. Dewey(1).....................  36 Director
A. Van Ruiter(1)(2)..................  44 Director
Frank P. Willey(1)(2)................  43 Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of Audit Committee.
 
  H. WAYNE SNAVELY has been the Chairman of the Board of the Company since
April 1995. He has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of
ICII since December 1991, Chairman of the Board of Imperial Credit Advisors,
Inc. ("ICAI") since January 1995 and Chairman of the Board of Imperial Credit
Mortgage Holdings, Inc. since November 1995. He has been a director of
Imperial Bancorp and Imperial Bank since 1994. From 1986 to February 1992, Mr.
Snavely served as Executive Vice President of Imperial Bancorp and Imperial
Bank with direct management responsibility for the following bank subsidiaries
and divisions: Imperial Bank Mortgage, SPTL, Imperial Trust Company, Wm. Mason
& Company, Imperial Ventures, Inc. and The Lewis Horwitz Organization.
 
  ROBERT W. HOWARD has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director
of the Company since April 1995. From January 1994 to April 1995, he was
Senior Vice President of SPTL's Residential Lending Division and from December
1992 to January 1994, he was Vice President of the same division. From January
1990 to December 1992, Mr. Howard was Senior Vice President at Preferred
Financial Funding Corp., a retail mortgage banking company specializing in
non-conforming credit loans. From March 1981 to December 1990, Mr. Howard was
President of R.W. Howard Financial, a privately owned company specializing in
construction and permanent financing for commercial and residential projects.
Mr. Howard is a licensed CPA in the State of California.
 
  BERNARD A. GUY has been Executive Vice President and a Director of the
Company since April 1995. From January 1994 to April 1995, he was Senior Vice
President of SPTL's Residential Lending Division and from December 1992 to
January 1994, he was Vice President of the same division. From June 1989 to
December 1992, Mr. Guy was Senior Vice President at Preferred Financial
Funding Corp., an independent retail mortgage banking company specializing in
non-conforming credit loans. From June 1984 to June 1989, Mr. Guy was Vice
President/Controller for United First Funding.
 
  GARY A. PALMER has been Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary of the Company since October 1995. From January 1993 to February
1995, Mr. Palmer served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Gentra
Capital Corporation and as a director of Columbia River Service Corporation.
From June 1990 to December 1992, he served as Senior Vice President and
Treasurer of Pacific First Bank. From December 1985 to January 1990, Mr.
Palmer served as Senior Vice President, Capital Markets of Imperial Savings
Association and as a director of Imperial Capital Markets, Inc., Imperial
Investment Advisors, Inc. and Caywood-Christian Capital Management. From April
1980 to November 1985, he served in various positions and was
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
responsible for financial planning and analysis, funding and investments at
the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, most recently as Director,
Financial Strategy.
 
  STEPHEN J. SHUGERMAN has been a Director of the Company since April 1995.
From June 1987 to the present, Mr. Shugerman has been the President of SPTL.
From June 1985 to May 1987, Mr. Shugerman was President of ATI Thrift & Loan
Association, a privately owned thrift and loan. From 1979 to 1985, he was
Senior Vice President of Imperial Thrift and Loan Association, a former
subsidiary of Imperial Bank. Mr. Shugerman is a past president of the
California Association of Thrift & Loan Companies.
 
  JOHN D. DEWEY has been a Director of the Company since June 1996. He has
been a director of Sierra Capital Acceptance, a privately held wholesale
mortgage broker, since May 1995 and was their Chief Operating Officer from May
1995 to January 1996. From October 1993 to May 1995, Mr. Dewey served as
Consultant and Transaction Coordinator for ContiTrade Services Corporation's
non-conforming credit, ARM conduit program and was responsible for
administering the program. From March 1991 to September 1993, Mr. Dewey served
as Director of Securitization for First Alliance Mortgage Company, a privately
held retail mortgage banking company specializing in non-conforming credit
loans.
 
  A. VAN RUITER has been a Director of the Company since June 1996. He has
been co-owner of Vantage LLC, a venture capital firm, since January 1996. From
April 1993 to December 1995, he was Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of Gentra Capital Corporation. From May 1989 to April 1993, he was an
Executive Vice President of Pacific First Financial Corporation and Pacific
First Bank, holding the positions of Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Administrative Officer. From March 1986 to May 1989, he was Vice President,
Taxation for Royal Trustco Corporation.
 
  FRANK P. WILLEY has been a Director of the Company since June 1996. He has
been the President of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. since January 1995.
From 1984 to 1994, Mr. Willey was the Executive Vice President and General
Counsel of Fidelity National Title Insurance Company. Mr. Willey is a director
of each of CKE Restaurants, Inc. and Mortgage Capital Resources Company.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
  Directors are elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of
shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. The Company
plans to pay its non-employee directors a $20,000 annual retainer, $1,500 for
each board meeting or committee meeting attended and to reimburse them for
reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings. The Company has granted
options to purchase an aggregate of 180,000 shares of Common Stock under its
Stock Option Plan to its non-employee directors. See "--Stock Options." No
family relationships exist between any of the executive officers or directors
of the Company.
 
  The Company's Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and a Compensation
Committee. The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Ruiter and Willey, and
is responsible for making recommendations concerning the engagement of
independent certified public accountants, approving professional services
provided by the independent certified public accountants and reviewing the
adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls. The Compensation
Committee is comprised of Messrs. Snavely, Shugerman, Ruiter, Dewey and
Willey, and is responsible for recommending to the Board of Directors all
officer salaries, management incentive programs and bonus payments.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
 Summary Compensation Table
 
  The following table sets forth information concerning the annual and long-
term compensation earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of
the other executive officers whose annual salary and bonus during 1995
exceeded $100,000 (the "Named Executive Officers").
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                    OTHER ANNUAL    ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(1)    SALARY   BONUS   COMPENSATION(2) COMPENSATION
- ------------------------------    ------- -------- --------------- ------------
<S>                               <C>     <C>      <C>             <C>
Robert W. Howard(3).............. $60,000 $400,250     $12,313          --
 President, Chief Executive
  Officer and Director
Bernard A. Guy(3)................  60,000  400,250      15,381          --
 Executive Vice President and
  Director
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Gary A. Palmer joined the Company in October 1995 as Executive Vice
    President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary at an annual salary of
    $125,000.
(2) Includes a $6,000 annual car allowance, and a $6,109 cash contribution
    made by the Company to a 401(k) profit sharing plan on behalf of each of
    Messrs. Howard and Guy, and certain group medical and dental insurance
    benefits.
(3) Each of Messrs. Howard and Guy entered into a five-year employment
    agreement effective January 1, 1996 at an annual salary of $250,000, plus
    a bonus equal to 1 1/2% of the Company's pre-tax profits. See "--
    Employment Agreements."
 
  No options to purchase the Company's securities were granted prior to
November 1995. See "--Stock Options."
 
  In addition, Messrs. Howard and Guy were each granted options to purchase
10,000 shares of ICII common stock at an exercise price of $8.50 per share in
December 1994. These options were scheduled to vest over a five-year period
but were accelerated and became fully vested in January 1996.
 
 Employment Agreements
 
  Mr. Howard serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement which continues in effect
until January 1, 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Howard receives
an annual salary of $250,000 and a quarterly bonus equal to one and one-half
percent of the Company's pre-tax earnings as determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. In addition to salary and bonus, Mr.
Howard receives an automobile allowance of $1,000 per month. In the event of
termination of employment without cause (as defined in the agreement) by the
Company, or because of death or disability, the Company will pay the present
value of compensation and benefits to which he would have been entitled during
the remaining term of the agreement. In the event Mr. Howard voluntarily
terminates his employment, he will be restricted from competing with the
Company for one year.
 
  Mr. Guy serves as Executive Vice President of the Company pursuant to the
terms of an employment agreement which continues in effect until January 1,
2001. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Guy receives an annual salary of
$250,000 and a quarterly bonus equal to one and one-half percent of the
Company's pre-tax earnings as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. In addition to salary and bonus, Mr. Guy receives an
automobile allowance of $1,000 per month. In the event of termination of
employment without cause (as defined in the agreement) by the Company, or
because of death or disability, the Company will pay the present value of
compensation and benefits to which he would have been entitled during the
remaining term of the agreement. In the event Mr. Guy voluntarily terminates
his employment, he will be restricted from competing with the Company for one
year.
 
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
 Stock Option Plan
 
  The Company has adopted the 1995 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted
Stock Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), which provides for the grant of
qualified incentive stock options ("ISOs") that meet the requirements of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
stock options not so qualified ("NQSOs") and awards consisting of deferred
stock, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and limited stock
appreciation rights ("Awards"). The Stock Option Plan is administered by a
committee of directors appointed by the Board of Directors (the "Committee").
ISOs may be granted to the officers and key employees of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries. The exercise price for any option granted under the Stock
Option Plan may not be less than 100% (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to
an employee who is deemed to own in excess of 10% of the outstanding Common
Stock) of the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock at the time the
option is granted. The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to provide a means
of performance-based compensation in order to attract and retain qualified
personnel and to provide an incentive to those whose job performance affects
the Company. The effective date of the Stock Option Plan is November 1, 1995.
 
  The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase, and
awards of, an aggregate of 1,294,800 shares of Common Stock. If an option
granted under the Stock Option Plan expires or terminates, or an Award is
forfeited, the shares subject to any unexercised portion of such option or
Award will again become available for the issuance of further options or
Awards under the Stock Option Plan.
 
  Under the Stock Option Plan, the Company may make loans available to stock
option holders, subject to the Board of Directors' approval, in connection
with the exercise of stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan. If
shares of Common Stock are pledged as collateral for such indebtedness, such
shares may be returned to the Company in satisfaction of such indebtedness. If
so returned, such shares shall again be available for issuance in connection
with future stock options and Awards under the Stock Option Plan.
 
  Unless previously terminated by the Board of Directors, no options or Awards
may be granted under the Stock Option Plan after November 1, 2005.
 
  Options granted under the Stock Option Plan will become exercisable upon the
terms of the grant made by the Committee. Awards will be subject to the terms
and restrictions of the Award made by the Committee. The Committee has
discretionary authority to select participants from among eligible persons and
to determine at the time an option or Award is granted and in the case of
options, whether it is intended to be an ISO or a NQSO, and when and in what
increments shares covered by the option may be purchased.
 
  Under current law, ISOs may not be granted to any individual who is not also
an officer or employee of the Company or any subsidiary.
 
  Each option must terminate no more than 10 years from the date it is granted
(or five years in the case of ISOs granted to an employee who is deemed to own
in excess of 10% of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding
Common Stock). Options may be granted on terms providing for exercise in whole
or in part at any time or times during their respective terms, or only in
specified percentages at stated time periods or intervals during the term of
the option, as determined by the Committee.
 
  The exercise price of any option granted under the Stock Option Plan is
payable in full (1) in cash, (2) by surrender of shares of the Company's
Common Stock already owned by the option holder having a market value equal to
the aggregate exercise price of all shares to be purchased including, in the
case of the exercise of NQSOs, restricted stock subject to an Award under the
Stock Option Plan, (3) by cancellation of indebtedness owed by the Company to
the optionholder, or (4) by any combination of the foregoing. The terms of any
promissory note may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors to
comply with applicable Internal Revenue Service or Securities and Exchange
Commission regulations or other relevant pronouncements.
 
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board at or after grant
but prior to a change of control, if a change of control (as defined in the
Stock Option Plan) occurs, (i) any indebtedness extended by the Company for
the purpose of exercising any option will also be forgiven and collateral
pledged will be released, (ii) all restricted and deferred stock awards, stock
appreciation rights outstanding for at least six months and stock options will
be fully vested and (iii) the value of all outstanding stock options, stock
appreciation rights and restricted and deferred stock awards will, to the
extent determined by the Committee at or after grant, be cashed out. This cash
out will be based on the higher of the highest price per share paid or offered
in any transaction related to a change of control or the highest price per
share paid on the exchange or national market during the preceding sixty day
period, except that in the case of ISOs and related stock appreciation rights,
the price will be based only on transaction reported for the date on which the
Committee decides to cash out the ISOs.
 
  The Board of Directors may from time to time revise or amend the Stock
Option Plan, and may suspend or discontinue it at any time. However, no such
revision or amendment may impair the rights of any participant under any
outstanding options or Award without such participant's consent or may,
without shareholder approval, increase the number of shares subject to the
Stock Option Plan or decrease the exercise price of a stock option to less
than 100% of fair market value on the date of grant (with the exception of
adjustments resulting from changes in capitalization), materially modify the
class of participants eligible to receive options or Awards under the Stock
Option Plan, materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under
the Stock Option Plan or extend the maximum option term under the Stock Option
Plan.
 
  The Company has granted to each of Mr. Palmer and to Thomas Bowser (the
Company's Senior Vice President, Wholesale Division) options to purchase
25,000 shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price equal to $17.00,
vesting 20% per year over a period of five years after the date of grant. In
addition, the Company has granted to Messrs. Snavely, Shugerman, Dewey, Ruiter
and Willey options to purchase 100,000, 50,000, 10,000, 10,000 and 10,000
shares of Common Stock, respectively, at a per share exercise price equal to
$17.00, vesting 100% on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Stock
options for an additional 307,000 shares of Common Stock have been granted to
certain employees of the Company under the Stock Option Plan at a per share
exercise price equal to $17.125, vesting 20% per year over a period of five
years after the date of grant and none of which, except in the event of a
change of control of the Company, will be exercisable until 1997.
 
 Senior Management Stock Option Plan
 
  The Company's Senior Management Stock Option Plan (the "Senior Management
Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors on November 1, 1995. The Company
has reserved 1,294,800 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Senior
Management Plan.
 
  The Senior Management Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee has the authority to adopt,
alter and repeal the administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing
the Senior Management Plan. All decisions made by the Compensation Committee
pursuant to the Senior Management Plan are final and binding on all persons,
including the Company and the participants in the Senior Management Plan.
 
  Stock options granted under the Senior Management Plan may be exercised in
whole or in part at any time during the relevant option period, by giving
written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares to
be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price in cash or
its equivalent, as determined by the Committee. An optionee shall generally
have the rights to dividends and other rights of a stockholder with respect to
shares subject to the option only after the optionee has given written notice
of exercise, has paid in full for such shares, and, if requested by the
Compensation Committee, has given certain representations regarding himself to
the Company.
 
  In the event the Company is acquired by merger, consolidation or asset sale,
or there otherwise occurs a "Change in Control" of the Company as defined in
the Senior Management Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation
Committee or the Board of Directors at or after the date of grant but prior to
such event,
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
all stock options granted under the Senior Management Plan shall become fully
exercisable and vested. Additionally, if a participant is terminated without
cause pursuant to his employment agreement with the Company, such person may
exercise all or any portion of any stock option granted under the Senior
Management Plan at any time prior to the expiration of such option. If a
participant's employment with the Company terminates due to his death or
permanent disability or due to the dissolution of the Company, such person may
exercise all or part of the unexercised portion of any option granted under
the Senior Management Plan within the earliest to occur of the period ending
12 months following such termination or the expiration of such option. If a
participant voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company or
terminates his employment agreement with the Company with the mutual agreement
of the Company, such person may not exercise any part of the unexercised
portion of any stock option granted pursuant to the Senior Management Plan.
 
  The following table sets forth the stock options granted to Messrs. Howard
and Guy under the Senior Management Plan as of October 1, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                         ------------------------------------------
                                                                    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                         NUMBER OF                                     ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                           SHARES   PERCENTAGE                         STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                         UNDERLYING OF OPTIONS EXERCISE                   FOR OPTION TERM(4)
                          OPTIONS   GRANTED TO   PRICE   EXPIRATION ------------------------------
NAME                     GRANTED(1) EMPLOYEES  ($/SH)(2)  DATE(3)       5%($)          10%($)
- ----                     ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>
Robert W. Howard........  647,400       50%     $10.50    11/1/05   $    4,275,000 $    10,834,000
Bernard A. Guy..........  647,400       50%      10.50    11/1/05        4,275,000      10,834,000
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Such stock options vest 20% per year over a period of five years after the
    date of grant.
(2) The exercise price for all options equaled the fair market value of such
    shares at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors.
(3) Such stock options expire ten years from the date of grant.
(4) Amounts reflect assumed rates of appreciation set forth in the Securities
    and Exchange Commission's executive compensation disclosure requirements.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
  The Company's Articles of Incorporation contain provisions limiting the
personal liability of directors to the Company and its shareholders, and the
Company's Bylaws contain provisions indemnifying directors, officers,
employees and agents of the Company for actions in their capacity as such, to
the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, the Underwriting Agreement
provides for reciprocal indemnification between the Company and its
controlling persons on the one hand, and the Underwriters and their
controlling persons on the other hand, against certain liabilities in
connection with the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
Each of the foregoing may include indemnification for liabilities under the
Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons
of the Company, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
THE CONTRIBUTION TRANSACTION
 
  In October 1994, ICII incorporated the Company as part of a strategic
decision to form a separate subsidiary through which to operate SPTL's
residential lending division. To further this strategy, in December 1994, ICII
made a capital contribution of $250,000 to the Company in exchange for 100% of
its outstanding capital stock, and in April 1995, ICII caused SPTL to
contribute to the Company certain customer lists of SPTL's residential lending
division relating to the ongoing operations of such division. In addition, in
April 1995 all employees of SPTL's residential lending division became
employees of the Company. SPTL retained all other assets and all liabilities
related to the contributed operations including all residual interests
generated in connection with securitizations effected by SPTL's residential
lending division.
 
ARRANGEMENTS WITH ICII AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
  The Company and ICII have entered into agreements for the purpose of
defining their ongoing relationship. The agreements have been developed in the
context of a parent/subsidiary relationship and therefore are not the result
of arm's-length negotiations between independent parties. It is the intention
of the Company and ICII that such agreements and the transactions provided for
therein, taken as a whole, are fair to both parties, while continuing certain
mutually beneficial arrangements. However, there can be no assurance that each
of such agreements, or the transactions provided for therein, have been
effected on terms at least as favorable to the Company as could have been
obtained from unaffiliated parties.
 
  Additional or modified arrangements and transactions may be entered into by
the Company, ICII and their respective affiliates after completion of this
Offering. Any such future arrangements and transactions will be determined
through negotiations between the Company and ICII, and it is possible that
conflicts of interest will develop. The Unaffiliated Directors, consisting of
directors independent of the Company and ICII, must independently approve all
transactions between the Company and ICII.
 
  The following is a summary of certain arrangements and transactions between
the Company and ICII.
 
 Tax Agreement
 
  The Company entered into an agreement (the "Tax Agreement") with ICII for
the purposes of (1) providing for filing certain tax returns, (2) allocating
certain tax liability and (3) establishing procedures for certain audits and
contests of tax liabilities.
 
  Under the Tax Agreement, ICII agreed to indemnify and hold the Company
harmless from any tax liability attributable to periods ending on or before
June 1996 in excess of such taxes as the Company has already paid or provided
for. For periods ending after June 1996, the Company will pay its tax
liability directly to the appropriate taxing authorities. To the extent that
(1) there are audit adjustments that result in a tax detriment to the Company
or (2) the Company incurs losses that are carried back to an earlier year and
any such adjustment described in (1) or loss described in (2) results in a tax
benefit to ICII or its affiliates, then ICII will pay to the Company an amount
equal to the tax benefit as that benefit is realized. ICII also agreed to
indemnify the Company for any liability arising out of the filing of a federal
consolidated return by ICII or any return filed with any state or local taxing
authority. To the extent there are audit adjustments that result in any tax
detriment to ICII or any of its affiliates with respect to any period ending
on or before June 1996, and, as a result thereof, the Company for any taxable
period after June 1996 realizes a tax benefit, then the Company shall pay to
ICII the amount of such benefit at such time or times as the Company actually
realizes such benefit.
 
  ICII generally will control audits and administrative and judicial
proceedings with respect to periods ending on or before June 1996, although
ICII cannot compromise or settle any issue that increases the Company's
liability without first obtaining the consent of the Company. The Company
generally controls all other audits and administrative and judicial
proceedings.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
 Services Provided by ICII
 
  The Company has been historically allocated expenses of various
administrative services provided to it by ICII. The costs of such services
were not directly attributable to a specific division or subsidiary and
primarily included general corporate overhead, such as accounting and cash
management services, human resources and other administrative functions. These
expenses were calculated as a pro rata share of certain administrative costs
based on relative number of employees and assets and liabilities of the
division or subsidiary, which management believed was a reasonable method of
allocation. The allocation of expenses for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 were approximately
$37,900, $92,700, $256,000 and $292,000, respectively.
 
  The Company intends to provide by itself many of the services previously
provided by ICII. ICII currently provides to the Company mortgage loan
production software and hardware and data communications management, the
managing of the 401(k) plan in which the Company participates, and insurance
coverage, including health insurance.
 
 Other Arrangements
 
  From the point of commencement of operations until March 1994, SPTL served
as the servicer of the Company's loans. From March 1994 through September
1995, the Company subcontracted all of its servicing obligations under
mortgage loans originated or acquired on a servicing released basis to ICII
pursuant to a servicing agreement containing fees and other terms that are
comparable to industry standards. In addition, ICII was the servicer of loans
securitized by the Company in 1994 and 1995 under the respective pooling and
servicing agreements. Effective May 1, 1996 ICII transferred the servicing for
all of the Company's loans it serviced to Advanta or subcontracted with
Advanta to perform such servicing functions.
 
  In February and March 1996, certain of ICII's conforming residential
mortgage origination offices were transferred to the Company.
 
  In March 1996, the Company entered into a $10 million revolving credit and
term loan agreement with SPTL. Advances under this agreement were
collateralized by the Company's interest-only and residual certificates (other
than those retained by SPTL pursuant to the Contribution Transaction) at an
interest rate of 2% above LIBOR. In April 1996 the loan was repaid and the
agreement was canceled pursuant to affiliate-transaction restrictions imposed
on SPTL by state regulations.
 
  During 1995, the Company borrowed approximately $1.5 million from ICII, such
sum bearing interest at approximately 10.3% per annum. At June 18, 1996 the
amount owed to ICII was approximately $17 million. As of September 30, 1996,
all amounts owed to ICII had been repaid.
 
  In June 1996, the Company entered into a five year consulting agreement with
The Dewey Consulting Group, owned by one of the Company's directors, John D.
Dewey. Under the agreement, Mr. Dewey has agreed to assist the Company in the
development of strategic alliances with selected mortgage lenders, including
the identification of potential strategic alliance participants. The Company
has agreed to compensate Mr. Dewey based upon actual strategic alliances
entered into and loan production and earnings resulting from thoses alliances.
 
  The Company has entered into the ICII Registration Rights Agreement with
ICII, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to register for sale under the
Securities Act in the future all of ICII's remaining shares of the Company's
Common Stock subject to certain conditions set forth therein.
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
          BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES AND SELLING SHAREHOLDER
 
  The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of September 30, 1996, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,000,000 shares by ICII offered hereby, by
(i) each director of the Company, (ii) each of the named Executive Officers,
(iii) each person known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than
5% of the Common Stock and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the
Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              COMMON STOCK
                               COMMON STOCK OWNED                              TO BE OWNED
                              PRIOR TO OFFERING(1)                         AFTER THE OFFERING
                              ----------------------       NUMBER OF       --------------------
                               NUMBER OF              SHARES TO BE SOLD IN NUMBER OF
                                SHARES      PERCENT       THE OFFERING       SHARES    PERCENT
                              ------------ ---------  -------------------- ----------- --------
<S>                           <C>          <C>        <C>                  <C>         <C>
Imperial Credit Industries,
 Inc.(2)....................     8,075,000     58.4%       1,000,000         7,075,000    51.2%
Robert W. Howard(3)(4)(5)...       145,480      1.0              --            145,480     1.0
Bernard A. Guy(3)(4)(5).....       151,270      1.1              --            151,270     1.1
H. Wayne Snavely(2)(4)......           --       --               --                --      --
Stephen J. Shugerman(4)(6)..         1,000        *              --              1,000       *
Gary A. Palmer(3)(4)........           111        *              --                111       *
Frank P. Willey(4)..........         4,000        *              --              4,000       *
A. Van Ruiter(4)............         5,000        *              --              5,000       *
John D. Dewey(4)............         5,200        *              --              5,200       *
All Directors and Officers
 as a Group (8 persons).....       312,061      2.2              --            312,061     2.2
</TABLE>
- --------
 *  Less than 0.1%.
(1) The persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
    respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned.
(2) Each of such persons may be reached at 23550 Hawthorne Boulevard, Building
    One, Suite 110, Torrance, California 90505.
(3) Each of such persons may be reached through the Company at One
    Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500, Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035.
(4) For information regarding the granting of options to senior management,
    certain directors and other officers of the Company, see "Management--
    Stock Options."
(5) Includes 129,480 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60
    days.
(6) Mr. Shugerman may be reached at 12300 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles,
    California 90025.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. At September 30, 1996,
there were 13,825,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding and no shares of
Preferred Stock outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
  Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share held.
California law generally permits holders of Common Stock to cumulate votes for
the election of directors upon giving notice as required by law and as to be
described in any proxy solicitation material distributed by the Company to
shareholders in connection with such election. The Company's Articles of
Incorporation do not contain a prohibition on cumulative voting. The Common
Stock is not convertible into any other security.
 
  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as
may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available
therefor. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy." In the event
of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of Common
Stock would be entitled to share in the Company's assets remaining after the
payment of liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference
granted the holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. The Common
Stock has no preemptive or other subscription rights. The outstanding shares
of Common Stock, including the Common Stock offered hereby, are fully paid and
nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
  The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
shareholders of the Company, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, rights, preferences,
privileges, qualifications and restrictions thereof including dividend rights,
conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation
preferences and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than
the rights of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors, without shareholder
approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting, conversion and other rights
which could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders
of Common Stock. Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms
calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or to make
removal of management more difficult. In certain circumstances, such issuance
could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock. The
issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deterring or
preventing a change in control of the Company without any further action by
the shareholders including, but not limited to, a tender offer to purchase
Common Stock at a premium over then current market prices. The Company has no
present plan to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
  The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is Norwest Bank
Minnesota, N.A., Minneapolis, Minnesota.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will continue to have
outstanding 13,825,000 shares of Common Stock. Of the outstanding shares,
6,750,000 shares (6,900,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option
is exercised in full) will be freely tradeable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act unless purchased by "affiliates" of the
Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
  The remaining 7,075,000 shares (6,925,000 if the Underwriters' over-
allotment option is exercised in full) of Common Stock outstanding are
"restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under
the Securities Act and are eligible for sale subject to the holding period,
volume and other limitations imposed by that rule. As described below, Rule
144 permits resales of restricted securities subject to certain restrictions.
However, the Company has entered into the ICII Registration Rights Agreement
pursuant to which the Company has agreed to file one or more registration
statements under the Securities Act in the future for shares of the Company
held by ICII, subject to certain conditions set forth therein. Pursuant to the
ICII Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable
efforts to cause such registration statements to be kept continuously
effective for the public sale from time to time of the shares of the Company
held by ICII. In addition, 1,294,800 shares of Common Stock are currently
subject to outstanding stock options held by senior management pursuant to the
Senior Management Plan, none of which, except in certain circumstances, will
be exercisable until November 1996. Stock options for an additional 537,000
shares of Common Stock have been granted to certain non-employee directors and
employees of the Company under the Stock Option Plan, none of which, except in
the event of a change of control of the Company, will be exercisable until
1997. An additional 757,800 shares of Common Stock are reserved for future
issuance under the Stock Option Plan. The Company and ICII agreed for the
benefit of the underwriters of the IPO, subject to certain exceptions, that
they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any of the shares of Common
Stock owned by them until December 1996, without the prior written consent of
such underwriters. The Company, ICII and the executive officers and directors
of the Company have agreed with the Underwriters and the underwriters of the
Concurrent Offering, subject to certain conditions, that they will not offer,
sell or otherwise dispose of any of the shares of Common Stock owned by them
for 120 days from the date of this Prospectus and the commencement of the
Concurrent Offering, respectively, without the prior written consent of
NatWest on behalf of the Underwriters or the underwriters of the Concurrent
Offering.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who beneficially owned shares for at least two
years, including any person who may be deemed an "affiliate" of the Company
(as the term "affiliate" is defined under the Securities Act), would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of such shares that
does not exceed the greater of 1% of the shares of the Company's Common Stock
then outstanding (138,250 shares) and the average weekly trading volume in the
Company's Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on
which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission. A person who is not
deemed to have been an "affiliate" of the Company any time during the six
months immediately preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares for
at least three years would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144
without regard to any volume limitation. The Securities and Exchange
Commission has announced potential changes to Rule 144 which could result in
restricted shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market at earlier
dates than indicated above.
 
  The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-8 covering the
shares that have been reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan and
the Senior Management Plan, thus permitting the resale of such shares in the
public market.
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters") have severally agreed to
purchase from the Company the following respective number of shares of Common
Stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and
commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     UNDERWRITER                                                NUMBER OF SHARES
     -----------                                                ----------------
     <S>                                                        <C>
     NatWest Securities Limited................................
     Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. ..................................
     Dabney/Resnick/Imperial, LLC..............................
                                                                   ---------
       Total...................................................    1,000,000
                                                                   =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent. The Underwriters are obligated to
purchase all shares of Common Stock offered if any of such shares are
purchased.
 
  The Company has been advised that the Underwriters propose to offer the
shares of Common Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain selected dealers
(which may include the Underwriters) at such price less a selling concession
not in excess of $     per share. The Underwriters may allow and such dealers
may reallow a concession not in excess of $   per share to certain other
dealers. After commencement of the offering to the public, the public offering
price and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters. The
Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not intend to confirm
sales of shares of Common Stock to any accounts over which they have
discretionary authority.
 
  The Company granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable not later
than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 150,000
additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price, less the
underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus, solely to cover over-allotments. To the extent that the
Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will be committed,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of option shares
proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment.
   
  The Company and ICII have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to
contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in
respect thereof.     
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company and the Selling
Shareholder will indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to
payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
  Each of the Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Company's executive
officers and directors have agreed that they will not, for a period of 120
days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of
NatWest Securities Limited ("NatWest") on behalf of the Underwriters, directly
or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to
purchase or otherwise dispose (or announce any offer, sale, grant of any
option to purchase or other disposition) of any shares of Common Stock or any
securities convertible into, or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock;
provided, that the Company may, without such consent, issue certain shares of
Common Stock in the ordinary course pursuant to the Company's stock option
plans as more fully described in this Prospectus, and provided further, that
each of the Company, the Selling Shareholder and such executive officers and
directors shall be permitted to offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant
any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock (or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) during
such 120 day period so long as the transferee of such shares or securities
agrees in writing, for the benefit of the Underwriters, not to offer to sell,
sell, contract to sell, grant any option to
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
purchase or otherwise dispose of such shares or securities until the end of
such 120 day period, unless such transferee has received the prior written
consent of NatWest on behalf of the Underwriters. In addition, the Company,
ICII and the Company's executive officers and directors have similarly agreed
not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Company's Common Stock for a
period of 120 days without the prior written consent of the managing
underwriter of the Concurrent Offering.
 
  From time to time, certain of the Underwriters have provided, and may
continue to provide, investment banking services to the Company.
 
  NatWest, a United Kingdom broker-dealer and a member of the Securities and
Futures Authority Limited, has agreed that, as part of the distribution of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby and subject to certain exceptions, it
will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock within the United States,
its territories or possessions or to persons who are citizens thereof or
residents therein. The Underwriting Agreement does not limit the sale of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby outside of the United States.
 
  NatWest has also represented and agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold
and will not offer or sell any Common Stock to persons in the United Kingdom
prior to admission of the Common Stock to listing in accordance with Part IV
of the Financial Services Act 1986 (the "Act") except to persons whose
ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing
of investments (as principal or agent) for the purpose of their businesses or
otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public
Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 or the Act, (ii) it has complied and
will comply with all applicable provisions of the Act with respect to anything
done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom and (iii) it has only issued or passed on, and will only issue
or pass on, in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection
with the issue of the Common Stock, other than any document which consists of
or any part of listing particulars, supplementary listing particulars or any
other document required or permitted to be published by listing rules under
Part IV of the Act, to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of
the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order
1996 or is a person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or
passed on.
 
  ICII has acquired a 1% equity interest in Dabney/Resnick/Imperial, LLC and
has negotiated the purchase of a warrant to acquire an additional 48% interest
therein.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain matters relating to this Offering are being passed upon for the
Company by Thacher Proffitt & Wood, New York, New York and by Baker &
Hostetler, Los Angeles, California, special California counsel for the
Company. Certain matters relating to the Offering are being passed upon for
the Selling Shareholder by Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein, a law
corporation, Beverly Hills, California. Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., Los Angeles,
California will act as counsel for the Underwriters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The financial statements of Southern Pacific Funding Corporation as of
December 31, 1994, and 1995 and for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1995 have been included herein in reliance upon the report
of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common
Stock offered pursuant to this Prospectus. Statements contained in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any agreement or other document referred to
herein are not necessarily complete and reference is made to the copy of such
agreement or other document filed as an exhibit or schedule to the
Registration Statement. For further information, reference is made to the
Registration Statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith,
which are available for inspection without charge at the principal office of
the Commission in Washington, D.C. Copies of the materials containing this
information may be obtained from the Commission upon payment of the prescribed
fee. This Prospectus omits certain information contained in the Registration
Statement, and reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the
exhibits thereto, for further information with respect to the Company and the
Common Stock offered hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus
concerning the provisions of such documents are necessarily summaries of such
documents and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the copy of the applicable document filed with the Commission as an exhibit
hereto.
 
  The Company is subject to the periodic reporting and other informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other
information with the Commission. For further information with respect to the
Company, reference is hereby made to such reports and other information which
can be inspected and copied (at prescribed rates) at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1025,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the Commission's regional offices located at
Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at 500 West
Madison, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies may also be obtained at
prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room
1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission also
maintains a Web site that contains reports and other information regarding the
Company at (http://www.sec.gov). The Company's Common Stock is listed on the
NYSE. The Company's reports, proxy statements and other information concerning
the Company can be inspected at the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10005.
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Southern Pacific Funding Corporation:
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Southern Pacific Funding
Corporation as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of
earnings, shareholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Southern Pacific Funding
Corporation as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 1, 1996
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,
                                             1994         1995         1996
                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash.................................... $   250,000  $        --  $  1,947,945
Loans held for sale.....................  16,727,023    80,263,671  115,445,886
Loans held under repurchase agreement...         --     12,800,565          --
Interest-only and residual
 certificates...........................   4,897,920    25,658,601   40,749,108
Accrued interest receivable.............      49,255       977,374    1,306,983
Premises and equipment, net.............      36,330       421,695    2,112,095
Other assets............................         --        282,831    1,799,794
                                         -----------  ------------ ------------
  Total assets.......................... $21,960,528  $120,404,737 $163,361,811
                                         ===========  ============ ============
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Liabilities:
Bank overdraft.......................... $       --   $    619,517 $        --
Discounted recourse liability...........     664,377     3,189,959    4,750,959
Borrowings under warehouse lines of
 credit.................................         --     96,130,120   78,169,891
Borrowings from SPTL....................  15,698,684     2,758,147          --
Due to affiliates.......................         --      1,585,150    1,967,298
Other liabilities.......................      46,183     3,233,125   11,580,469
                                         -----------  ------------ ------------
  Total liabilities.....................  16,409,244   107,516,018   96,468,617
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value,
  5,000,000 shares authorized; none
   issued or outstanding at December 31,
   1994 and 1995, and
   June 30, 1996 (unaudited)............         --            --           --
Common stock, no par value,
  50,000,000 shares authorized;
   10,375,000 issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
   13,825,000 issued and outstanding at
   June 30, 1996 (unaudited)............         --            --    53,839,089
Contributed capital.....................     789,591       789,591      250,000
Retained earnings.......................   4,761,693    12,099,128   12,804,105
                                         -----------  ------------ ------------
  Total shareholders' equity............   5,551,284    12,888,719   66,893,194
                                         -----------  ------------ ------------
  Total liabilities and shareholders'
   equity............................... $21,960,528  $120,404,737 $163,361,811
                                         ===========  ============ ============
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      -----------------------
                          ---------------------------------- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                             1993       1994        1995              1995
                          ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues:
  Gains on sales of
   loans................  $1,217,805 $ 9,571,583 $17,995,303       $12,203,637
  Interest income.......     406,812   2,135,886   4,304,760         4,304,760
                          ---------- ----------- -----------       -----------
    Total revenues......   1,624,617  11,707,469  22,300,063        16,508,397
                          ---------- ----------- -----------       -----------
Expenses:
  Interest on borrowings
   from SPTL and ICII...     175,238     886,055   1,284,282         1,618,282
  Interest on other
   borrowings...........         --          --    2,129,370         2,129,370
  Personnel and
   commission expense...     474,464   2,155,945   4,190,566         4,190,566
  General and
   administrative
   expense..............     239,031   1,261,708   2,153,220         2,387,220
                          ---------- ----------- -----------       -----------
    Total expenses......     888,733   4,303,708   9,757,438        10,325,438
                          ---------- ----------- -----------       -----------
Earnings before taxes...     735,884   7,403,761  12,542,625         6,182,959
Income taxes............     305,392   3,072,560   5,205,190         2,565,928
                          ---------- ----------- -----------       -----------
    Net earnings........  $  430,492 $ 4,331,201 $ 7,337,435       $ 3,617,031
                          ========== =========== ===========       ===========
Pro forma earnings per
 share..................                                           $      0.32
                                                                   ===========
Weighted average number
 of shares outstanding..                                            11,165,000
</TABLE>
 
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 
                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED     ----------------
                                             JUNE 30,         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                      -----------------------     JUNE 30,
                                         1995        1996           1996
                                      ----------- ----------- ----------------
                                      (UNAUDITED) (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
Revenues:
  Gains on sales of loans............ $6,992,539  $20,787,509   $20,398,701
  Interest income....................  1,967,369    4,970,922     4,708,922
                                      ----------  -----------   -----------
    Total revenues...................  8,959,908   25,758,431    25,107,623
                                      ----------  -----------   -----------
Expenses:
  Interest on borrowings from SPTL
   and ICII..........................    895,449      258,979       258,979
  Interest on other borrowings.......    282,340    3,106,251     3,106,251
  Personnel and commission expense...  1,602,704    4,105,080     4,105,059
  General and administrative
   expense...........................    872,676    1,938,250     1,938,250
                                      ----------  -----------   -----------
    Total expenses...................  3,653,169    9,408,540     9,408,539
                                      ----------  -----------   -----------
Earnings before taxes................  5,306,739   16,349,891    15,699,084
Income taxes.........................  2,202,296    6,954,430     6,677,837
                                      ----------  -----------   -----------
    Net earnings..................... $3,104,443  $ 9,395,461   $ 9,021,247
                                      ==========  ===========   ===========
Earnings per share...................             $      0.84   $      0.81
                                                  ===========   ===========
Weighted average number of shares
 outstanding.........................              11,181,362    11,181,362
</TABLE>
 
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                COMMON    CONTRIBUTED  RETAINED    SHAREHOLDER'S
                                 STOCK      CAPITAL    EARNINGS       EQUITY
                              ----------- ----------- -----------  -------------
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992..  $       --   $     --   $       --    $       --
Capital contribution, 1993..          --     539,591          --        539,591
Net earnings, 1993..........          --         --       430,492       430,492
                              -----------  ---------  -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1993..          --     539,591      430,492       970,083
Common stock issued, 1994...          --     250,000          --        250,000
Net earnings, 1994..........          --         --     4,331,201     4,331,201
                              -----------  ---------  -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1994..          --     789,591    4,761,693     5,551,284
Net earnings, 1995..........          --         --     7,337,435     7,337,435
                              -----------  ---------  -----------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1995..          --     789,591   12,099,128    12,888,719
Effect of contribution
 transaction (unaudited)....          --    (539,591)  (8,690,484)   (9,230,075)
Proceeds from initial public
 offering of 3,450,000
 shares of common stock,
 net of offering expenses of
 $4,810,911 (unaudited).....   53,839,089        --           --     53,839,089
Net earnings, six months
 ended June 30, 1996
 (unaudited)................          --         --     9,395,461     9,395,461
                              -----------  ---------  -----------   -----------
Balance, June 30, 1996
 (unaudited)................  $53,839,089  $ 250,000  $12,804,105   $66,893,194
                              ===========  =========  ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                         ---------------------------------------  --------------------------
                             1993         1994          1995          1995          1996
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows from
 operating activities:
 Net earnings........... $    430,492  $ 4,331,201  $  7,337,435  $  3,104,443  $  9,395,461
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net income
  to net cash provided
  by (used in) operating
  activities:
   Depreciation.........          --         6,446        51,488        25,744       207,553
   Discounted recourse
    liability...........          --       664,377     2,525,582       610,151     2,873,044
   Net changes in:
    Mortgage loans held
     for sale...........  (18,074,904)   1,347,881   (63,536,648)  (32,608,715)  (36,019,620)
    Loans held under
     repurchase
     agreement..........          --           --    (12,800,565)          --     12,800,565
    Interest only and
     residual
     certificates.......          --    (4,897,920)  (20,760,681)   (8,784,172)  (27,613,418)
    Accrued interest
     receivable.........      (66,338)      17,083      (928,119)     (736,498)     (329,609)
    Other assets........          --           --       (282,831)       (8,395)   (1,516,963)
    Other liabilities...          --        46,183     3,186,942       523,719     8,347,344
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 Net cash provided by
  (used in) operating
  activities............  (17,710,750)   1,515,251   (85,207,397)  (37,873,723)  (31,855,643)
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash used in investing
 activities--
 Purchases of premises
  and equipment.........          --       (42,776)     (436,853)      (48,803)   (1,897,953)
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financ-
 ing activities:
 Net changes in:
  Borrowings under
   warehouse lines of
   credit...............          --           --     96,130,120    27,727,621   (17,960,229)
  Borrowings from SPTL..   17,171,159   (1,472,475)  (12,940,537)    9,589,379       322,053
  Due to affiliates.....          --           --      1,585,150     2,940,755       382,148
  Bank overdraft........          --           --        619,517           --       (619,517)
 Capital contribution...      539,591          --            --            --       (262,003)
 Proceeds from issuance
  of common stock.......          --       250,000           --            --     53,839,089
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 Net cash provided by
  (used in) financing
  activities............   17,710,750   (1,222,475)   85,394,250    40,257,755    35,701,541
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 Net change in cash.....          --       250,000      (250,000)    2,335,229     1,947,945
 Cash at beginning of
  year..................          --           --        250,000       250,000           --
                         ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 Cash at end of year.... $        --   $   250,000  $        --   $  2,585,229  $  1,947,945
                         ============  ===========  ============  ============  ============
 Supplementary
  information:
  Interest paid......... $        --   $       --   $  2,129,369  $        --   $        --
  Taxes paid............ $        --   $       --   $        --   $        --   $        --
</TABLE>
 
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
          FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
               AND THE THREE-YEAR PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1. ORGANIZATION
 
  Southern Pacific Funding Corporation ("SPFC" or the "Company") is the
successor to the Residential Lending Division of Southern Pacific Thrift and
Loan ("SPTL"). The Company originates and acquires non-conforming single-
family residential loans, including loans secured by second mortgages and
sells interests in them to investors. In October 1994, Imperial Credit
Industries, Inc. ("ICII") incorporated the Company as part of a strategic
decision to form a separate subsidiary through which to operate SPTL's
Residential Lending Division. In April 1995, ICII caused SPTL to contribute
(the "Contribution Transaction") to SPFC certain customer lists of SPTL's
Residential Lending Division to the ongoing operations of such division. In
addition, in April 1995 all employees of SPTL's Residential Lending Division
became employees of SPFC. Currently the Company conducts its business from 13
sales offices located in nine states.
 
2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
  The historical operations of SPFC as a division of SPTL have been presented
in the financial statements as if SPFC had operated as a stand-alone company.
Certain adjustments, as described below, are made to historical operations in
order to provide fair presentation of the financial operations of SPFC. In the
opinion of management, except for the adjustments described below and certain
adjustments recognized in the accompanying pro forma financial data, the
historical accounting records reflect all costs that would have been incurred
had the Company operated as a stand-alone company for all periods presented
(See Note 9).
 
  The unaudited pro forma statements of earnings give effect to the necessary
adjustments to reflect the elimination of interest-only and residual
certificates retained by SPTL on the effective date of the Company's IPO.
 
 Operations prior to 1993
 
  Efforts to establish SPFC as a division within SPTL began in December 1992,
but operations did not commence until January 1993. As operations did not
start until January 1993, the accompanying financial statements reflect no
amounts in the balance sheet accounts, including shareholder's equity, as of
December 31, 1992.
 
 Borrowings from Affiliates
 
  Historical operations of SPFC have been adjusted to reflect the funding of
net assets by SPTL. These adjustments are disclosed in the accompanying
financial statements as "Borrowings from SPTL." Because these borrowings would
have been secured primarily by mortgage loans held for sale, no more than 95%
of the mortgage loans held for sale were reflected in the borrowings from SPTL
(based on management's assumption that a lender would typically lend up to 95%
on an asset of this type). Additionally, the historical operations of SPFC
have been adjusted to reflect interest charges on these borrowings in the
accompanying statements of earnings.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
  The 1993 and 1994 historical interest charges are based upon estimated
average borrowings and SPTL's estimated cost of funds. Borrowing rates used
were SPTL's actual average cost of funds for the years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994. The borrowing rates for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six
months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 are based upon SPTL's average cost of
funds for "Borrowings from SPTL." For amounts due to ICII, which were
$1,585,150 and $1,967,298, at December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996,
respectively, interest expense was charged based on ICII's cost of funds. For
borrowings under the "Note Payable to SPTL" interest was charged at LIBOR plus
2 percent. The average borrowings and interest rates used to determine the
weighted average interest on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  30,
                          ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                             1993        1994         1995         1995         1996
                          ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Estimated average
 borrowings.............  $4,586,742  $25,195,833  $34,777,138  $42,776,470  $8,279,533
Interest rate...........        3.40%        4.15%        3.69%        4.19%       6.25%
Interest on borrowings..  $  175,238  $   866,055  $ 1,284,282  $   895,449  $  258,979
</TABLE>
 
 Equity
 
  Prior to April 1995, SPFC was operated as a division of SPTL and had no
capital paid-in or retained earnings recorded in its accounts. To properly
reflect the historical financial operations of SPFC, retained earnings were
recorded as a result of income from operations on an adjusted historical
basis, and contributed capital was recorded to fund SPFC's assets in the
amount of the shortfall of borrowings plus retained earnings. Under this
criteria, allocated capital contributions were reflected in 1993 in the amount
of $539,591.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  SPFC did not record income taxes in its historical operations. The
accompanying financial statements reflect income taxes for SPFC as if it had
been a separate entity for all years presented. SPFC accounts for income taxes
under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the
asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Under the asset and liability method, the effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period
that includes the enactment date.
 
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
 Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
  Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or
market. The cost of mortgage loans held for sale is the cost of the mortgage
loans reduced or increased by the net deferred fees or costs associated with
originating or acquiring the loan and increased by costs that are recognized
upon sale. On an ongoing basis, management of the Company monitors the loan
portfolio and considers such factors as historical loan loss experience,
underlying collateral values, known problem loans, assessment of economic
conditions, including changes in interest rates, and other appropriate data to
identify risks in the loan portfolio. Based on the Company's experience, no
allowance for loan loss has been established.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Interest-only and Residual Certificates
 
  Assets reflected in the accompanying balance sheets as interest-only and
residual certificates in real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) are
recorded as a result of the Company's securitization of loans through various
trust vehicles. The Company is subject to certain recourse provisions in
connection with its securitizations which are measured using a 6% risk free
rate. The Company has presented its obligation under these provisions as a
liability in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company estimates future
cash flows from these interest-only and residual certificates and values them
utilizing assumptions that it believes are consistent with those that would be
utilized by an unaffiliated third party purchaser and records them as trading
securities at fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for
Certain Debt and Equity Securities." Unrealized gains and losses are included
in gains on sales of loans in the accompanying financial statements. To the
Company's knowledge, there is no active market for the sale of these interest-
only and residual certificates.
 
  The fair value of interest-only and residual certificates is determined by
computing the present value of the excess of the weighted average coupon on
the loans sold over the sum of: (1) the coupon on the senior interests, (2) a
base servicing fee paid to the loan servicer, (3) expected losses to be
incurred on the portfolio of loans sold over the lives of the loans, and (4)
fees payable to the trustee and monoline insurer. Prepayment assumptions used
in the present value computation are based on recent evaluations of the actual
prepayments of the Company's servicing portfolio or on market prepayment rates
on new portfolios, taking into consideration the current interest rate
environment and its expected impact on prepayment rates. The cash flows
expected to be received by the Company, not considering the expected losses,
are discounted at an interest rate that the Company believes an unaffiliated
third-party purchaser would require as a rate of return on such a financial
instrument. Expected losses are discounted using a rate equivalent to the
risk-free rate for securities with a duration similar to that estimated for
the underlying loans sold and a discounted recourse liability is recorded. The
undiscounted recourse liability as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30,
1996 was $786,261, $3,858,553 and $4,750,959, respectively. The overall effect
of discounting the cash flows expected to be received by the Company using an
interest rate (12%) that the Company believes an unaffiliated third party
purchaser would require and a rate equivalent to a risk-free rate for expected
credit losses is a discount rate of approximately 15%. To the extent that
actual future excess cash flows are different from estimated excess cash
flows, the fair value of the Company's interest-only and residual certificates
will be adjusted quarterly with corresponding adjustments made to earnings in
that period.
 
  In certain of its securitizations, the Company provided an initial
overcollateralization on the securities sold and in all its securitizations
the Company builds overcollateralization as cash flows projected as described
above are used by the trustee to reduce the outstanding balance of the
securities sold by the Company. The current amount of such
overcollateralization is recorded by the Company as part of its interest-only
and residual certificates.
 
 Gains on Sales of Loans
 
  Gains on sales of loans are determined by deducting from the gross proceeds
of the sales or securitizations the allocated basis in the loans sold or
securitized and related transaction costs. Included in gains on sales of loans
are gains on sales of loan servicing, which amounted to $810,000 in 1994.
Unrealized gains and losses on interest-only and residual certificates are
included in gains on sales of loans. In accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 7(b) of FAS No. 104, "Statements of Cash Flows--Net Reporting of
Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments and Classification of Cash Flows from
Hedging Transactions," cash flows from contracts hedging indentifiable
transactions or events will be classified in the same category as the cash
flows from the items being hedged.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Interest Income
 
  Interest income includes interest earned on mortgage loans held for sale.
 
 Premises and Equipment
 
  Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation or
amortization. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of individual assets (three to five years). Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the terms of the related leases or the
estimated useful lives of improvements, whichever is shorter.
 
 Dividends
 
  The Company intends to retain all of its future earnings to finance its
operations.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the
reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
 
 Pro Forma Earnings Per Share
 
  Pro forma earnings per share is determined by dividing pro forma net
earnings by the average number of shares of common stock outstanding during
the year adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. Pro
forma earnings per share for 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 and
all share data related to shares issued and outstanding have been restated to
give retroactive recognition to a 4,150 for one stock split effected April 1,
1996.
 
4. LOANS HELD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
  In September 1995, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain
mortgage loans under a master repurchase agreement with a financial
institution. The Company advances the financial institution 98% of the
outstanding principal balance of a loan, and all rights (including title) are
transferred to the Company under the repurchase agreement. In the event that
the financial institution defaults on its obligations under the repurchase
agreement, the Company could receive less than its cost basis on the sale of
the loans to another party. This risk is offset by the requirement that the
financial institution maintain at all times a margin account for the Company
equal to 102% of the value of the loans underlying the repurchase agreement.
 
  At December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, the Company held $12,800,565 and $0,
respectively, in loans under repurchase agreements which were scheduled to
mature within 60 days. The maximum amount of loans held under repurchase
agreements with the financial institution during the year ended December 31,
1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 was approximately $14,904,000 and
$25,376,000, respectively, and the average amount held during the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 was approximately
$4,718,000 and $14,245,000, respectively.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
  During 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company purchased
approximately $30,400,000 and $24,600,000, respectively in loans subject to
the repurchase agreement of which approximately $17,600,000 and $25,100,000,
respectively, were included in the Company's 1995 and February 1996 loan
securitizations. The financial institution receives a share of the proceeds
from the securitizations and a share of the interest-only and residual
certificates in return for incurring its proportionate share of the
securitization costs and a 75 basis point annual management fee.
 
5. INTEREST-ONLY AND RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES
 
  Assets generated from the Company's loan securitizations as of December 31,
1994 and 1995, June 30, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------  JUNE 30,
                                                1994       1995        1996
                                             ---------- ----------- -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
     <S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>
     Interest-only Certificates............. $      --  $ 2,629,184 $27,446,442
     Residual Certificates..................  4,897,920  23,029,417  13,302,668
                                             ---------- ----------- -----------
                                             $4,897,920 $25,658,601 $40,749,110
                                             ========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Premises and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and
1995 and June 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                -----------------   JUNE 30,
                                                 1994      1995       1996
                                                -------  --------  -----------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
     <S>                                        <C>      <C>       <C>
     Premises and equipment.................... $42,776  $479,629  $2,330,371
     Less accumulated depreciation and
      amortization.............................  (6,446)  (57,934)   (218,276)
                                                -------  --------  ----------
                                                $36,330  $421,695  $2,112,095
                                                =======  ========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
7. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  FASB Statement No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Values of Financial
Instruments" ("SFAS 107"), requires disclosures of fair value information
about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheets,
for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Because no market exists
for certain of the Company's assets and liabilities, fair value estimates are
based on judgments regarding credit risk, investor expectations of future
economic conditions, normal cost of administration and other risk
characteristics, including interest rate and prepayment risk. These estimates
are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of judgment and
therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could
significantly affect the estimates.
 
  In addition, the fair value estimates presented do not include the value of
anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are
not considered financial instruments.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
  The table below summarizes the information about the fair value of the
financial instruments recorded on the Company's financial statements at
December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996 in accordance with SFAS 107:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               DECEMBER 31,            DECEMBER 31,
                                   1994                    1995                 JUNE 30, 1996
                          ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------------
                           CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR       CARRYING       FAIR
                             VALUE       VALUE       VALUE       VALUE       VALUE        VALUE
                          ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Cash....................  $   250,000 $   250,000 $       --  $       --  $  1,947,945 $  1,947,945
Loans held for sale.....   16,727,023  17,228,833  80,263,671  82,671,581  115,445,886  120,090,630
Loans held under
 repurchase agreement...          --          --   12,800,565  13,453,656          --           --
Interest-only and
 residual certificates..    4,897,920   4,897,920  25,658,601  25,658,601   40,749,108   40,749,108
Less: Discounted
 recourse liability.....      664,377     664,377   3,189,959   3,189,959    4,750,959    4,750,959
                                      -----------             -----------              ------------
 Net....................                4,233,543              22,468,642                35,998,149
Bank overdraft..........          --          --      619,517     619,517          --           --
Borrowings under
 warehouse lines of
 credit.................          --          --   96,130,120  96,130,120   78,169,891   78,169,891
Borrowings from SPTL....   15,698,684  15,698,684   2,758,147   2,758,147          --           --
Due to affiliates.......          --          --    1,585,150   1,585,150    1,967,298    1,967,298
</TABLE>
 
  The methodology and assumptions utilized to estimate the fair value of the
Company's financial instruments, including the off balance sheet instruments
disclosed in Note 14, are as follows:
 
  Cash (bank overdraft). The carrying values reported are the asset's
(liability's) fair value.
 
  Loans held for sale and loans held under repurchase agreement. The Company
has estimated the fair values reported based on recent sales and
securitizations.
 
  Interest-only and residual certificates and discounted recourse
liability. Fair value is determined using estimated discounted future cash
flows taking into consideration anticipated prepayment rates and loss
experience.
 
  Borrowings under warehouse lines of credit. The carrying value reported
approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the borrowings and the
variable interest rates charged on the borrowings.
 
  Borrowings from SPTL and due to affiliates. The carrying value reported
approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates on the borrowings.
 
  Commitments to originate loans and loans in process. Many loan commitments
are expected to, and typically do, expire without being drawn upon. As the
rates and terms of the commitments to lend and loans in process are
competitive with others in which the Company operates, the values disclosed in
Note 15 are determined to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
8. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS
 
  The Company regularly securitizes and sells fixed and variable-rate mortgage
loans. To offset the effects of interest rate fluctuations on the value of its
fixed-rate loans held for sale, the Company in certain cases will hedge its
interest rate risk related to loans held for sale by selling U.S. Treasury
securities short or in the forward
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
market. The Company classifies these sales as hedges of specific loans held
for sale. The gains or losses derived from these sales are deferred and
recognized as an adjustment to gains on sales of loans when the loans are sold
or securitized.
 
  As of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996, the Company had no open
hedge positions. During 1995 the Company included a loss of $84,375 on a short
sale of U.S. Treasury securities as part of gains on sales of loans. During
the six month period ended June 30, 1996, the Company included a gain of
$62,070 (unaudited) on a forward sale of United States Treasury securities as
part of gains on sale of loans.
 
9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
 Intracompany Cost Allocations
 
  The Company historically has been allocated expenses of various
administrative services provided to it by ICII and SPTL. The costs of such
services were not directly attributable to a specific division or subsidiary
and primarily included general corporate overhead, such as accounting and cash
management services, human resources and other administrative functions. These
expenses were calculated as a pro rata share of certain administrative costs
based on relative assets and liabilities of the division or subsidiary, which
management believes was a reasonable method of allocation. The allocation of
expenses that are included as part of personnel and commission expense and
general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 were $37,900,
$92,700, $256,000, $128,000, and $292,000, respectively.
 
 Contribution Transaction
 
  As part of the Contribution Transaction described in Note 1, on the
effective date of the IPO, certain assets and related liabilities generated
from securitizations occurring in December 1994 and March and June 1995 were
retained by SPTL as follows (unaudited):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                           <C>
      Loans held for sale.......................................... $   837,405
      Interest only and residual certificates......................  12,522,911
      Discounted recourse liability................................   1,312,044
      Borrowings from SPTL.........................................   3,080,200
</TABLE>
 
 Loan Servicing
 
  From the point of commencement of operations until March 1994, SPTL served
as the loan servicer for the Company and the Company was allocated its pro
rata portion of SPTL's loan servicing expenses. In March 1994, ICII assumed
the role of loan servicer for a servicing fee of approximately $7.50 per loan
per month, so that the Company could complete its first securitization. In
September 1995, the Company began to utilize the services of Advanta, an
independent loan servicer, as the master servicer. Fees charged by Advanta to
board and service each loan are $25 per loan and 37.5 basis points per annum
on the declining principal balance of each loan serviced, paid monthly,
respectively, which fees are higher than those previously paid to ICII due to
the additional collection activities performed by Advanta. Had the Company
exclusively used its current independent loan servicer in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
its servicing fees would have been higher by approximately $222,000, $120,000,
and $234,000, respectively.
 
 Loan Sales
 
  During 1995, the Company sold approximately $10,912,000 in loans to ICII.
Upon completion of the transaction, the Company recorded a gain on sale of
approximately $252,000.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
 Cash
 
  Prior to its incorporation as a subsidiary of ICII in October 1994, SPFC did
not have a cash account as all operations were funded directly by SPTL. As
explained in note 2, adjustments were made to SPFC's financial statements to
reflect these fundings by SPTL as "Borrowings from SPTL" on the balance sheets
of SPFC. SPFC did not reflect any accounts receivable or payable on its
balance sheets prior to the incorporation because all transactions of SPFC
either increased or decreased its borrowings from SPTL. Subsequent to
incorporation, ICII managed and funded the Company's cash account. Cash
transactions either increased or decreased the Company's borrowings from ICII.
 
10. INCOME TAXES
 
  SPFC's income taxes were as follows for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and pro forma for the year ended December 31, 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                        1993      1994       1995       1995
                                      -------- ---------- ---------- -----------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
   Current:
     Federal......................... $250,200 $2,064,622 $2,731,115 $  910,319
     State...........................   55,192    455,431    602,452    200,806
                                      -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
       Total current.................  305,392  2,520,053  3,333,567  1,111,125
   Deferred:
     Federal.........................      --     452,656  1,533,378  1,191,887
     State...........................      --      99,851    338,245    262,916
                                      -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
       Total deferred................      --     552,507  1,871,623  1,454,803
                                      -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
   Total income taxes................ $305,392 $3,072,560 $5,205,190 $2,565,928
                                      ======== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred income taxes arise from differences between the timing of
recognition of income and expense for tax and financial reporting purposes.
The following table shows the primary components of SPFC's net deferred tax
liability at December 31, 1994 and 1995. Net deferred tax liabilities are
included in borrowings from SPTL for those periods of time during which the
Company operated as a division of SPTL, and are included as part of other
liabilities for the periods during which the Company operated as a subsidiary
of ICII.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994      1995
                                                             -------- ----------
   <S>                                                       <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax liabilities:
     Interest-only and residual certificates................ $552,507 $2,424,130
                                                             -------- ----------
       Total................................................ $552,507 $2,424,130
                                                             ======== ==========
</TABLE>
 
  A reconciliation of the income tax provision and the amount computed by
applying the statutory Federal corporate income tax rate to income before
income taxes are as follows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and the pro forma year ended December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                  1993  1994  1995     1995
                                                  ----  ----  ----  -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                            <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
   Statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate.......  34.0% 34.0% 34.0%    34.0%
   Increases in rate resulting from state income
    taxes, net of Federal benefit...............   7.5   7.5   7.5      7.5
                                                  ----  ----  ----     ----
   Effective income tax rate....................  41.5% 41.5% 41.5%    41.5%
                                                  ====  ====  ====     ====
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
 Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan
 
  Prior to July 1, 1993, Imperial Bancorp (the majority shareholder of ICII)
had a noncontributory profit sharing plan in which employees of SPFC were
eligible to participate if they had been employed for at least 1,000 hours
during the year. No contributions were made to the plan by the Company in
1993.
 
  Employees of SPFC were also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan
sponsored by Imperial Bancorp. Under the plan, eligible employees could
contribute up to 14% of their salaries. SPFC matched one-third of the
employee's contribution, up to a maximum of 2% of the employee's compensation.
 
  On July 1, 1993, ICII terminated its participation in Imperial Bancorp's
401(k) and profit sharing plans, established its own 401(k) plan (the "ICII
401(k) Plan") in which employees of SPFC are eligible to participate. On
September 30, 1993, Imperial Bancorp transferred all plan assets to the ICII
401(k) Plan.
 
  Under the ICII 401(k) plan, employees may elect to enroll on the first day
of any month, provided that they have been employed by SPFC for at least six
months. Employees may contribute up to 14% of their compensation to the ICII
401(k) Plan and SPFC will match 50% of the first 4% of employee contributions.
SPFC matching contributions are made as of December 31st each year. SPFC
recorded 401(k) matching expense of approximately $4,100, $12,100, and $26,000
for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
  An additional company contribution may be made to the ICII 401(k) Plan, at
the discretion of SPFC. Should a discretionary contribution be made, the
contribution would first be allocated to those employees deferring salaries in
excess of 4%. The matching contribution would be 50% of any deferral in excess
of 4% up to a maximum deferral of 8%. Should discretionary contribution funds
remain following the allocation outlined above, any remaining company matching
funds would be allocated as a 50% match of employee contributions, based on
the first 4% of the employee's deferrals. Discretionary contributions of
approximately $2,600, $21,700 and $23,000 were charged to operations of SPFC
for the years ending December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
12. STOCK OPTIONS
 
  Effective November 1, 1995, the Company reserved and granted options for
1,294,800 shares of Company common stock pursuant to the 1995 Senior
Management Stock Option Plan (the "Senior Management Plan"). All of the
options granted under the Senior Management Plan have been issued to senior
management personnel at an exercise price of $10.50 per share, the fair value
on the date of grant. The options vest ratablely over a five-year period
commencing one year after the date of grant.
 
  Also effective November 1, 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Stock Option,
Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), which
provides for the grant of qualified incentive stock options that meet the
requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
stock options not so qualified, and awards consisting of deferred stock,
restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and limited stock appreciation
rights. The Stock Option Plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase, and
awards of, an aggregate of 1,294,800 shares of Company common stock. If an
option granted under the Stock Option Plan expires or terminates, or an Award
is forfeited, the shares subject to any unexercised portion of such option or
Award will again become available for the issuance of further options or
Awards under the Stock Option Plan. As of March 31, 1996, no options had been
granted under the Stock Option Plan. On the effective date of the IPO
discussed in note 16, the Company granted options exercisable at the initial
public offering price to purchase 100,000 shares to the Chairman of the Board
of the Company, 25,000 each to two senior officers of the Company, 50,000 to a
director of the Company and 10,000 each to the other non-employee directors of
the Company pursuant to the Plan.
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
13. WAREHOUSE LINES OF CREDIT AND BORROWINGS FROM AFFILIATES
 
  In April 1995, SPFC obtained a warehouse line of credit in the amount of
$50,000,000 from an investment bank (the "Initial Facility") for the purpose
of funding one-to-four family residential first lien mortgage loans. The
Company paid a fee of $85,000 to obtain the line of credit, which is being
amortized into interest expense over the term of the line, which expired on
April 30, 1996. As of December 31, 1995, $41,181,611 was outstanding on the
line of credit. Interest rates charged on the line of credit vary based on the
type of loan funded with the proceeds. The weighted average interest rate on
borrowings on the Initial Facility for 1995 was 6.7%. Interest expense
associated with the line of credit approximated $1,999,000, $282,000 and
$269,000, for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June
30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
  Under the terms of the Initial Facility the Company is required to meet
certain operating and financial covenants and collateral requirements. At
December 31, 1995 the Company was overextended on the Initial Facility by
approximately $4.4 million, as the amount of the Company's borrowings exceeded
the required collateral amounts as specified in the agreement. Under the terms
of the Initial Facility, the lender had the option of terminating the line of
credit when the collateral level is insufficient to meet the level of the
borrowings. On March 22, 1996 the Company used proceeds of a Note Payable to
SPTL (see Note 16) to repay the overextended amount on the Initial Facility,
and terminate the warehouse line of credit.
 
  In November 1995, the Company obtained a second line of credit from another
investment bank, for the purpose of funding one-to-four family residential
first and second mortgage loans (the "Second Facility"), which is guaranteed
by ICII and is subject to certain operating and financial covenants and
collateral requirements. Such covenants include restrictions on (i) changes in
the Company's business that would materially and adversely affect the
Company's ability to perform its obligations under the Second Facility, (ii)
selling any asset other than in the ordinary course of business and (iii)
guaranteeing the debt obligation of any other entity. Under the terms of the
Second Facility, the Company must pay a quarterly commitment fee of $62,500.
Total borrowings under the warehouse line are limited to $200,000,000, and the
line is scheduled to expire on April 1, 1997. In addition, the Company is
allowed to borrow only $20,000,000 against loans for which the loan documents
have not yet been deposited with the loan custodian. The continued
availability of funds to the Company under this facility is subject to the
Company's continued compliance with the operating and financial covenants
contained in such agreements and the guarantee provided by ICII.
 
  As of December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, $54,948,509 and $78,169,891,
respectively was outstanding on the line of credit, on which interest was
charged based on the type of loan funded. Interest expense incurred for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 amounted
to approximately $131,000 and $2,837,000, respectively, with a weighted
average interest rate of 5.5% for 1995, and 6.3% for the six months ended June
30, 1996.
 
  In March 1996, the Company entered into a $10,000,000 revolving credit and
term loan agreement with SPTL (the "SPTL Agreement") which was scheduled to
expire on September 30, 1996. Advances under the SPTL Agreement were
collateralized by the Company's interest-only and residual certificates (other
than such interests retained by SPTL pursuant to the Contribution Transaction)
and bore interest at 2% above LIBOR. The continued availability of funds under
the SPTL Agreement was subject to downward adjustment pursuant to affiliate-
transaction restrictions imposed by state regulations, and in April, 1996 the
Company repaid all borrowings outstanding under the SPTL Agreement and it was
canceled.
 
14. BUSINESS CONCENTRATIONS
 
  During 1995, 29.8%, 13.6% and 12.4% of the Company's loan origination and
purchase volume was concentrated in California, Oregon and Hawaii,
respectively. In addition, approximately 10% of the 1995 loan
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
originations were attributed to a single mortgage loan broker. The Company
does not believe that it is exposed to any significant credit risk as of
December 31, 1995 as its portfolio of loans held for sale is well diversified,
and the economies of the states of loan origination are diverse. Upon
securitization, any estimate of credit loss is computed based on a percent of
loan value basis and included as part of the discounted recourse allowance.
 
15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
 Financial Instruments with Off Balance Sheet Risk
 
  The Company is a party to financial instruments with off balance sheet risk
in the normal course of business. These financial instruments include
agreements to fund fixed and variable-rate mortgage loans and loans in
process. For agreements to fund fixed-rate loans, the contract amounts
represent exposure to loss from market fluctuations as well as credit loss.
The Company controls the credit risk of its agreements to fund fixed and
variable-rate loans through credit approvals, limits and monitoring
procedures.
 
  Agreements to fund mortgage loans are agreements to lend to customers as
long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contracts.
Such agreements generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
clauses. Since some agreements may expire without being drawn upon, the total
agreement amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. As of
December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, the Company had agreements to fund loans
of $3,248,500 and $21,314,000, respectively.
 
 Sales of Loans and Servicing Rights
 
  In the ordinary course of business, SPFC is exposed to liability from
representations and warranties made to purchasers and insurers of mortgage
loans and the purchasers of servicing rights. Under certain circumstances,
SPFC is required to repurchase mortgage loans if there has been a breach of a
representation or warranty. For loans which have been securitized, the Company
includes an estimate of credit loss, using a risk free rate, in determining
its discounted recourse liability. On a periodic basis, the Company reviews
its assumptions in light of historical experience and economic trends to
evaluate their reasonableness in measuring the fair value of recorded assets.
 
  At December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, the Company had approximately
$70,296,000 and $115,446,000, respectively, in loans held for sale and under a
repurchase agreement which were serviced by Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA
("Advanta"). The Company's servicing agreement with Advanta provides that if
the Company desires to terminate the agreement without cause upon 90 days'
written notice, the Company will be required to pay Advanta an amount equal to
1.0% of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans being serviced
by Advanta at that time. The agreement also provides that a transfer service
fee of $100 per loan shall be paid to Advanta for any mortgage loan for which
the Company transfers servicing from Advanta to another servicer, without
terminating the agreement.
 
 Loan Servicing
 
  As of June 30, 1996 the Company's servicing portfolio (inclusive of
securitized loans where the Company has ongoing risk of loss but has no
remaining servicing rights or obligations) was $442 million. All of the
Company's loan servicing has either been outsourced or subcontracted to
Advanta.
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
 
Operating Leases
 
  The Company leases premises and equipment under operating leases with
various expiration dates. Minimum annual rental payments at December 31, 1995
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
           <S>                                       <C>
           1996..................................... $200,886
           1997.....................................  108,091
           1998.....................................   66,972
           1999.....................................   66,972
           2000.....................................   55,810
                                                     --------
             Total.................................. $498,731
                                                     ========
</TABLE>
 
  Rent expense amounted to $32,381, $139,030, $309,607, $24,978 and $129,401
for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the six months ended
June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
 Telemarketing Agreement
 
  In March 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with a telemarketing
company and a telecommunications equipment manufacturer pursuant to which the
Company will originate loans utilizing a telemarketing system. Under the terms
of the telemarketing agreement, the Company is required to pay a $1.0 million
fee upon the completion of its offering of shares to the public and to
purchase telemarketing equipment.
 
16. TRANSACTIONS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
  On April 1, 1996 the Company declared a stock split of 4,150 for 1. All
pertinent share and per share information for 1993, 1994 and 1995 have been
retroactively restated to reflect this split.
 
  Following the stock split, management and the Board of Directors authorized
the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 to offer for sale to the
public 5,000,000 shares of common stock (the "IPO") plus an overallotment
option of 750,000 shares. In June 1996, the offering was completed, whereby
3,450,000 new shares of common stock were issued by the Company generating net
proceeds of approximately $54 million. 2,300,000 shares were sold by ICII in
the IPO.
 
  At the effective date of the IPO, the Company entered into a tax agreement
with ICII whereby, among other things, ICII will indemnify and hold the
Company harmless from any tax liability attributable to periods ending on or
before the effective date of the IPO in excess of such taxes as the Company
has already paid or provided for. For periods ending after the effective date
of the IPO, the Company will pay its tax liability directly to the appropriate
taxing authorities.
 
  In June 1996, the Company entered into a five-year consulting agreement with
The Dewey Consulting Group, owned by one of the Company's directors, John D.
Dewey. Under the agreement, Mr. Dewey has agreed to assist the Company in the
development of strategic alliances with selected mortgage lenders, including
the identification of potential strategic alliance participants. The Company
has agreed to compensate Mr. Dewey based upon actual strategic alliances
entered into and loan production and earnings resulting from thoses alliances.
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER OR BY THE
UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION BY ANYONE IN ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO
ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
 
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   3
Risk Factors.............................................................   8
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  17
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy..........................  17
Capitalization...........................................................  18
Selected Financial and Other Data........................................  19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  21
Recent Developments......................................................  30
Business.................................................................  31
Pro Forma Financial Data.................................................  48
Management...............................................................  50
Certain Transactions.....................................................  56
Beneficial Ownership of Securities and Selling Shareholder...............  58
Description of Capital Stock.............................................  59
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................................  60
Underwriting.............................................................  61
Legal Matters............................................................  62
Experts..................................................................  62
Available Information....................................................  63
Independent Auditors' Report............................................. F-1
Financial Statements..................................................... F-2
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                               1,000,000 SHARES
 
                [LOGO OF SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION]
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
 
                             --------------------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                             --------------------
 
                          NATWEST SECURITIES LIMITED
 
                            OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
 
                            DABNEY/RESNICK/IMPERIAL
 
                                        , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The Registrant estimates that expenses in connection with the offering
described in this registration statement will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AMOUNT TO
                                                                      BE PAID
                                                                     ---------
       <S>                                                           <C>
       Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.......... $ 10,803
       NASD filing fee..............................................    4,065
       Printing expenses............................................  150,000
       Accounting fees and expenses.................................   75,000
       Legal fees and expenses......................................  200,000
       Fees and expenses (including legal fees) for qualifications
        under state securities laws.................................   25,000
       Transfer agent's fees and expenses...........................    5,000
       Miscellaneous................................................    5,132
                                                                     --------
         Total...................................................... $475,000*
                                                                     ========
</TABLE>
- --------
* The Selling Shareholder has agreed to pay the expenses of this Offering.
 
  All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
and the NASD filing fee are estimated.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
  Under Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law (the "CGCL"),
the Registrant is in certain circumstances permitted to indemnify its
directors and officers against certain expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with threatened, pending or completed civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative actions, suits or proceedings (other than an
action by or in the right of the Registrant), in which such persons were or
are parties, or are threatened to be made parties, by reason of the fact that
they were or are directors or officers of the Registrant, if such persons
acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in the best
interests of the Registrant, and with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In
addition, the Registrant is in certain circumstances permitted to indemnify
its directors and officers against certain expenses incurred in connection
with the defense or settlement of a threatened, pending or completed action by
or in the right of the Registrant, and against amounts paid in settlement of
any such action, if such persons acted in good faith and in a manner they
believed to be in the best interests of the Registrant and its shareholders
provided that the specified court approval is obtained.
 
  As permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, the Articles of Incorporation and
By-Laws of the Registrant provide that the Registrant is authorized to provide
indemnification for its directors and officers for breach of their duty to the
Registrant and its shareholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements
with the directors and officers, or both, in excess of the indemnification
otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL. The Registrant's By-laws
provide for indemnification of its directors and officers to the maximum
extent permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL. In addition, agreements entered
into by the Registrant with its directors and its executive officers require
the Registrant to indemnify such persons against expenses, judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts reasonably incurred in connection with any
proceeding to which any such person
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person was an agent of the
Registrant (including judgments, fines and settlements in or of a derivative
action, unless indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law), provided such
person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the
best interests of the Registrant and, in the case of a criminal proceeding,
had no reason to believe his conduct was unlawful. The indemnification
agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a
claim for indemnification thereunder.
 
  The Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant provide that the personal
liability of the directors of the Registrant for monetary damages shall be
eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law. Under
Section 204(a)(10) of the CGCL, the personal liability of a director for
monetary damages in an action brought by or in the right of the corporation
for breach of the director's duty to the corporation may be eliminated, except
for the liability of a director resulting from (i) acts or omissions involving
intentional misconduct or the absence of good faith, (ii) any transaction from
which a director derived an improper personal benefit, (iii) acts or omissions
showing a reckless disregard for the director's duty, (iv) acts or omissions
constituting an unexcused pattern of inattention to the director's duty or (v)
the making of an illegal distribution to shareholders or an illegal loan or
guaranty.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
  In December 1994 the Company issued 10,375,000 shares of Common Stock (after
giving effect to the 4,150 to 1 forward stock split effected in April 1996) to
Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. in return for a capital contribution of
$250,000.
 
  In November 1995 the Company granted to each of Robert W. Howard and Bernard
A. Guy, the President and Executive Vice President of the Company,
respectively, options to purchase 647,400 shares of the Company's Common Stock
under the 1995 Senior Management Stock Option Plan. The options vest at a rate
of 20% per year commencing one year from the date of grant, and are
exercisable at a price of $10.50 per share.
 
  The aforementioned transactions are exempt from registration under Section
4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 as transactions not involving a public
offering.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
 (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>   
 <C>    <S>
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1** Form of Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended
  3.2** Bylaws of the Company, as amended
  5.1   Opinion of Baker & Hostetler
 10.1** 1995 Senior Management Stock Option Plan and Form of Senior Management
         Stock Option Agreement
 10.2** 1995 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan and Form of
         Stock Option Agreement
 10.3** Services Agreement effective June 13, 1996 by and between the
         Registrant and Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
 10.4** Tax Agreement effective June 13, 1996 by and between the Registrant and
         Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
 10.5** Loan Servicing Agreement dated September 14, 1995 by and between the
         Registrant and Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
 <C>     <S>
 10.6**  Whole Loan Financing Program dated March 21, 1995 by and among the
          Registrant, DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company
 10.7**  Master Repurchase Agreement dated August 5, 1995 by and between the
          Registrant and Oceanmark Bank
 10.8**  Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement by and between the Registrant
          and Southern Pacific Thrift and Loan Association
 10.9**  Wet Inc., Interim and Pre-Sale Funding Facility dated November 17,
          1995 by and between the Registrant and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc.
 10.10** Telemarketing Agreement dated March 25, 1995 by and among the
          Registrant, Results Technologies, Inc. and Tele-Quote, Inc.
 10.11** Office Lease Agreement dated September 13, 1995 by and between the
          Registrant and Property Reserve, Inc.
 10.12** Office Lease Agreement dated November 29, 1995 by and between the
          Registrant and Property Reserve, Inc.
 10.13** Sublease dated January 23, 1996 by and between the Registrant and
          Property Reserve, Inc.
 10.14** Office Building Lease dated January 8, 1996 by and between the
          Registrant and Doug Jacobs
 10.15** Employment Agreement effective January 1, 1996 by and between the
          Registrant and Robert W. Howard
 10.16** Employment Agreement effective January 1, 1996 by and between the
          Registrant and Bernard A. Guy
 10.17** Contribution Agreement effective April 1, 1995 by and among the
          Registrant, Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. and Southern Pacific
          Thrift and Loan Association, Inc.
 10.18   Consulting and Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 15, 1996, by and
          between the Registrant and The Dewey Consulting Group
 10.19   Letter of Intent, dated September 5, 1996, by and between the
          Registrant and BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.
 10.20   Amendment to Loan Servicing Agreement, dated August 12, 1996, by and
          between the Registrant and Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA
 10.21   Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 1996, between the
          Registrant and Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
 10.22   Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 1996,
          between the Registrant and Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc.
 23.1*   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 23.2    Consent of Baker & Hostetler (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
 23.3    Consent of Thacher Proffitt & Wood
 24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration
          Statement)
 27.1*   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
 * Previously filed in connection with this Registration Statement.     
** Previously filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-3270 and
   hereby incorporated by reference.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
  (a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
    (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
  post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
      (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10 (a) (3) of the
    Securities Act of 1933;
 
      (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
    the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
    post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
    aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
    in the registration statement;
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
      (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
    distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
    any material change to such information in the registration statement;
    and
 
    (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
  Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
  to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
  therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
  to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
  any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
  termination of the offering.
 
  (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  (d) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
  1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
  this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
  form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or
  (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
  of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
  shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT
NO. 333-14181 TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY
AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF LAKE OSWEGO, STATE OF OREGON ON NOVEMBER 4, 1996.
    
                                          Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
 
                                                  /s/ Robert W. Howard
                                          By: _________________________________
                                                         PRESIDENT
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS PRE-
EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-14181 HAS BEEN
SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITY INDICATED ON NOVEMBER 4, 1996.
    
              SIGNATURE                                 TITLE
              ---------                                 ----- 

                  *                       Chairman of the Board
- -------------------------------------
          H. WAYNE SNAVELY
 
       /s/ Robert W. Howard               President and Director (Principal
- -------------------------------------      Executive Officer)
          ROBERT W. HOWARD
 
        /s/ Bernard A. Guy                Executive Vice President and
- -------------------------------------      Director
           BERNARD A. GUY
 
        /s/ Gary A. Palmer                Executive Vice President, Chief
- -------------------------------------      Financial Officer and Secretary
           GARY A. PALMER                  (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
              SIGNATURE                                  TITLE
              ---------                                  -----

                                          Director
- -------------------------------------
          STEPHEN J. SHUGERMAN
 
                                          
            *                             Director     
- -------------------------------------
              JOHN D. DEWEY
 
                                          Director
- -------------------------------------
              A. VAN RUITER
 
                                          
           *                              Director     
- -------------------------------------
             FRANK P. WILLEY
 
* By:    /s/ Bernard A. Guy
- -------------------------------------
             BERNARD A. GUY
           (ATTORNEY-IN-FACT)
 
                                      II-6

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                                1,000,000 Shares

                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION

                                  Common Stock

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


                                                              November [5], 1996


NATWEST SECURITIES LIMITED
OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
DABNEY/RESNICK/IMPERIAL, LLC
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters
c/o  NatWest Securities Limited
     135 Bishopsgate
     London EC2M 3XT England

Dear Sirs:

     Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. (the "Selling Shareholder") proposes to
sell 1,000,000 shares of authorized and outstanding Common Stock, no par value
(the "Common Stock") of Southern Pacific Funding Corporation, a California
corporation (the "Company") to the underwriters named in Schedule I annexed
hereto (collectively, the "Underwriters"), for whom NatWest Securities Limited
("NatWest"), Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. and Dabney/Resnick/Imperial, LLC are acting
as representatives (the "Representatives").  Said aggregate of 1,000,000 shares
are herein called the "Firm Shares."  In addition, the Selling Shareholder
proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option (the "Option") to purchase up to
an additional 150,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Option Shares"), as provided
in Section 1 hereof.  The Firm Shares and, to the extent the Option is
exercised, the Option Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the
"Shares."

     The Company and the Selling Shareholder confirm as follows their respective
agreements with the Representatives and the several other Underwriters.

                                       
<PAGE>
 
     1.   Agreement to Sell and Purchase.
          ------------------------------ 

          (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of
the Company and the Selling Shareholder herein contained and subject to all the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) the Selling Shareholder agrees to
sell to the several Underwriters and (ii) each of the Underwriters, severally
and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Selling Shareholder at a purchase
price of $___ per share, the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name
of such Underwriter in Schedule I, plus such additional number of Firm Shares
which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to Section 10
hereof.

          (b) Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
Selling Shareholder grants the Option to the several Underwriters to purchase,
severally and not jointly, up to an aggregate of 150,000 Option Shares, at the
same price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Firm Shares.  The
Option may be exercised only to cover over allotments in the sale of the Firm
Shares by the Underwriters and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time
(but not more than once) on or before the 30th day after the date of this
Agreement (or the next business day if the 30th day is not a business day), upon
notice (the "Option Shares Notice") in writing or by telephone (confirmed in
writing) by the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Shareholder no
later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, at least two and no more than five
business days before the date specified for closing in the Option Shares Notice
(the "Option Closing Date") setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares
to be purchased and the time and date for such purchase.  On the Option Closing
Date, the Selling Shareholder will sell to the Underwriters the number of Option
Shares set forth in the Option Shares Notice, and each Underwriter will purchase
such percentage of the Option Shares as is equal to the percentage of Firm
Shares that such Underwriter is purchasing, as adjusted by the Representatives
in such manner as they deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.

     2.   Delivery and Payment.  Delivery of the Firm Shares shall be made to
           --------------------
the Representatives for the accounts of the Underwriters against payment of the
purchase price by check or checks payable in New York Clearing House (next day)
funds to the order of the Selling Shareholder at the office of Thacher Proffitt
& Wood, counsel to the Company, Two World Trade Center, New York, New York
10048. Such payment shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on November
[12], 1996, or at such other time or place or on such other date, not later than
the third full business day after the date of this Agreement, as may be agreed
upon by the Company and the Representatives (such date is hereinafter referred
to as the "Initial Closing Date," and together with the Option Closing Date, the
"Closing Dates").

     To the extent the Option is exercised, delivery of the Option Shares
against payment by the Underwriters (in the manner specified above) will take
place at the offices specified above for the Initial Closing Date at the time
and date (which may be the Initial Closing Date) specified in the Option Shares
Notice.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     Certificates evidencing the Shares shall be in definitive form and shall be
registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall
request at least two business days prior to the Initial Closing Date or the
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, by written notice to the Selling
Shareholder.  For the purpose of expediting the checking and packaging of
certificates for the Shares, the Agent (as hereinafter defined) on behalf of the
Selling Shareholder, as applicable, agree to make such certificates available
for inspection at least 24 hours prior to the Initial Closing Date or the Option
Closing Date, as the case may be.

     The cost of original issue tax stamps, if any, in connection with the sale
and delivery of the Shares by the Selling Shareholder to the respective
Underwriters shall be borne by the Selling Shareholder.  The Selling Shareholder
will pay and save each Underwriter and any subsequent holder of the Shares
harmless from any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any
failure or delay in paying federal and state stamp and other transfer taxes, if
any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the
original issuance, sale or delivery to such Underwriter of the Firm Shares and
Option Shares.

     3.  Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents,
         ---------------------------------------------                          
warrants and covenants to each Underwriter, as of the date hereof and as of each
Closing Date that:

          (a) The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1
(File No. 333-14181) relating to the registration of the Shares under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the
Commission's rules and regulations thereunder (collectively referred to as the
"Rules and Regulations"), including a preliminary prospectus and such amendments
to such registration statement as may have been required to the date of this
Agreement.  The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the
use of the Prospectus (as defined below) or the preliminary prospectus (as
defined below).  The term "preliminary prospectus" as used herein means a
preliminary prospectus as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A ("Rule 430A") of
the Rules and Regulations included at any time as part of the registration
statement.  Copies of such registration statement and amendments and of each
related preliminary prospectus have been delivered to the Representatives.  If
such registration statement has not become effective, a further amendment to
such registration statement, including a form of final prospectus, necessary to
permit such registration statement to become effective will be filed promptly by
the Company with the Commission.  If such registration statement has become
effective, a final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at
the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A will be filed by the Company with the
Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations promptly
after execution and delivery of this Agreement.  The term "Registration
Statement" means the registration statement relating to the Shares, as amended
at the time it becomes or became effective (the "Effective Date"), including
financial statements and all exhibits and any information deemed to be included
by Rule 430A.  The term "Prospectus" means the prospectus relating to the
Shares, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules
and Regulations or, if no such filing is required, the form of final prospectus
included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          (b) On the Effective Date, the date the Prospectus is first filed with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (if required), at all times when the
Prospectus is required to be delivered thereafter and on or prior to the Initial
Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date, and when any post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective or any amendment or
supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission, the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the Company shall
have filed with the Commission any amendment or supplement thereto), including
the financial statements included in the Prospectus, did or will comply in all
material respects with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules and
Regulations.  On the Effective Date and when any post-effective amendment to the
Registration Statement becomes effective, no part of the Registration Statement
or any such amendment did or will contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.  The documents filed by the Company with
the Commission (the "Filed Documents")  pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), when they were filed with the
Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;
and none of the Filed  Documents, when they were so filed, contained an untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein,  not
misleading.  At the Effective Date, the date the Prospectus or any amendment or
supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Initial
Closing Date and, if later, the Option Closing Date, the Prospectus did not or
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.  The foregoing representations and warranties in this Section 3(b)
do not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance on and in
conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing to
the Company by the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. For
all purposes of this Agreement, the cover page of the Prospectus and the section
of the Prospectus entitled "Underwriting" and the identification of counsel for
the Underwriters in the section of the Prospectus entitled "Legal Matters"
constitute the only information relating to any Underwriter furnished in writing
to the Company by the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the
preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.  The
Company has not distributed any offering material in connection with the
offering or sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, the
preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any other materials, if any, permitted
by the Act.

          (c) The Company has only one subsidiary; such subsidiary is duly
organized and existing, and the total capitalization of such subsidiary is less
than $1,000.  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of the State of California.  The Company has
full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by it, to own
or lease all the assets owned or leased by it and to conduct its business as
described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  The Company is duly
licensed or

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in all
jurisdictions in which the nature of the activities conducted by it or the
character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or
qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. Except as set forth in the Prospectus
and as set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3(c), the Company does
not own directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or long-
term debt securities of any corporation or have any equity interest in any firm,
partnership, joint venture, association or other entity. Complete and correct
copies of the Company's articles of incorporation and by-laws and all amendments
thereto have been delivered to the Representatives, and no changes therein will
be made without the prior written consent of the Representatives subsequent to
the date hereof and prior to either Closing Date.

          (d) The outstanding shares of Common Stock have been (including
without limitation the Shares) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and will not be subject to any preemptive or similar right.  The
Company has an authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in
the Prospectus.  The description of the Common Stock, including without
limitation the Shares, contained in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus is complete and accurate in all respects.  The certificates
representing the Shares are in due and proper form. Except as set forth in the
Prospectus, the Company does not have outstanding  any options to purchase, or
any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any securities or obligations
convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any shares
of Common Stock.

          (e) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus present fairly the financial condition of the Company as of the
respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows of the
Company for the respective periods covered thereby, all in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis
throughout the entire period involved, except as otherwise disclosed in the
Prospectus.  No other financial statements or schedules of the Company are
required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations to be included in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus.  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (the
"Accountants"), who has reported on such financial statements, is an independent
accounting firm with respect to the Company as required by the Act and the Rules
and Regulations.

          (f) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting control
sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in
accordance with management's general or specific authorization; (ii)
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets;
(iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general
or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is
compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is
taken with respect to any differences.

          (g) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and prior to either
Closing Date, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been and will not 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
have been any change in the capitalization of the Company, or any material
adverse change in the business, properties, business prospects, condition
(financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company arising for any
reason whatsoever, (ii) the Company has not incurred nor will it incur any
material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, other than in the
ordinary course, nor has the Company entered into nor will it enter into any
material transactions not in the ordinary course other than pursuant to this
Agreement and the transactions referred to herein and (iii) the Company has not
and will not have paid or declared any dividends or other distributions of any
kind on any class of its capital stock.

          (h) The Company is not an "investment company" or an "affiliated
person" of, or "promoter" or "principal underwriter" for, an "investment
company," as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.

          (i) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best
of the Company's knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its
officers in their capacity as such, before or by any federal or state court,
commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body,
domestic or foreign, wherein an unfavorable ruling, decision or finding might
materially adversely affect the business, properties, condition (financial or
otherwise) or results of operations of the Company.

          (j) The Company has (i) all governmental licenses, permits, consents,
orders, approvals and other authorizations necessary to carry on its business as
contemplated in the Prospectus, other than governmental licenses, permits,
consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations where the failure to have
such would not have a material adverse effect on the business, properties,
condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company, (ii)
complied in all respects with all laws, regulations and orders applicable to it
or its business, except for violations which would not have a material adverse
effect on the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or
results of operations of the Company, and (iii) performed all its obligations
required to be performed by it, and is not in default under any indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond,
debenture, note agreement, lease, contract, permit or other agreement or
instrument (collectively, a "contract or other agreement") to which it is a
party or by which its property is bound or affected, except for defaults (or
failures to perform) which would not have a material adverse effect on the
business, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations
of the Company.  The Company is not in violation of any provision of its
articles of incorporation or by-laws.

          (k) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing or
declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is required in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the
Company, except such as have been obtained under the Act or the Rules and
Regulations and such as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws
or the by-laws and rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(the "NASD") in connection with the purchase and distribution by the
Underwriters of the Shares as contemplated hereby.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          (l) The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into
this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not
result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any
of the Company's assets pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or result in a
breach or violation of or conflict with any of the terms or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, or give any other party a right to terminate any of
its obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under,
(i) the Company's articles of incorporation or by-laws; or (ii) any contract or
other agreement to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any
of its properties is bound or affected, other than a breach or default which
would not have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company, or any
judgment, ruling, decree, order, law, statute, rule or regulation of any court
or other governmental agency or body applicable to the business or properties of
the Company.

          (m) The Company has good and marketable title to all properties and
assets described in the Prospectus as owned by it, free and clear of all liens,
charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are described in the
Prospectus or are not material to the business of the Company.  The Company has
valid, subsisting and enforceable leases for the properties described in the
Prospectus as leased by it, with such exceptions as are not material and do not
materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of each of such
properties by the Company.

          (n) There is no material document or contract of a character required
to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed
as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as
required.  All such contracts to which the Company is a party have been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, constitute valid and binding
agreements of the Company and are enforceable against the Company in accordance
with the terms thereof, except (i) as the Company's obligations may be affected
by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws, or by
equitable principles relating to creditors' rights generally, and (ii) that the
remedies of specific performance, injunction and other forms of equitable relief
are subject to certain tests of equity, jurisdiction, equitable defenses and the
discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

          (o) Neither the Company nor any of its directors, officers or
controlling persons has taken, directly or indirectly, any action intended, or
which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result, under the Act or
otherwise, in, or which has constituted stabilization or manipulation of the
price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the
Shares.

          (p) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, no holder of securities of the Company has rights to the
registration of any securities of the Company as a result of the filing of the
Registration Statement.

          (q) The Shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          (r) The Company is not involved in any material labor dispute nor, to
the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened.

          (s) The Company owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms,
all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade
names, licenses, copyrights and unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or
other confidential information currently employed by it in connection with its
businesses, and the Company has not received any notice of infringement of or
conflict with asserted rights of any third party with respect to any of the
foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable
decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the
business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of
operations of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the
Prospectus.

          (t) Neither the Company nor, to the Company's knowledge, any employee
or agent of Company, has at any time during the last five years (i) made any
unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office, or failed to disclose
fully any contribution in violation of law, or (ii) made any payment to any
federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with
similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted
by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof.

          (u) The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial
responsibility or self-insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts
as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged
including, without limitation, those losses and risks typically covered by
general liability, workers compensation and errors and omissions policies; the
Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and
the Company does not have any reason to believe that it will not be able to
renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to
obtain similar coverage from similar insurers or continue to be self-insured as
may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not materially
adversely affect the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or
results of operations of the Company.

          (v) The Company has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax
returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof
(except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company) and has paid all taxes which it believes in good
faith were required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty
against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except
for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in
good faith or as described in the Prospectus.

          (w) There are not material outstanding loans or advances or material
guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the
Company's officers or directors or any of the members of the families of any of
them.

          (x) The information regarding loan originations and purchases, loan
sales and securitizations, delinquencies and real estate owned, compliance with
federal, state and local rules

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
and regulations governing the business and operations of the Company and the
contracting of servicing rights contained in the Prospectus does not and will
not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

          (y) The Company has not incurred any liability for any finder's fees
or similar payments in connection with the transactions herein contemplated.

          (z) The Company has complied with, and is and will be in compliance
with, the provisions of that certain Florida act relating to disclosure of doing
business with Cuba, codified as Section 517.075 of the Florida statutes, and the
rules and regulations thereunder or is exempt therefrom.

     4.  Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholder.  The Selling
         ---------------------------------------------------------              
Shareholder represents, warrants and covenants to each Underwriter that:

          (a) The Selling Shareholder has full power and authority to enter into
this Agreement and the Selling Shareholder's Agreement (as defined below).  All
authorizations and consents necessary for the execution and delivery by the
Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and the Selling Shareholder Agreement have
been given.  This Agreement and the Selling Shareholder Agreement have each been
duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling
Shareholder.

          (b) The Selling Shareholder has executed and delivered a Power of
Attorney and caused to be executed and delivered on its behalf a Letter of
Transmittal and Custody Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as the
"Selling Shareholder's Agreement") and in connection herewith the Selling
Shareholder further represents, warrants and agrees that the Selling Shareholder
has deposited in custody, under the Selling Shareholder's Agreement, with the
agent named therein (the "Agent") as custodian, certificates in negotiable form
for the Shares, for the purpose of further delivery pursuant to this Agreement.
The Selling Shareholder Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of the
Selling Shareholder, enforceable against the Selling Shareholder in accordance
with its terms, except (i) as the Selling Shareholder's obligations may be
affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws,
or by equitable principles relating to creditors' rights generally, and (ii)
that the remedies of specific performance, injunction and other forms of
equitable relief are subject to certain tests of equity, jurisdiction, equitable
defenses and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor
may be brought. The Selling Shareholder agrees that the Shares on deposit with
the Agent are subject to the interests of the Underwriters, that the
arrangements made for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the
obligations of the Selling Shareholder hereunder shall not be terminated, except
as provided in this is Agreement or in the Selling Shareholder's Agreement, by
any act of the Selling Shareholder, by operation of law, by the insolvency or
other incapacity of such Selling Shareholder or by the occurrence of any other
event.  If the Selling Shareholder should become insolvent, declare or have
declared in respect thereof, bankruptcy, or if any other event should occur,
before the delivery of the

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Shares hereunder, the documents evidencing Shares then on deposit with the Agent
shall be delivered by the Agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement as if such event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not
the Agent shall have received notice thereof.

          (c) The Selling Shareholder now has, and at the time of delivery
thereof hereunder will have, (i) good and marketable title to the Shares, free
and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims whatsoever, and (ii) full legal
right and power, and all authorizations and approvals required by law, to sell,
transfer and deliver the Shares to the Underwriters hereunder and to make the
representations, warranties and agreements made by the Selling Shareholder
herein. Upon the delivery of and payment for the Shares hereunder, the Selling
Shareholder will deliver good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of
all liens, encumbrances and claims whatsoever.

          (d) On each Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other
than income taxes) which are required to be paid in connection with the sale and
transfer of the Shares to the several Underwriters hereunder will have been
fully paid or provided for by the Selling Shareholder and all laws imposing such
taxes will have been fully complied with.

          (e) The performance of this Agreement and the Selling Shareholder's
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby by the Selling Shareholder will not result in the creation or imposition
of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Shares pursuant to the terms
or provisions of, or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the acceleration of
any obligation under any contract or other agreement to which the Selling
Shareholder is a party (including without limitation, the indenture pursuant to
which the Selling Shareholder has issued $90,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of Senior Notes due 2004) or by which the Selling Shareholder or any of its
property is bound or affected, or under any ruling, decree, judgment, order,
law, statute, rule or regulation of any court or other governmental agency or
body having jurisdiction over the Selling Shareholder or the property of the
Selling Shareholder.  The Selling Shareholder is not in violation of any
provision of its articles of incorporation or by-laws.

          (f) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing or
declaration with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the
consummation by the Selling Shareholder of the transactions on its part
contemplated herein or  in the Selling Shareholder's Agreement, except such as
have been obtained under the Act or the Rules and Regulations and such as may be
required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the
NASD in connection with the purchase and distribution by the Underwriters of the
Shares.

          (g) The sale of the Shares is not prompted by the actual knowledge of
the Board of Directors of Selling Shareholder of any material non-public
information concerning the Company.

          (h) All information provided by the Selling Shareholder contained in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if
the Company shall have 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
filed with the Commission any amendment or supplement thereto) complied and will
comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Act and
the Rules and Regulations and such information is true and accurate. The parties
hereto agree that the only information provided by the Selling Shareholder
contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus is the information
contained therein regarding the Selling Shareholder under the caption
"Beneficial Ownership of Securities and Selling Shareholder."

          (i) The Selling Shareholder has not distributed and will not
distribute any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any other offering
material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.  The Selling
Shareholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed, or which
might reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, under the Act or otherwise,
or which has caused or resulted in, stabilization or manipulation of the price
of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

     5.    Agreements of the Company and the Selling Shareholder.
           ----------------------------------------------------- 

          (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as
follows:

              (i) The Company will not, either prior to the Effective Date or
    thereafter during such period as the Prospectus is required by law to be
    delivered in connection with sales of the Shares by an Underwriter or
    dealer, file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
    the Prospectus, unless a copy thereof shall first have been submitted to the
    Representatives within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing
    thereof under the circumstances and the Representatives shall not have
    unreasonably objected thereto in good faith.

              (ii) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
    Registration Statement to become effective, and will notify the
    Representatives promptly, (1) when the Registration Statement has become
    effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective,
    (2) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information, (3)
    of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
    effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any
    proceedings for that purpose or the threat thereof, (4) of the happening of
    any event during the period mentioned in the second sentence of Section
    5(a)(vi) that in the judgment of the Company makes any material statement
    made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires
    the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in
    order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which
    they are made, not misleading and (5) of receipt by the Company or any
    representative or attorney of the Company of any other communication from
    the Commission relating to the Company, the Registration Statement, any
    preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus. If at any time the Commission
    shall issue any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
    Statement, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the
    withdrawal of such order as promptly as practicable.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
    If the Company has omitted any information from the Registration Statement
    pursuant to Rule 430A, the Company will use its best efforts to comply with
    the provisions of and make all requisite filings with the Commission
    pursuant to said Rule 430A and to notify the Representatives promptly of all
    such filings.

              (iii) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares is
    required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result of
    which the Prospectus or the Registration Statement, as then amended or
    supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
    to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein,
    in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
    misleading, or if for any other reason it is necessary at any time to amend
    or supplement the Prospectus or the Registration Statement to comply with
    the Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the
    Representatives thereof and, subject to Section 5(a)(ii) hereof, will
    prepare and file with the Commission, at the Company's expense, an amendment
    to the Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the
    Prospectus that corrects such statement or omission or effects such
    compliance.

              (iv) The Company will furnish to the Representatives, without
    charge, as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement and of any
    post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and
    schedules, and all exhibits thereto as the Representatives may reasonably
    request and will furnish to the Representatives, without charge, for
    transmittal to each of the other Underwriters, a copy of the Registration
    Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial
    statements and schedules but without exhibits.

              (v) The Company will comply with all the provisions of any
    undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

              (vi) On the Effective Date, and thereafter from time to time, the
    Company will deliver to each of the Underwriters, without charge, as many
    copies of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto as the
    Representatives may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of
    the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the several
    Underwriters and by all dealers to whom the Shares may be sold, both in
    connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and for any period of
    time thereafter during which the Prospectus is required by law to be
    delivered in connection therewith.

              (vii) Prior to any public offering of the Shares by the
    Underwriters, the Company will cooperate with the Representatives and
    counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the registration or
    qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue
    Sky laws of such state and foreign jurisdictions as the Representatives may
    reasonably request; provided, that in no event shall the Company be
    obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now
    so qualified or to take any action which

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
    would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any
    jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

              (viii) During the period of five years commencing on the Effective
    Date, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and each other
    Underwriter who may so request copies of such financial statements and other
    periodic and special reports as the Company may from time to time distribute
    generally to the holders of any class of its capital stock, and will furnish
    to the Representatives and each other Underwriter who may so request a copy
    of each annual or other report it shall be required to file with the
    Commission; provided that the failure to comply with this Section 5(a)(viii)
    shall not constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

              (ix) The Company will make generally available to holders of its
    securities as soon as may be practicable but in no event later than the last
    day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the calendar quarter in
    which the Effective Date falls, an earnings statement (which need not be
    audited but shall be in reasonable detail) for a period of 12 months ended
    commencing after the Effective Date, and satisfying the provisions of
    Section 11(a) of the Act (including Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations).

              (x) The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take
    any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or
    result, under the Act or otherwise, in, or which will constitute,
    stabilization of the price of the shares of Common Stock to facilitate the
    sale or resale of the Shares.

              (xi) The Company hereby agrees, and will cause each director of
    the Company and each executive officer of the Company identified on Schedule
    5(a)(xi) hereto to agree pursuant to agreements with the Underwriters in the
    form set forth in Exhibit A, that they will not, for a period of 120 days
    after the date hereof, without the prior written consent of NatWest on
    behalf of the Underwriters, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell,
    contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose (or
    announce any offer, sale, grant of any option to purchase or other
    disposition) of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
    into, or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock; provided, that the Company
    may issue an aggregate of 2,589,600 shares of Common Stock in the ordinary
    course pursuant to the Company's stock option plans, and provided further,
    that each of the Company and such executive officers and directors shall be
    permitted to offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to
    purchase or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock (or securities
    convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) during such 120
    period so long as the transferee of such shares or securities agrees in
    writing, for the benefit of the Underwriters, not to offer to sell, sell,
    contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of such
    shares or securities until the end of such 120 day period, unless such
    transferee has received the prior written consent of NatWest. It is
    acknowledged that the restriction contained in this Section shall not be
    applicable to the issuance by the Company of up to $86,250,000 of
    convertible subordinated debt securities

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
    having a maturity of at least seven (7) years from date of issue, or the
    issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion of any of such debt securities.

          (b) The Selling Shareholder hereby covenants and agrees with the
Underwriters as follows:

              (i) The Selling Shareholder agrees for the benefit of the
    Underwriters that it will not, for a period of 120 days after the date
    hereof, without the prior written consent of NatWest on behalf of the
    Underwriters, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell,
    grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose (or announce any offer,
    sale, grant of any option to purchase or other disposition) of any shares of
    Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for shares
    of Common Stock; provided, that the Selling Shareholder shall be permitted
    to offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or
    otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into
    or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) during such 120-day period so
    long as the transferee of such shares or securities agrees in writing, for
    the benefit of the Underwriters, not to offer to sell, sell, contract to
    sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of such shares or
    securities until the end of such 120-day period, unless such transferee has
    received the prior written consent of NatWest. It is acknowledged that the
    restriction contained in this Section shall not be applicable to the Option
    Shares being sold by the Selling Shareholder to the Underwriters pursuant to
    this Agreement.

              (ii) The Selling Shareholder will not, without the prior written
    consent of NatWest, make any bid for or purchase any shares of Common Stock
    during such 120-day period following the date hereof.

              (iii) As soon as the Selling Shareholder is advised thereof, the
    Selling Shareholder will advise the Representatives and confirm such advice
    in writing (i) of receipt by the Selling Shareholder, or by any
    representative of the Selling Shareholder, of any communication from the
    Commission relating to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any
    preliminary prospectus, or any notice or order of the Commission relating to
    the Company or the Selling Shareholder in connection with the transactions
    contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) of the happening of any event during
    the period from and after the Effective Date and until the Option Closing
    Date that in the judgment of the Selling Shareholder makes any statement
    made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires
    the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in
    order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
    which they were made, not misleading.

              (iv) The Selling Shareholder will not at any time, directly or
    indirectly, take any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected,
    to cause or result, under the Act or otherwise, in, or which will
    constitute, stabilization of the price of the shares of Common Stock to
    facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
          (c) Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholder hereby covenants
and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

              (i) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
    are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Selling Shareholder
    agrees to pay or reimburse if paid by the Representatives, all costs and
    expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and
    the Selling Shareholder under this Agreement, including but not limited to
    costs and expenses of or relating to (1) the preparation, printing and
    filing of the Registration Statement and exhibits to it, each preliminary
    prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (2) the preparation and delivery
    of certificates representing the Shares, (3) the printing of this Agreement,
    the Agreement Among Underwriters, any Dealer Agreements and any
    Underwriters' Questionnaire, (4) furnishing (including costs of shipping and
    mailing) such copies of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any
    preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto, as may
    be requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares
    by the Underwriters or by dealers to whom Shares may be sold, (5) the
    listing of the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (6) any filings
    required to be made by the Underwriters with the NASD, and the fees,
    disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Underwriters in
    connection therewith, (7) the registration or qualification of the Shares
    for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
    jurisdictions designated pursuant to Section 5(a)(vii), including the
    reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the
    Underwriters in connection therewith and the preparation and printing of
    preliminary, supplemental and final Blue Sky memoranda, (8) counsel to the
    Company and the Selling Shareholder and (9) the transfer agent for the
    Shares.

              (ii) (a) If the sale of the Shares is not consummated because of a
    breach of a representation or warranty contained herein by the Company or
    the Selling Shareholder, which breach in the good faith determination of
    NatWest makes it impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares on the
    terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus, the Company and the
    Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, will reimburse the several
    Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees,
    disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriters) reasonably
    incurred by them in connection herewith; (b) (1) if for any reason the
    Company shall be unable to perform its obligations hereunder or refuses to
    perform its obligations hereunder, the Company will reimburse the several
    Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees,
    disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriters) reasonably
    incurred by them in connection herewith, (2) if for any reason the Selling
    Shareholder shall be unable to perform its obligations hereunder or refuses
    to perform its obligations hereunder, the Selling Shareholder will reimburse
    the several Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees,
    disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriters) reasonably
    incurred by them in connection herewith and (3) if for any reason the
    Company and the Selling Shareholder shall be unable to perform their
    respective obligations hereunder

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
    or refuse to perform their respective obligations hereunder, the Company and
    the Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, will reimburse the
    several Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees,
    disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriters) reasonably
    incurred by them in connection herewith; and (c) if the sale of the Shares
    is not consummated for any reason other than those contemplated in (a) and
    (b) of this subsection, then the Underwriters will be solely responsible for
    their own out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees, disbursements and
    other charges of counsel to the Underwriters).

         This Section 5(c) shall not affect any agreements relating to the
    payment of expenses between the Company and the Selling Shareholder.

     6.  Representations and Warranties of NatWest Securities Limited.  Upon the
         ------------------------------------------------------------           
execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Selling
Shareholder, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale
to the public upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus.  NatWest represents
and agrees that: (i) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell in
the United Kingdom, by means of any document, any Shares other than to persons
whose ordinary business it is to buy or sell shares or debentures (whether as
principal or agent) or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the
public within the meaning of the Companies Act 1985; (ii) it has complied and
will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986
and other applicable laws with respect to anything done by it in relation to the
Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom or any other
jurisdiction outside the United States; and (iii) it has issued or passed on and
will issue or pass on to any person in the United Kingdom any document received
by it in connection with the issue of the Shares only if that person is of a
kind described in Article 9(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996, or such person is one to whom the
document can lawfully be issued or passed on.

     7.  Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters.  The obligations of
         -------------------------------------------------                     
each Underwriter hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

          (a) Notification that the Registration Statement has become effective
shall be received by the Representatives not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the date of this Agreement or at such later date and time as shall be
consented to in writing by the Representatives and all filings required by Rule
424 of the Rules and Regulations and Rule 430A shall have been made.

          (b)(i) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall be
pending or threatened by the Commission, (ii) no order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the qualification or registration
of the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be
in effect and no proceeding for such purpose shall be pending before or
threatened or contemplated by the Commission or the authorities of any such
jurisdiction, (iii) any request for 

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
additional information on the part of the staff of the Commission or any such
authorities shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the staff of
the Commission or such authorities and (iv) after the date hereof no amendment
or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall have been
filed unless a copy thereof was first submitted to the Representatives and the
Representatives did not object thereto in good faith within a reasonable period
of time, and the Representatives shall have received certificates, dated the
Initial Closing Date and the Option Closing Date and signed by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors of the Company or the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (who may, as to
proceedings threatened or contemplated, rely upon the best of their information
and belief), to the effect of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).

          (c) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) there shall not have been a
material adverse change in the general affairs, business, properties, condition
(financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in each case other
than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus and (ii) the Company shall not have sustained any material loss or
interference with its business or properties from fire, explosion, flood or
other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute
or any court or legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, which
is not set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, if in the
judgment of NatWest any such development makes it impracticable or inadvisable
to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Underwriters at the
initial public offering price.

          (d) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall have been no litigation
or other proceeding instituted against the Company or any of its officers or
directors in their capacities as such, before or by any Federal, state or local
court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
body, domestic or foreign, in which litigation or proceeding an unfavorable
ruling, decision or finding would materially and adversely affect the business,
properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the
Company.

          (e) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company
contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects at each
Closing Date as if made on each such date, each of the representations and
warranties of the Selling Shareholder contained herein shall be true and correct
in all material respects at each Closing Date, as if made each such date, and
all covenants and agreements herein contained to be performed on the part of the
Company and the Selling Shareholder and all conditions herein contained to be
fulfilled or complied with by the Company and the Selling Shareholder at or
prior to each Closing Date shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied
with prior to such applicable Closing Date.

          (f) The Representatives shall have received an opinion of Thacher
Proffitt & Wood, counsel for the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and
dated the Initial Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be,
to the effect that:

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
              (i) The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a
    foreign corporation in each of the jurisdictions specified in a schedule
    attached to such opinion.

              (ii) The Company has an authorized share capitalization as set
    forth under the heading "Capitalization" in the Registration Statement and
    the Prospectus.

              (iii) The Shares have been duly authorized for listing on the New
    York Stock Exchange.

              (iv) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except as to
    the financial statements and schedules contained therein as to which such
    counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects
    with the requirements of the Act.

              (v) The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act
    and, to such counsel's knowledge, no stop order proceedings with respect
    thereto are pending or threatened under the Act.

              (vi) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any
    filing or declaration with, any federal or State of New York court or
    governmental or regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency is
    required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this
    Agreement by the Company, except such as have been obtained under the Act or
    the Rules and Regulations and such as may be required under state securities
    or Blue Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the NASD in connection with the
    purchase and distribution by the Underwriters of the Shares as contemplated
    hereby.

              (vii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
    the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions
    contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, or result in any
    breach of, or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which
    with notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of or default
    under), any provision of the articles or bylaws of the Company or any
    provision of any partnership agreement or under any provision of any
    license, indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan, credit
    agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party
    or by which the Company or its properties are bound or affected, in each
    case known to such counsel based upon a certificate of the Company relating
    to its material agreements and properties, or, so far as is known to such
    counsel, under any law, regulation or rule or any decree, judgment or order
    applicable to the Company.

              (viii) The Company is not in breach of, or in default under (nor
    has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time or both would
    constitute a breach of or default under), any license, indenture, lease,
    mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan, credit

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
    agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
    party or by which the Company or its properties are bound or affected, in
    each case known to such counsel based upon a certificate of the Company
    relating to its material agreements and properties, which breach or default
    would have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets,
    operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company.

              (ix) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no contracts,
    licenses, agreements, leases or documents of a character which are required
    to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or to be summarized or
    described in the Prospectus which have not been so filed, summarized or
    described.

              (x) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no actions, suits or
    proceedings pending or threatened against the Company or any of its
    properties, at law or in equity or before or by any commission, board, body,
    authority or agency which are required to be described in the Prospectus but
    are not so described.

              (xi) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, to such counsel's
    knowledge, the Company does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or
    any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any securities or obligations
    convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, any
    shares of Common Stock. To such counsel's knowledge, the offering and sale
    of the Shares, as contemplated by this Agreement, does not give rise to any
    rights, other than those which have been waived in writing or satisfied, for
    or relating to the registration, offering or issuance of any shares of
    capital stock or other securities of the Company.

              (xii) The statements in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus under the following captions: "Risk Factors--Legislative or
    Regulatory Risks," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources,"
    "Business--Regulation," "Beneficial Ownership of Securities and Selling
    Shareholder" and "Description of Capital Stock" insofar as they are
    descriptions of laws, regulations and rules, of legal and governmental
    proceedings or of contracts, agreements, leases and other legal documents,
    or refer to statements of law or legal conclusions, have been reviewed by
    such counsel and are accurate in all material respects.

              (xiii) The Company is not an "investment company" or a person
    "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
    Company Act of 1940, as amended.

               (g) The Representatives shall have received an opinion of Baker &
Hostetler, special California counsel for the Company, addressed to the
Underwriters and dated the Initial Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as
the case may be, to the effect that:

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
              (i) The Company is validly existing as a corporation in good
    standing under the laws of the State of California, with full corporate
    power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as
    described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, to execute and
    deliver this Agreement.

              (ii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
    delivered by the Company.

              (iii) The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company,
    including without limitation the Shares, have been duly authorized and
    validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable, and free of statutory
    preemptive or similar rights.

              (iv) (a) The capital stock of the Company, including the Shares,
    conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in
    the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and (b) the certificates for
    the Common Stock, including without limitation the Shares, are in due and
    proper form.

              (v) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or any filing
    or declaration with, any State of California court or governmental or
    regulatory commission, board, body, authority or agency is required in
    connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
    the Company, except such as have been obtained under the Act or the Rules
    and Regulations and such as may be required under state securities or Blue
    Sky laws or the by-laws and rules of the NASD in connection with the
    purchase and distribution by the Underwriters of the Shares as contemplated
    hereby.

     (h) An opinion of Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein, counsel for
    the Selling Shareholder, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the Initial
    Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, to the effect
    that:

              (i) This Agreement and the Selling Shareholder's Agreement have
    each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the
    Selling Shareholder and, except for the registration of the Shares under the
    Act, such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
    qualifications as may be required under the Act and applicable state or
    foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of
    the Shares by the Underwriters, and the approval of the underwriting
    arrangements by the NASD, no consent, approval, authorization or order of,
    or filing or registration with, any such court or governmental agency or
    body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this
    Agreement or the Selling Shareholder's Agreement by the Selling Shareholder
    and the sale of the Shares to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement by
    the Selling Shareholder.

              (ii) The Selling Shareholder's Agreement is valid and binding
    agreement of the Selling Shareholder, enforceable against the Selling
    Shareholder in accordance with

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
    its terms except (a) as the Selling Shareholder's obligations may be
    affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
    laws, or by equitable principles relating to creditors' rights generally,
    and (b) that the remedies of specific performance, injunction and other
    forms of equitable relief are subject to certain tests of equity,
    jurisdiction, equitable defenses and the discretion of the court before
    which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

              (iii) Assuming that each of the Underwriters purchasing Shares
    from the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement purchases such
    Shares in good faith and without notice of any lien, encumbrance, equity or
    any other adverse claim within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code,
    upon the delivery of certificates for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement
    with all necessary endorsements in accordance with the terms of such
    agreement and upon delivery of the consideration therefor by the
    Underwriters, each of the Underwriters who have purchased such Shares will
    acquire such Shares free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or
    adverse claims within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

          (i) Such opinion or opinions of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., counsel for
the Underwriters dated the Initial Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as
the case may be, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the
sufficiency of all corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating to
this Agreement, the validity of the Shares, the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus and other related matters as you may reasonably require, and the
Company and the Selling Shareholder shall have furnished to such counsel such
documents and shall have exhibited to them such papers and records as they may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
In connection with such opinions, such counsel may rely on representations or
certificates of officers of the Company and governmental officials.

     In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact, on
certificates of officers of the Company, the Selling Shareholder and of
governmental officials, in which case their opinions are to state that they are
so doing and that the Underwriters are justified in relying on such certificates
and copies of said certificates are to be attached to the opinions.

     In addition, each of Thacher Proffitt & Wood and Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.
shall state that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and
other representatives of the Company, representatives of the Selling Shareholder
and the independent public accountants for the Company and you at which the
contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any supplements
or amendments thereto, and related matters were discussed and, although such
counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any responsibility for the
accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except as specified above), and any
supplements or amendments thereto, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts have
come to their attention that would lead them to believe that either the
Registration Statement or any amendments thereto, at the time the Registration
Statement or such amendments became effective, contained an untrue statement of
a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be 

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or
that the Prospectus, as of its date or at the Initial Closing Date or the Option
Closing Date, as the case may be, contained an untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need express no
belief as to the financial statements or schedules and other financial or
statistical data included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any
amendments or supplements thereto).

          (j) Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
or, if the Company elects to rely on Rule 430A, on the date of the Prospectus,
the Accountants shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter, dated the
date of its delivery, addressed to the Representatives and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are independent
accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries as required by the
Act and the Rules and Regulations and with respect to all financial and certain
other statistical and numerical information contained in the Registration
Statement.  At the Initial Closing Date and, as to the Option Shares, the Option
Closing Date, the Accountants shall have furnished to the Representatives a
letter, dated the date of its delivery, which shall confirm, on the basis of a
review in accordance with the procedures set forth in the letters from the
Accountants, that nothing has come to their attention during the period from the
date of the letter referred to in the prior sentence to a date (specified in the
letter) not more than three days prior to the Initial Closing Date or the Option
Closing Date, as the case may be, which would require any change in their letter
dated the date hereof if it were required to be dated and delivered at the
Initial Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

          (k) At the Initial Closing Date and, as to the Option Shares, the
Option Closing Date, there shall be furnished to the Representatives an accurate
certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by each of the Chief
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:

              (i) Each signer of such certificate has carefully examined the
    Registration Statement and the Prospectus and (A) as of the date of such
    certificate, (x) the Registration Statement does not contain any untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not
    misleading and (y) the Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
    the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
    made, not misleading and (B) in the case of the certificate delivered at the
    Initial Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, since the Effective Date
    no event has occurred as a result of which it is necessary to amend or
    supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not untrue
    or misleading in any material respect.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
              (ii) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company
    contained in this Agreement were, when originally made, and are, at the time
    such certificate is delivered, true and correct in all material respects.

              (iii) Each of the covenants required herein to be performed by the
    Company on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely
    and fully performed and each condition herein required to be complied with
    by the Company on or prior to the delivery of such certificate has been
    duly, timely and fully complied with.

          (l) At the Initial Closing Date and, as to the Option Shares, the
Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representatives an
accurate certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by the Selling
Shareholder (or the Agent), in form and substance satisfactory to the
Representatives, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the
Selling Shareholder contained herein are true and correct in all material
respects on and as of the date of such certificate as if made on and as of the
date of such certificate, and each of the covenants and conditions required
herein to be performed or complied with by the Selling Shareholder on or prior
to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully performed or
complied with.

          (m) On or prior to the Initial Closing Date, the Representatives shall
have received the executed agreements referred to in Section 5(a)(xi).

          (n) The Shares shall be qualified for sale in such states as the
Representatives may reasonably request, each such qualification shall be in
effect and not subject to any stop order or other proceeding on the Initial
Closing Date and the Option Closing Date.

          (o) Prior to the Initial Closing Date, the Shares shall have been
approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to notice of
issuance.

          (p) The Company and the Selling Shareholder shall have furnished to
the Representatives such certificates, in addition to those specifically
mentioned herein, as the Representatives may have reasonably requested in
connection with the offering Shares and the transactions contemplated hereby.

     8.   Indemnification.
          --------------- 

          (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the
directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person,
if any, who controls each Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities,
expenses and damages (including any and all investigative, legal and other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in
settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which
they, or any of them, may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or
other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages
arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement, (ii) any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (A) any
preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and (B)
any application or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on
behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Shares
under the securities or Blue Sky laws thereof or filed with the Commission or
any securities association or securities exchange (each, an "Application") or
(iii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any preliminary prospectus,
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any supplement to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any Application a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
however, that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss,
claim, liability, expense or damage arises from the sale of the Shares in the
public offering to any person by an Underwriter and is based on an untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
on and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished in
writing to the Company by the Representatives on behalf of any Underwriter
expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus, or contained in a preliminary prospectus if a copy
of the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) was not sent or given
by or on behalf of such Underwriter to a person asserting a loss, claim,
liability, expense or damage, if required by law so to have been delivered at or
prior to written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person, and, if
the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) would have cured the
defect giving rise to such loss, claim, liability or damage. This indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company might otherwise
have.

          (b) The Selling Shareholder will indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter
and each person, if any, who controls each Underwriter within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any
and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any and all
investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with,
and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any
claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the
Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at
common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses
or damages arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement made by the Selling Shareholder in Section 4 of this Agreement,
(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any preliminary
prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any supplement to
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only  

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
to the extent that such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage arises from
the sale of the Shares in the public offering to any person by an Underwriter
and is based on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance on and in conformity with information relating to the
Selling Shareholder as set forth in Section 4 (h) hereof or is otherwise
furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder to the
Representatives expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any
preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus; provided, however, that the Selling
Shareholder will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, liability,
expense or damage arises from the sale of the Shares in the public offering to
any person by an Underwriter and is based on an untrue statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or omission contained in a preliminary prospectus if a
copy of the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) was not sent or
given by or on behalf of such Underwriter to a person asserting a loss, claim,
liability, expense or damage, if required by law so to have been delivered at or
prior to written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person, and, if
the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) would have cured the
defect giving rise to such loss, claim, liability or damage. This indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Selling Shareholder
might otherwise have.

          (c) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the
Selling Shareholder, each person, if any, who controls the Company or the
Selling Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who
signs the Registration Statement to the same extent as the foregoing indemnities
from the Company and the Selling Shareholder to each Underwriter, but only
insofar as losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages are based solely on
any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in
reliance on and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter as
set forth in the penultimate sentence in Section 3(b) hereof or furnished in
writing to the Company and the Selling Shareholder by the Representatives on
behalf of such Underwriter expressly for inclusion in the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus; provided, however, that
the cumulative liability of each Underwriter pursuant to this Section 8, whether
by indemnification or contribution, shall be limited to the underwriting
discounts or commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the
sale of the Shares.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability that each Underwriter might otherwise have.

          (d) Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified
under this Section 8 will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of
any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against
an indemnifying party or parties under this Section 8, notify each such
indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, enclosing a copy of all
papers served, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party will not
relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party under
the foregoing provisions of this Section 8 unless, and only to the extent that,
such omission results in the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by the
indemnifying party.  If any such action is brought against any indemnified party
and it notifies the indemnifying party of its commencement, the indemnifying
party will be entitled to participate 

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
in and, to the extent that it elects by delivering written notice to the
indemnified party promptly after receiving notice of the commencement of the
action from the indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense of the action, with counsel
satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying
party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense, the
indemnifying party will not be liable to the indemnified party for any legal or
other expenses except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of
investigation subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with
the defense. The indemnified party will have the right to employ its own counsel
in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel
will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of
counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the
indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on
advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other
indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to
the indemnifying party, which different or additional defenses may not be
asserted on behalf of the indemnified party by counsel chosen by and also
representing the indemnifying party without prejudicing or potentially
prejudicing the rights or defenses of the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or
potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party)
between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the
indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action
on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in
fact employed counsel to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable
time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which
cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at
the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the
indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or
related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees,
disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to
practice in such jurisdiction at any one time for all such indemnified party or
parties. All such fees, disbursements and other charges will be reimbursed by
the indemnifying party promptly as they are incurred and upon receipt of
substantiation of such charges as the indemnifying party may reasonably request.

          (e) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in the foregoing
paragraphs of this Section 8 is applicable in accordance with its terms but for
any reason is held to be unavailable from the Company, the Selling Shareholder
or the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Shareholder and the Underwriters
will contribute to the total losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages
(including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or
proceeding or any claim asserted, but after deducting any contribution received
by the Company from persons other than the Underwriters, such as persons who
control the Company within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, officers
of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the
Company, who also may be liable for contribution) to which the Company, the
Selling Shareholder and any one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in
such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Selling Shareholder in the aggregate, on the one
hand, and the Underwriters on the other.  The relative benefits received by the
Company and the Selling 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
Shareholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed
to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before
deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Shareholder in the
aggregate bears to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by
the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of
the Prospectus. If, but only if, the allocation provided by the foregoing
sentence is not permitted by applicable law, the allocation of contribution
shall be made in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in the foregoing sentence but also the relative
fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholder, on the one hand, and the
Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions which
resulted in such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect
thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations with respect to
such offering. Such relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether
the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
or the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, the intent of the parties
and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct
or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Shareholder and
the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions
pursuant to this Section 8(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even
if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable
considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified
party as a result of the loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in
respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 8(e) shall be deemed to
include, for purpose of this Section 8(e), any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 8(e), (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute, cumulatively,
any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts or commissions received by it
less any amounts paid by such Underwriter as indemnification pursuant to Section
8(e) hereof and (ii) no person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) will be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations to contribute as provided in
this Section 8(e) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint. For purposes of this Section 8(e), any person who
controls a party to this Agreement within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange
Act will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each director
or officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement will have the
same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the
provisions hereof. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of
notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a
claim for contribution may be made under this Section 8(e), will notify any such
party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to
notify will not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be
sought from any other obligation it or they may have under this Section 8(e). No
party will be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim
settled without its written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld).

          (f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this
Section 8 and the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling
Shareholder contained in this 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i)
any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, (ii) acceptance of
any of the Shares and payment therefor or (iii) any termination of this
Agreement.

     9.  Termination.  The obligations of the several Underwriters under this
         -----------                                                         
Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Initial Closing Date (or,
with respect to the Option Shares, on or prior to the Option Closing Date), by
notice to the Company from the Representatives, without liability on the part of
any Underwriter to the Company or the Selling Shareholder, if, prior to delivery
and payment for the Shares (or the Option Shares, as the case may be), in the
sole judgment of the NatWest, (i) trading in any of the equity securities of the
Company shall have been suspended by the Commission or by an exchange that lists
the Shares, (ii) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange
or the International Stock Exchange of the United Kingdom shall have been
suspended or limited or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally
established on any of such exchanges, or additional material governmental
restrictions, not in force on the date of this Agreement, shall have been
imposed upon trading in securities generally by any of such exchanges or by
order of the Commission or any court or other governmental authority, (iii) a
general banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal, New York State
or United Kingdom authorities or (iv) any material adverse change in the
financial or securities markets in the United States or United Kingdom or any
outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or declaration by the United
States or the United Kingdom of a national emergency or war or other calamity or
crisis shall have occurred, the effect of any of which is such as to make it, in
the sole judgment of NatWest, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares
on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus.

     10.  Substitution of Underwriters.  If any one or more of the Underwriters
          ----------------------------                                         
shall fail or refuse to purchase any of the Firm Shares which it or they have
agreed to purchase hereunder, and the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase
is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares, the other
Underwriters shall be obligated, severally, to purchase the Firm Shares which
such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to
purchase, in the proportions which the number of Firm Shares which they have
respectively agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 1 bears to the aggregate
number of Firm Shares which all such non-defaulting Underwriters have so agreed
to purchase, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify;
provided that in no event shall the maximum number of Firm Shares which any
Underwriter has become obligated to purchase pursuant to Section 1 be increased
pursuant to this Section 10 by more than one ninth of the number of Firm Shares
agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter without the prior written consent of
such Underwriter.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to
purchase any Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase
exceeds one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Firm Shares and arrangements
satisfactory to the Representatives  and the Company for the purchase of such
Firm Shares are not made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement will
terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the
Company or the Selling Shareholder for the purchase or sale of any Shares under
this Agreement.  In any such case 

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
either the Representatives or the Company and the Selling Shareholder shall have
the right to postpone the Initial Closing Date, but in no event for longer than
seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration
Statement and in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be
effected. Any action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall not relieve any
defaulting Underwriter from liability to the Company, the Selling Shareholder or
the Underwriters in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this
Agreement.

     11.  Miscellaneous.  Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this
          -------------                                                         
Agreement shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified, shall be mailed
or delivered (a) if to the Company, at the office of the Company, One
Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500, Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035, Attention: Robert W.
Howard, (b) if to the Selling Shareholder, at 20371 Irvine Avenue, Suite 104,
Santa Ana Heights, California 92707, Attention: H. Wayne Snavely or (c) if to
the Underwriters, to the Representatives at the office of NatWest Securities
Limited, 135 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3XT England, Attention: Melvyn Rowe, with
a copy to NatWest Securities Limited, 350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 3900, Los
Angeles, California 90071, Attention: Jack Getzelman, Senior Director. Any such
notice shall be effective only upon receipt. Any notice under Section 9 or 10
may be made by telex, facsimile or telephone, but if so made by telex or
telephone such notice shall be subsequently confirmed in writing.

     12.  Beneficiaries.  This Agreement has been and is made solely for the
          -------------                                                     
benefit of the several Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholder and
of the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 8, and
their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or
have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  The term "successors and
assigns" as used in this Agreement shall not include a purchaser, as such
purchaser, of Shares from any of the several Underwriters.

     13.  Action by Representatives.  Any action required or permitted to be
          -------------------------                                         
taken by the Representatives under this Agreement may be taken by them jointly
or by NatWest alone.

     14.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
          -------------                                                       
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles
of conflict of laws.

     15.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in two or more
          ------------                                              
counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were
upon the same instrument.

     16.  Amendments and Waivers.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or
          ----------------------                                             
altered, and any of its provisions waived, only in a writing signed on behalf of
the Company and the Underwriters.

     17.  Waiver of Trial by July.  The Company, the Selling Shareholder and the
          -----------------------                                               
Underwriters each hereby irrevocably waive any right they may have to a trial by
jury in respect of any claim based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
     Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among
the Company, the Selling Shareholder and the several Underwriters.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION


                                            By: ___________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:



                                            SELLING SHAREHOLDER:

                                            IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                            By: ___________________________
                                                     Attorney-In-Fact

Confirmed as of the date first
above mentioned:

NATWEST SECURITIES LIMITED
OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
DABNEY/RESNICK/IMPERIAL, LLC
Acting on behalf of themselves and
as the Representatives of the other
several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereof

By:  NATWEST SECURITIES LIMITED


     By: ________________________________
 

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE I
                                  ----------

                                 UNDERWRITERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Number of
Underwriter                                             Firm Shares to be Purchased
- -----------                                             ---------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
NatWest Securities Limited..........................                     .
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc..............................                     .
Dabney/Resnick/Imperial, LLC........................                     .
                                                        --------------------------
          TOTAL.....................................                 1,000,000
</TABLE>

                                      
<PAGE>
 
                               Schedule 5(a)(xi)
                               -----------------


H. Wayne Snavely

Robert W. Howard

Bernard A. Guy

Gary A. Palmer

Stephen J. Shugerman

John D. Dewey

A. Van Ruiter

Frank P. Wiley

                                       
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                                                               November __, 1996

NATWEST SECURITIES LIMITED
OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.
DABNEY/RESNICK/IMPERIAL, LLC
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters
c/o  NatWest Securities Limited
     135 Bishopsgate
     London EC2M 3XT England

Dear Sirs:

          In consideration of the agreement of the several Underwriters, for
which NatWest Securities Limited, Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. and
Dabney/Resnick/Imperial, LLC (together, the "Representatives") intend to act as
Representatives, to underwrite a proposed public offering (the "Offering") of up
to 1,150,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value (the "Common Stock") of
Southern Pacific Funding Corporation, a California corporation, as contemplated
by a registration statement with respect to such shares filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-14181), the
undersigned hereby agrees that the undersigned will not, directly or indirectly,
for a period of 120 days after the date of the Prospectus relating to the public
offering of such shares, without the prior written consent of NatWest Securities
Limited on behalf of the Underwriters, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell,
grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose (or announce any offer, sale,
grant of any option to purchase or other disposition) of any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of Common
Stock provided that the undersigned shall be permitted to offer to sell, sell,
contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of shares of
Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock) during such 120-day period so long as the transferee of such
shares or securities agreed in writing, for the benefit of the Underwriters, not
to offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or
otherwise dispose of such shares or securities until the end of such 120-day
period, unless such transferee has received the prior written consent of NatWest
Securities Limited.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                   By: ______________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                       

<PAGE>
 
                                                            EXHIBIT 5.1 and 23.1



                               November 4, 1996


Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500
Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035

     Re: Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Statement
         on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-14181), for
         registration of 1,150,000 shares of Common Stock without par value
         ------------------------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as special counsel in California to Southern Pacific
Funding Corporation (the "Registrant"), a California corporation, in connection
with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 1,150,000
shares of the Registrant's Common Stock, without par value (the "Common Stock"),
including 150,000 shares to cover over-allotments by the underwriters, pursuant
to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-14181, filed with
the Securities Exchange Commission (the "SEC") pursuant to the requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the general rules and regulations of
the SEC promulgated thereunder. All 1,150,000 shares will be sold by Imperial
Credit Industries, Inc., the selling shareholder. In acting as such special
counsel, we have examined the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the
Registrant together with the record of its corporate proceedings concerning the
issuance and the registration of the Common Stock. In addition, we have examined
such other certificates, agreements, documents and papers, and we have made such
other inquiries and investigations of law as we have deemed appropriate and
necessary in order to express the opinion set forth in this letter. In our
examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, photostatic, faxed,
or conformed copies, and the authenticity of the originals of all such latter
documents. In addition, as to certain matters we have relied upon certificates
and advice from various state authorities and public officials, and we have
assumed the accuracy of the material and the factual matters contained therein.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the 1,150,000 
shares of Common Stock to be sold by Imperial Credit Industries, Inc., the 
selling shareholder, are duly authorized, legally issued, fully paid and 
non-assessable.



<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
November 4, 1996
Page 2



         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
Registration Statement and the use of our name in the prospectus under the 
caption "Legal Matters."

                                       Very truly yours,


                                       /s/ Baker & Hostetler

                                           BAKER & HOSTETLER


<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

 
                   CONSULTING AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT
                   ----------------------------------------


                CONSULTING AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT, dated as of May 15,
1996, between Southern Pacific Funding Corporation, a California corporation
(the "Company") and The Dewey Consulting Group (the "Consultant").
      -------                                        ----------

                WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the Consultant possesses an
intimate knowledge of the business conducted by the Company and considerable
expertise, knowledge and contacts in the subprime mortgage finance industry, the
Company wishes to be assured that it will have the benefit of the consulting
services of the Consultant and the Consultant's agreement to maintain the
confidentiality of certain information and not to compete with the Company as
set forth herein;

                WHEREAS, the Consultant is willing to consult for the Company
and is also willing to maintain information as confidential and to agree not to
compete on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
agreements and provisions hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:


                1.      Consulting Services to be Provided. (a) The Company has
                        ----------------------------------
retained the Consultant to assist the Company in developing, implementing and
administering its Financing Program for its acquired subprime mortgage loan
product.

                The "Financing Program" consists of the following:

                            (i)  a warehousing and securitization program for
                                 the acquired subprime mortgage loan product;
                           (ii)  a financing program for residual interests
                                 pledged to the Company which result from the
                                 securitization program; and
                          (iii)  the issuance of corporate (i.e., non-asset-
                                 backed) debt and equity by participants in the
                                 Financing Program.

                (b)     The services to be provided by the Consultant in
connection with the Financing Program (the "Services") consist of:
                                            --------

                            (i)  the solicitation of participants in the
                                 Financing Program;
                           (ii)  assistance in the negotiation of all
                                 documentation with such participants in the
                                 Financing Program;
                          (iii)  development of software programs and systems
                                 related to the Financing Program;
                                       
<PAGE>
 
                           (iv)  assistance with the preparation of policies and
                                 procedures manuals for origination and
                                 financing of the subprime mortgage loan
                                 product;
                            (v)  participation in meetings, conference calls,
                                 presentations, etc., with investment bankers,
                                 attorneys, servicers, accountants, sureties,
                                 rating agencies, and other members of the
                                 working groups associated with the financings;
                                 and
                           (vi)  consulting with the Company's management team
                                 and advisors with respect to the Financing
                                 Program.

                2.      Compensation. The Consultant shall receive, as
                        ------------
compensation for its services rendered in connection with each the Financing
Program:

                (a)     Closing Fees on Whole Loan Purchases. The Company shall
                        ------------------------------------
pay Consultant a fee of [Confidential] times the par amount of loans purchased
by the Company from an originator introduced to the Company by the Consultant at
the time of such purchase or otherwise as agreed by the parties. The Company
shall pay Consultant a fee of [Confidential] times the par amount of any other
loans purchased by the Company in the Financing Program from originators
procured by the Company at the time of such purchase or otherwise as agreed by
the parties. A list of originators procured by the Company and of originators
procured by the Consultant as of the date hereof is set forth on Exhibit 1.

                (b)     Participation in Gain on Sale or Other Disposition. The
                        --------------------------------------------------
Company shall grant Consultant a participation in the residual certificate from
any securitization equal to [Confidential] of its recognized securitization net
gain on sale in the event of securitization of loans purchased by the Company
from an originator introduced to the Company by the Consultant at the time of
such securitization or otherwise as agreed by the parties. The Company shall
grant Consultant a participation in the residual certificate from any
securitization equal to [Confidential] of its recognized securitization net gain
on sale in the event of securitization of loans sold by originators procured by
the Company into the Financing Program. By way of example of this paragraph, if
(i) the Company's basis in a pool of loans from a participant procured by the
Consultant is 105% of par, (ii) such loans' securitization value (as reasonably
established by the Company) is 108% of par and (iii) such loans constitute 10%
of a securitization pool then Consultant would be entitled to receive a
participation in the Residual Certificate with respect to such pool equal to
[Confidential] of the Residual Certificate for the whole securitization.

        The Company shall pay Consultant a [Confidential] of any release fees or
other compensation in the event of other disposition of loans purchased by the
Company from an originator introduced to the Company by the Consultant at the
time of such sale or other disposition or otherwise as agreed by the parties. 
The Company shall pay Consultant a fee equal to [Confidential] of any release
fees or other compensation in the event of  other disposition of any other
loans sold by the Company in the Financing Program.

        (c)     Participation in Residual Interest, I/O Strips and Other Fees.
                -------------------------------------------------------------
The Company shall grant Consultant a [Confidential] interest in any Residual
Interest, I/O Strip or Other Fee charged to a 

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
participant who elects to participate in the Company's securitization program on
a "piggyback" basis in the case of an originator introduced to the Company by
the Consultant at the time of such securitization or otherwise as agreed by the
parties. The Company shall grant Consultant a [Confidential] interest in any
Residual Interest, I/O Strip or Other Fee charged to a participant who elects to
participate in the Company's securitization program on a "piggyback" basis in
the case of an originator procured by the Company at the time of such
securitization or otherwise as agreed by the parties, except in the case of
Oceanmark, Consultant's [Confidential] fee shall be paid only and to the extent
purchases from Oceanmark exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in any
month. By way of example of this paragraph, if the total I/O charged to
a participant who has elected to participate in the Company's securitization
program on a "piggyback" basis is [Confidential] of the pool balance of the
loans securitized, then Consultant would be entitled to an I/O strip equal to
[Confidential] of the pool balance of the loans securitized in the case of a
Consultant generated participant and [Confidential] of the pool balance of the
loans securitized in the case of a Company generated participant.

                (d)     Warrant Participation. The Company shall assign
                        ---------------------
Consultant [Confidential] of any warrants granted to the Company by introduced
to the Company by the Consultant at the time such warrants are granted to the
Company. The Company shall assign Consultant [Confidential] of any other
warrants granted to it by a participant procured by the Company at the time such
warrants are granted to the Company. By way of example of this paragraph, if the
Company is granted warrants evidencing [Confidential] ownership of a
participant, Consultant would be entitled to receive, if such participant were
introduced to the Company by the Consultant, [Confidential] of the Company's
[Confidential] share of the participant or a [Confidential] ownership of such
participant.

                (e)     Acquisition. The subprime mortgage loan product of any
                        -----------
participant acquired by the Company shall be considered purchased by the Company
as of each date such product is included in the Company's securitizations for
purposes of paragraphs 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) hereof, and the Company shall pay
compensation in respect of such subprime mortgage loan product in the amounts
and at such other times set forth in paragraphs 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) hereof until
the earlier of three years following each such acquisition or the production of
$300 million in loans by the acquired unit. In the alternative, Consultant may
elect to receive a fee of [Confidential] of the market value (as reasonably
determined by the Company) of the acquisition.

                (f)     Cumulation. Compensation payable pursuant to paragraph
                        ----------
2(a) hereof shall be cumulative of that payable pursuant to paragraph 2(b)
hereof and the total compensation payable pursuant to such paragraphs shall be
cumulative of compensation payable pursuant to Section 2(c) and the total
compensation payable pursuant to such paragraphs shall be cumulative of
compensation payable pursuant to Section 2(d) or Section 2(e) hereof, as
appropriate.

                (g)     Payment Upon Termination. Upon termination of this
                        ------------------------
agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, for cause as defined in
paragraph 5 hereof, Consultant shall be entitled to continue receiving
compensation as set forth above for the term of any participant financing
agreement then in effect even if the term of such participant financing
agreement extends beyond the term of this agreement (including any extensions
agreed to by the parties). Termination shall only prevent Consultant from
procuring additional originators for the Financing

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Program which have not executed Financing Program documents with the Company
prior to the Termination Date.

                3.      Duties; Place of Performance.
                        ----------------------------

                (a)     The Consultant shall furnish the Company with such
consulting services as may be reasonably requested or reasonably required from
time to time by the Company in connection with the business and affairs of the
Company.

                (b)     The Consultant shall perform the services so requested
or required at such time and places as may be mutually convenient to the Company
and the Consultant, but in any event shall discharge his responsibilities in a
timely, diligent, conscientious and faithful manner, consistent with sound
business practice.

                (c)     The Consultant shall not be required to perform any
substantial part of his services hereunder outside the County of Orange,
California, at the offices of the Company, or if the Consultant so elects, at
the Consultant's then place of domicile.

                4.      Other Compensation and Expenses.
                        -------------------------------

                (a)     Benefits. During the Term the Company shall provide the
                        --------
Consultant with access to medical, disability and death benefits that are not
less beneficial to the Consultant than such comparable benefits provided to the
executive officers of the Company at Consultant's cost.

                (b)     Taxes. No income, unemployment, social security or other
                        -----
taxes and no fees, impositions, duties or other charges of any kind shall be
deducted or withheld from amounts payable hereunder, unless otherwise required
by law. The Consultant hereby agrees to reimburse the Company for the payment of
any U.S. Federal tax of a kind referred to in the preceding sentence which the
Company was required to, but failed to, withhold from amounts payable hereunder.

                5.      Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the
                        ---------------------
Consultant's services hereunder for Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement,
the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate the Consultant's services hereunder
upon (A) the willful and continued failure by the Consultant to substantially
perform his duties to the Company (other than any such failure resulting from
his incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a demand for such
substantial performance is delivered to the Consultant by the Board of Directors
of the Company (the "Board") which specifically identifies the manner in which
the Board believes that the Consultant has not substantially performed his
duties, and the Consultant has not commenced to perform such duties with the
Company within ten (10) business days after such written demand has been given,
or (B) the willful engaging by the Consultant in gross misconduct materially and
demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act,
or failure to act, on the Consultant's part shall be considered "willful" unless
done, or omitted to be done, by the Consultant not in good faith and without
reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the
Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Consultant shall not be deemed to
have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered
to the 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Consultant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not
less than three quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the
Consultant and an opportunity for the Consultant, together with his counsel, to
be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board
the Consultant was guilty of conduct set forth above in clause (A) or (B) of the
second sentence of this Section 4 and specifying the particulars thereof in
detail.

                6.      Termination other than for Cause.
                        --------------------------------

                (a)  Death. If the Consultant dies, the Consultant's estate
                     -----
shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum payment (within thirty (30) days after
his death) equal Sections 2 and 4 hereof.

                (b)     Termination by Either Party. This Agreement may be
                        ---------------------------
terminated by either party at any time upon six (6) months' written notice to
the other party.

                (c)  Passage of Time. This agreement shall terminate on the date
                     ---------------
that is five years from its date unless previously extended by the parties.

                7.      Competitive Activity. The Consultant agrees that, during
                        --------------------
the five-year period commencing on the date hereof, he will not, without the
prior written consent of the Company, (i) engage in any business or perform any
service in competition with the products and services of the Company and its
subsidiaries as such products and services exist at the date hereof, or (ii)
have any interest, whether as a proprietor, partner, employee, stockholder,
principal, agent, consultant, director, officer, or in any other capacity or
manner whatsoever, in any enterprise in competition with the one to four family
residential mortgage products and services of the Company and its subsidiaries
as such products and services exist at the date hereof. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Consultant shall not be deemed to be in competition hereunder due
to ownership by the Consultant of less than ten percent (10%) of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of a publicly-traded company.

                8.      Confidentiality. The Consultant agrees that he will not,
                        ---------------
without the written consent of the Board, (A) use for his benefit or disclose to
any person at any time during his consultancy hereunder, or at any time
thereafter for a period of one year, except to an employee of the Company (or
any affiliated companies) during his consultancy hereunder to the extent
required in the performance by the Consultant of his duties hereunder, any
confidential information obtained or developed by him during his consultancy
hereunder, including, without limitation, information relating to any customers,
suppliers, employees, products, services, technology, know-how, trade secrets or
the like, financial information or plans, or (B) take with him, upon termination
of his consultancy hereunder, any document or paper relating to any of the
foregoing. The provisions of this Section 8 shall not apply to any information
that, at the time of use or disclosure, is publicly known or is recognized as
standard practice, except by fault of the Consultant.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                9.      Remedies. The Consultant acknowledges that a violation
                        --------
on his part of any of the covenants set forth in Section 7 or 8 hereof would
cause immeasurable and irreparable damage to the Company. The Consultant
accordingly agrees that, in addition to any other remedies available to the
Company at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to specific
performance of the provisions thereof and to injunctive or mandatory relief.

                10.     Successors; Assignments. This Agreement shall be binding
                        -----------------------
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Consultant's personal or legal
representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees and the Company's successors. This Agreement is personal in nature and
neither this Agreement nor any right hereunder shall be assignable by the
Consultant or the Company.

                11.     Notice. Any notice or other communication hereunder to
                        ------
either party shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or
mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed
as follows:

        If to the Consultant:

                                        John D. Dewey 
                                        The Dewey Consulting Group
                                        37 Bridgeport
                                        Newport Coast, CA 92657
                                        Facsimile No. (714) 474-7556


        If to the Company:  

                                        Attention:Robert W. Howard, President
                                        Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
                                        One Center Pointe Drive, Suite 500
                                        Lake Oswego, OR 97035
                                        Facsimile No. (503) 684-2492





or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.  Any notice or other communication hereunder
shall be deemed to have been given (A) if delivered by hand as provided above,
on the day delivered, if such day is a business day, or on the first business
day following delivery if such day is not a business day, or (B) if mailed as
provided above, on the tenth (10th) business day following the date on which it
was mailed.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                12.     Miscellaneous. No provisions of this Agreement may be
                        -------------
modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is
agreed to in writing, and is signed by the Consultant and the Company. No waiver
by any party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by
the other party hereto shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar
provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No
agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with
respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any party hereto which
are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all
prior agreements of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Oregon without giving
effect to the conflicts or choice of law thereof.

                13.     Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
                        ------------
provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement which shall remain in
full force and effect. In such event, however, the parties shall negotiate a new
provision that will, as nearly as is valid, lawful and enforceable, have the
same economic effect and accomplish the same objectives as the provisions (or
part of a provision) of this Agreement that was declared invalid, illegal or
unenforceable.

                14.     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
                        ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                15.     Headings. The headings contained herein are for
                        --------
reference purposes only and shall not in any way effect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

                16.     Survival of Covenants. The covenants contained in
                        ---------------------
Sections 2(g), 4(c), 5, 7 (except as provided in Section 6 hereof), 8, 17 and 18
hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                17.     Legal Fees. The Company shall pay all legal fees and
                        ----------
expenses incurred by the Consultant as a result of any termination of the
Consultant's consultancy under this Agreement (including all such fees and
expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination) or
as a result of seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by, or
to enforce any provision of, this Agreement, provided that the Consultant
prevails (by judgment, settlement or otherwise) in such contest, dispute or
enforcement proceeding. In no event shall the Consultant be required to
reimburse the Company for any legal fees or expenses relating to this Agreement.

                18.     Arbitration. Should any dispute arise under this
                        -----------
Agreement, the parties shall meet and confer in an effort to resolve such
dispute.

                If the parties are unable to resolve their differences as a
result of the foregoing, then with respect to any dispute between the parties,
the parties then shall in good faith mediate 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
such dispute and use their best efforts to reach agreement on the matters in
dispute. Within five (5) days of the request of any party, the requesting party
shall attempt to employ the services of a third person mutually acceptable to
the parties to conduct such mediation within five (5) days of his appointment.
If they do not reach such solution within thirty (30) days of appointment of a
mediator, then upon notice by either party to the other disputes, claims,
questions or disagreements shall be finally settled by binding arbitration in
accordance with the Expedited Procedures of the Commercial Rules of the American
Arbitration Association. Any demand for arbitration and conduct thereof shall
require payment of all arbitration fees equally by Company and Consultant, which
may be reimbursed pursuant to the Award of the Arbitrators.

                Within fifteen (15) days after the notice of arbitration by
either party described above, each party shall select one person to act as
arbitrator, and the two selected shall select a third arbitrator within ten (10)
days of their appointment. If the arbitrators selected by the parties are unable
or fail to agree upon the third arbitrator, the parties or their attorneys may
request the American Arbitration Association to appoint the third neutral
arbitrator. Prior to the commencement of hearings, each of the arbitrations
appointed shall take an oath of impartiality. The arbitrators must be members of
the California State Bar actively engaged in the practice of law with expertise
in the process of deciding disputes and interpreting contracts in mortgage
banking. The arbitrators shall award to the prevailing party, if any, as
determined by the arbitrators, all of its costs and fees. "Costs and Fees" means
all reasonable pre-award expenses of the arbitration, including the arbitrators'
fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses such as
copying and telephone, court costs and witness fees but shall exclude attorney's
fees except as allowable pursuant to paragraph 17, above. Upon the request of a
party the arbitrators award shall include findings of fact and conclusions of
law. The arbitrators shall provide copies of such award to the parties.

                Any and/or all proceedings shall be conducted in Orange County, 
California.

                19.     Mitigation and Offset. No amount received by the
                        ---------------------
Consultant hereunder shall be subject to mitigation, due to the acceptance or
availability of other employment or otherwise. The Company shall have no right
to set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt or obligation against
any payments provided for in this Agreement.

                20.     Nature of Relationship. Nothing herein shall be
                        ----------------------
construed to constitute the Company or the Consultant the agent, employee,
partner or joint venturer of the other.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on
the date and year first above written.


                             SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION


                             By: /s/ ROBERT W. HOWARD
                                 --------------------
                                 Name:  Robert W. Howard
                                 Title: President


                             SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION


                             By: /s/ BERNARD GUY
                                 ---------------
                                 Name:  Bernard Guy
                                 Title: Executive Vice-President


                             B MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE CORP. dba THE DEWEY 
                             CONSULTING GROUP


                             By:_________________
                                Name:  John D. Dewey
                                Title: President

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 1
                                   ---------

                        ORIGINATORS PRODUCED BY COMPANY
                             AS OF AUGUST __, 1996

[Confidential]

                       ORIGINALS PROCURED BY CONSULTANT
                             AS OF AUGUST __, 1996

[Confidential]

                                      10

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19

             [LETTERHEAD FOR SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION]

                                                        


September 3, 1996

BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.
8235 Douglas Avenue, Suite 550
Dallas, Texas 75225
Attention: Stan Bomar

           Re:     SPFC Strategic Partner Letter of Intent
                   ---------------------------------------

Dear Sirs:

           Southern Pacific Funding Corporation ("SPFC") and BOMAC Capital
Mortgage, Inc., a Texas corporation ("BOMAC"), hereby confirm their mutual
understandings with respect to the transactions described below in this letter
of intent (the "Letter of Intent").

1.   Securitization
     Program:                   SPFC or an affiliate designated by it will
                        purchase from BOMAC, from time to time pursuant to the
                        Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined), certain
                        Mortgage Loans (as hereinafter defined) offered by BOMAC
                        as provided herein. SPFC also expects to purchase
                        mortgage loans from other originators which, together
                        with BOMAC, are hereinafter referred to as the
                        "Originators".
                         -----------

                                Upon the accumulation by SPFC of a mortgage loan
                        pool purchased from the Originators of sufficient size
                        (as determined by SPFC), SPFC will sponsor, through one
                        or more trusts or subsidiaries (each, a "Trust" or an
                                                                 -----
                        "Issuer"), the issuance of mortgage-backed securities,
                         ------
                        currently expected to consist of Class A Certificates
                        (and Subordinate Certificates and/or IO Certificates,
                        where structured). The "Class A Certificates" together
                        with any "Subordinate Certificates", will be entitled to
                        all of the principal paid on the mortgage-backed
                        securities (other than nominal amounts payable on other
                        classes) plus interest at a fixed or variable pass-
                        through rate, as applicable. The Subordinate
                        Certificates will be subordinate in right of payment to
                        the Class A Certificates. The "IO Certificates", if any,
                        will not be entitled to receive payments of principal
                        but will be entitled to receive interest payable at a
                        fixed or weighted average variable rate on the
                        outstanding principal balance 

<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


                        or notional principal amount of the Mortgage Loans (or a
                        subgroup of the Mortgage Loans).

                                It is anticipated that the Class A Certificates,
                        the Subordinate Certificates, and IO Certificates
                        (collectively, the "Offered Certificates") will be (a)
                                            --------------------
                        publicly offered by an Issuer and underwritten by a
                        qualified underwriter determined solely by SPFC (the
                        "Underwriter"), (b) sold by such Issuer into a
                         -----------
                        commercial paper vehicle which may or may not be
                        sponsored by SPFC or (c) privately placed by the
                        Underwriter. Any transaction relating to the issuance of
                        the Offered Certificates and the related Residual
                        Interest (as hereinafter defined) is hereinafter
                        referred to as a "Securitization Transaction".
                                          --------------------------

                                Where the sale of certain Mortgage Loans by
                        whole loan sale would in light of market conditions
                        appear to provide a superior execution in comparison to
                        SPFC conducting a Securitization Transaction with such
                        Mortgage Loans, either SPFC or BOMAC may elect to sell
                        such Mortgage Loans through one or more whole loan sale
                        transactions (each a "Whole Loan Transaction"). Where
                                              ----------------------
                        Mortgage Loans are sold pursuant to a Whole Loan
                        Transaction at BOMAC's election, BOMAC shall pay SPFC a
                        Whole Loan Release Fee as set forth in Exhibit 1 at the
                        closing of the Whole Loan Transaction.

                                In the event that SPFC does not, or indicates
                        that it will not, sponsor a securitization in a given
                        calendar quarter (ending March 31, June 30, September 30
                        or December 31, as applicable) for reasons other than
                        market conditions, BOMAC may repurchase Mortgage Loans
                        from SPFC at par and free of any Whole Loan Release
                        Fees.

2.   Residual
     Interests.                 In addition to the Class A Certificates, the
                        Subordinate Certificates, and IO Certificates, if any,
                        the related Trust or SPFC may also issue one or more
                        residual interests which may be in the form of
                        partnership interests, subordinated interest-only
                        certificates, residual certificates or such other form
                        as determined by SPFC for such transaction (a "Residual
                        Interest"). SPFC or an affiliate thereof will be the
                        initial holder of all Residual Interests.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.

                                Each Residual Interest will not be initially
                        entitled to any principal distributions but will be
                        entitled to excess interest or spread on the Mortgage
                        Loans included in the related Securitization Transaction
                        which represents the portion of the interest coupon
                        payable on individual Mortgage Loans in excess of the
                        sum of (a) the interest payable on the Class A
                        Certificates, the Subordinate Certificates, the IO
                        Certificates and the IO Strip (as hereinafter defined),
                        and (b) the fees paid to the Servicers, the
                        Subservicers, the Trustees, credit-enhancers and
                        insurers. The Residual Interests will be subordinate in
                        right of payment to the Class A Certificates, the
                        Subordinate Certificates, the IO Certificates and the IO
                        Strip. Further, the entitlement to payment of the
                        Residual Interest may be subordinate to funding of any
                        reserve accounts, if any, as required for such
                        Securitization Transaction.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


3.   Mortgage Loan
     Purchase:                  SPFC and BOMAC will enter into a Purchase
                        Agreement to specify the terms of the purchase of
                        Mortgage Loans by SPFC for sale in the related
                        Securitization Transaction. From time to time, SPFC will
                        purchase from BOMAC a pool of Qualifying Loans (as
                        hereinafter defined) (the "Mortgage Loans") consisting
                                                   --------------
                        of fixed rate first and/or second lien and/or adjustable
                        rate first lien Mortgage Loans, on one-to-four unit
                        residential properties in accordance with the terms and
                        provisions of a master mortgage loan purchase and
                        administration agreement to be entered into between
                        SPFC, The Chase Manhattan Bank, or another acceptable
                        institution to act as administrator (the
                        "Administrator") and BOMAC (as such agreement shall from
                        time to time be amended, the "Purchase Agreement"). On
                                                      ------------------
                        each sale and transfer date (each, a "Sale Date"). SPFC
                                                              ---------
                        will purchase the Mortgage Loans at a price equal to the
                        sum of the following components (a) a sale date payment
                        (the "Sale Date Payment") equal to 100% (or, in the case
                              -----------------
                        of a whole loan sale, such other price as is determined
                        by BOMAC and SPFC at the time of sale) of the principal
                        balance of the Mortgage Loans which are being purchased,
                        as of a specified date (each, the related "Cut-Off
                                                                   -------
                        Date"), (b) an accumulation phase periodic deferred
                        ----
                        payment (the "Accumulation Deferred Payment" as
                                      -----------------------------
                        hereinafter more fully defined), (c) a securitization
                        transaction deferred payment (the "Securitization
                                                           --------------
                        Deferred Payment" as hereinafter more fully defined) and
                        ----------------
                        (d) a post-securitization periodic deferred payment (the
                        "Residual Deferred Payment"). SPFC will pay the Sale
                         -------------------------
                        Date Payment to BOMAC on the related Sale Date. Amounts
                        payable as Accumulation Deferred Payments,
                        Securitization Deferred Payments and Residual Deferred
                        Payments will represent a general corporate obligation
                        of SPFC (subject to certain covenants concerning net
                        worth and income) to pay such amounts and will be
                        payable in accordance with the terms of the Purchase
                        Agreement.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


4.   Accumulation
     Deferred
     Payment:                   With respect to each Mortgage Loan sold by BOMAC
                        to SPFC, during the period from the related Sale Date
                        through the related Securitization receive from SPFC the
                        Accumulation Deferred Payment on a monthly basis equal
                        to the net interest income on the related Mortgage Loans
                        after deducting the sum of (a) any and all servicing
                        fees payable to the Servicer or any Subservicer not to
                        exceed .50% per annum, (b) the "Interest Remittance
                        Requirement" payable to SPFC, equal to the product of
                        (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such
                        Mortgage Loans (the "Aggregate Principal Balance") and
                                             ---------------------------
                        (ii) the sum of (x) one month LIBOR and (y) the interest
                        spread set forth on Exhibit 1 for the corresponding
                        level of Aggregate Principal Balance (such sum the
                        related "Cost of Funds"), (c) the sum of (i) any
                                 -------------
                        principal payment shortfalls and (ii) the principal
                        component of any realized losses suffered by such
                        Mortgage Loans and (d) any custodial and other
                        applicable expenses.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


5.   Securitization
     Deferred
     Payment:                   BOMAC will be entitled to receive from SPFC on
                        the closing date of the related Securitization
                        Transaction, the Securitization Deferred Payment, equal
                        to the excess, if any, of (a) the portion of the Net
                        Proceeds from the sale of the Offered Certificates
                        allocable to the Mortgage Loans sold by BOMAC under the
                        Purchase Agreement which secure such Offered
                        Certificates over (b) the sum of (i) the Sale Date
                        Payments for such Mortgage Loans and (ii) the portion of
                        any required initial reserve deposits, if any, allocable
                        to such Mortgage Loans for such Securitization
                        Transaction. With respect to any sale of Offered
                        Certificates, "Net Proceeds" shall mean the proceeds
                                       ------------
                        received from the sale of the Offered Certificates less
                        the Transaction Fees and Legal Expenses (each as
                        hereinafter defined). The proceeds from the sale of
                        Offered Certificates shall include accrued interest, if
                        any, on such Offered Certificates and shall be reduced
                        by the accrued interest on the Mortgage Loans between
                        the Securitization Cut-Off Date and the Securitization
                        Closing Date. SPFC shall determine in its reasonable
                        judgment the portions of Net Proceeds and initial
                        reserve deposits allocable to the Mortgage Loans in a
                        Securitization Transaction based upon the
                        characteristics of each Originator's Mortgage Loans and
                        shall allocate such reserve deposits, costs and benefits
                        on a proportionate basis among the participating
                        Originators based on such determination.

                                Where certain Mortgage Loans are sold pursuant
                        to a Whole Loan Transaction, BOMAC's Securitization
                        Deferred Payment related thereto shall be calculated
                        with Net Proceeds equal to the proceeds received from
                        the sale of such Mortgage Loans in the Whole Loan
                        Transaction less the Transaction Fees and Legal and
                        Other Expenses as applicable thereto.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


6.   Residual
     Deferred
     Payment:                   Subject to its payment obligations regarding
                        Residual Deferred Payments Financing and Working
                        Capital/Sub Debt Financing (each as hereinafter
                        defined), BOMAC will be entitled to receive an amount
                        from SPFC as Residual Deferred Payments equal to the
                        amount which SPFC would have received from payments made
                        on the Residual Interest for such Securitization
                        Transaction in respect of the related Mortgage Loans if
                        such Mortgage Loans sold by BOMAC were the only mortgage
                        loans included in such Securitized Transaction, within
                        15 days from the date payments on such Residual Interest
                        would have been received. In the event SPFC sells its
                        Residual Interest, or any portion thereof, SPFC shall
                        pay to BOMAC [within 15 days of its receipt of the
                        proceeds of such sale] the proportionate share of the
                        value of the Residual Interest attributable to BOMAC
                        originated Mortgage Loans.

                                Where certain Mortgage Loans are sold pursuant
                        to a Whole Loan Transaction, BOMAC shall be entitled to
                        Residual Deferred Payments with respect thereto only to
                        the extent that SPFC or an affiliate thereof retains an
                        interest in such Mortgage Loans.

7.   Cooperation
     Concerning
     Securitization:            BOMAC agrees to cooperate with SPFC to the
                        extent reasonably necessary to complete the
                        securitization of the Mortgage Loans. Such cooperation
                        shall include making all representations and warranties
                        relating to the Mortgage Loans in the Purchase Agreement
                        as required of SPFC by the financial guarantor selected
                        by SPFC (the "Surety Provider") and the rating agencies,
                                      ---------------
                        provision of information necessary for use in the
                        disclosure documents used to offer the Offered
                        Certificates and execution and delivery of indemnities,
                        relating to the accuracy of such information, and other
                        documents and certificates customarily required of
                        sellers of mortgage loans for the subsequent
                        securitization of such mortgage loans.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


8.   Servicing:                 The Mortgage Loans to be purchased by SPFC shall
                        be serviced by Advanta Mortgage USA, Inc. or such other
                        servicer as may be selected by SPFC (such servicer and
                        any successor thereto, the "Servicer") pursuant to a
                                                    --------
                        servicing agreement to be executed by such Servicer and
                        SPFC. All Mortgage Loans originated or purchased by
                        BOMAC subsequent to the date hereof will be serviced
                        directly by the Servicer as of such origination date or
                        within 15 days of the purchase date for funded loans
                        purchased by BOMAC. Except during such 15 day period in
                        the case of funded loans purchased by BOMAC, in no case
                        will the Mortgage Loans be serviced by BOMAC or an
                        affiliate thereof subsequent to the sale of such
                        Mortgage Loans to SPFC. It is not currently anticipated
                        that BOMAC will subservice the Mortgage Loans. Upon the
                        purchase of the Mortgage Loans by SPFC, a 50 bps gross
                        servicing fee shall be charged against the Mortgage
                        Loans. Any servicing advances, or advances of principal
                        and interest on BOMAC's delinquent loans (collectively,
                        the "Advances") shall be made by the Servicer and shall
                             --------
                        be limited to Advances which the Servicer reasonably
                        believes are recoverable from the proceeds of the
                        related Mortgage Loans and compensating interest will be
                        limited to the extent of gross servicing fees or such
                        other amounts acceptable to the rating agencies and the
                        Surety Provider. Advanta shall provide copies of
                        remittance and loan loss and delinquency reports
                        customarily prepared by servicers where reasonably
                        requested by BOMAC.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


9.   Subservicing:              The servicing agreement may provide that the
                        Servicer and BOMAC or an affiliate thereof enter into a
                        subservicing agreement acceptable to the Surety
                        Provider, SPFC and the Servicer on or prior Closing Date
                        (as herein defined).

10.  Custodian/
     Trustee:                   Initially, The Chase Manhattan Bank or another
                        acceptable institution shall act as administrator (in
                        such capacity, the "Administrator") pursuant to the
                                            -------------
                        Purchase Agreement and custodian (in such capacity, as
                        the "Custodian") of the documents relating to the
                             ---------
                        Mortgage Loans pursuant to the terms of a custodial
                        agreement among such institution, BOMAC and SPFC. In
                        addition, The Chase Manhattan Bank or another acceptable
                        institution initially shall act as Trustee for each
                        Issuer pursuant to terms and conditions of the related
                        pooling and servicing agreement to be executed by the
                        parties thereto. SPFC reserves the right to replace The
                        Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrator, Trustee or
                        Custodian at a later date.

11.  Surety Bond
     Requirement:               The Issuer is expected to issue Offered
                        Certificates to be rated AAA by Moody's and AAA by
                        Standard & Poor's pursuant to a surety bond to be
                        provided by the Surety Provider. The AAA rated surety
                        bond is anticipated to be provided based on an
                        overcollateralization/ subordination structure. The
                        terms of such overcollateralization/subordination
                        structure will be set forth in a commitment letter to be
                        provided by the Surety Provider to SPFC upon the
                        identification of the Mortgage Loans to be securitized.
                        SPFC may also proceed with a senior/subordinate
                        securitization, without a Surety Provider. The Surety
                        Provider or one or more of the Rating Agencies shall
                        also provide SPFC with loss reserve and/or
                        overcollateralization levels ("OC Levels") specific to
                                                       ---------
                        the Mortgage Loans included in each securitization. Each
                        Securitization Transaction as well as each Originator's
                        mortgage loans within each Securitization Transaction
                        will likely have varying and separate OC levels. Such OC
                        Levels will be used by SPFC in the calculation of the
                        level of each Residual Deferred Payment.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


12.  Representations
     and Warranties:            In the Purchase Agreement, BOMAC shall have
                        primary liability for representations and warranties
                        relating to itself, its origination practices and its
                        Mortgage Loans. Such representations and warranties
                        shall be typical for similar publicly issued
                        securitizations and shall provide for repurchase by
                        BOMAC of Mortgage Loans which become delinquent during
                        the Accumulation Period as well as for those which
                        materially breach a representation and warranty and such
                        breach materially and adversely affects the value of
                        such Mortgage Loan and is not cured within 90 days. To
                        the extent that different or additional representations
                        and warranties regarding the Mortgage Loans or BOMAC and
                        its affiliates as Originators are provided by SPFC
                        because such representations and warranties are
                        reasonably required in connection with the
                        Securitization Transaction or the Whole Loan Transaction
                        then BOMAC shall (to the extent that it can make such
                        representations) modify the Purchase Agreement to give
                        SPFC identical representations and warranties thereunder
                        with respect to such Mortgage Loans. BOMAC shall bring
                        down all of its representations and warranties (to the
                        extent that it can so bring down such representations)
                        in the Purchase Agreement with respect to itself and its
                        affiliates and the related Mortgage Loans to the closing
                        date of the related Securitization Transaction or the
                        Whole Loan Transaction, as the case may be.

                                In order to enhance the likelihood of obtaining
                        a AAA rating on certain of the Offered Certificates,
                        SPFC, in its capacity as sponsor, shall, to the extent
                        required, assume liability for repurchase obligations in
                        connection with documents relating to liability will
                        relieve BOMAC of any liability to SPFC.

                                In the event that BOMAC does not make a required
                        Mortgage Loan repurchase due to an uncured breach of a
                        representation or warranty under the Purchase Agreement,
                        SPFC may fund such repurchase from (a) amounts otherwise
                        distributable to BOMAC through Residual Deferred
                        Payments or (b) if, for any reason, the Residual
                        Deferred Payments cash flow is not sufficient to fully
                        fund the required repurchase amount, then SPFC shall
                        pay the

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


                        unpaid portion of the repurchase amount as an
                        advance (a "SPFC Advance"). A SPFC Advance shall consist
                        of any amounts that SPFC advances in cash to the Trust
                        with respect to the Mortgage Loans. In the event that a
                        SPFC Advance is made, an advance fee shall be due to
                        SPFC in an amount equal to the product of (i) the sum of
                        (x) one Month LIBOR (as announced from time to time by
                        The Chase Manhattan Bank or another bank specified for
                        such purpose) and (y) [Confidential], (ii) the amount of
                        the SPFC Advance and (iii) the ratio of (x) the number
                        of days such SPFC Advance is outstanding over (y) 360.
                        The amount of any SPFC Advance and any advance fee may
                        be offset from amounts otherwise distributable to BOMAC
                        through Residual Deferred Payments. After the date on
                        which BOMAC fails to make such a repurchase, SPFC shall
                        have the right to terminate BOMAC as Subservicer with
                        respect to such Trust.

13.  Offered
     Certificates:              The Issuer(s) will issue and sell, and investors
                        identified by the Underwriter(s) will purchase, the
                        Offered Certificates in an amount to be determined on or
                        prior to certain dates (each such date, a
                        "Securitization Closing Date"). The Offered Certificates
                        will be purchased at a price and initial pass through
                        rate to be determined by the Underwriter(s). The
                        Underwriter(s) may, at their option, elect to purchase
                        the Offered Certificates.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


14.  Securitization
     Compensation:              As consideration for the structuring, issuance
                        and distribution of mortgage-backed securities secured,
                        in whole or in part by the Mortgage Loans and the
                        ongoing administration of the terms of the Purchase
                        Agreement and other transaction documents, BOMAC shall
                        compensate SPFC through (a) the payment on the
                        Securitization Closing Date of an advisory fee equal to
                        the product of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal
                        balance of the Mortgage Loans which comprise part of
                        such Securitization Transaction and (ii) the advisory
                        fee rate set forth on Exhibit 1 hereto based upon
                        BOMAC's volume of Mortgage Loan sales to SPFC over the
                        most recent calendar quarter (the "Quarterly Purchase
                                                           ------------------
                        Volume"); and (b) SPFC's right to retain or dispose of
                        ------
                        an interest only class of certificates (the "IO Strip")
                        issued in such Securitization Transaction which pays
                        interest equal to the product of (i) the percentage set
                        forth on Exhibit 1 hereto based upon BOMAC's most recent
                        Quarterly Purchase Volume, and (ii) a notional amount
                        equal to the then outstanding aggregate principal
                        balance of the Mortgage Loans which secure the
                        securities issued in such Securitization Transaction.
                        The IO Strip will be senior in the right to payment to
                        any Residual Interest issued in connection with such
                        Securitization Transaction. SPFC may sell the IO Strip
                        as part of the issuance, sale and/or placement of the
                        other securities of the Securitization Transaction
                        without the need to pay for a proportionate share of the
                        costs and expenses of the Securitization Transaction.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
15.  Residual
     Deferred
     Payment 
     Financing:                 SPFC will advance an amount requested by BOMAC,
                        from time to time, to BOMAC (each a "Residual Deferred
                        Payments Financing") not to exceed the percentage of
                        BOMAC's Residual Deferred Payments value as set forth on
                        Exhibit 1. The Residual Deferred Payments value will be
                        determined by SPFC in its reasonable judgment, the
                        assumptions will, however, be reflective of current
                        market conditions and expectations and based on loss
                        assumptions and the OC Levels provided by the Surety
                        Provider, or the Rating Agencies. SPFC will provide
                        lending only on Residual Deferred Payments that are
                        related to an SPFC sponsored Securitization Transaction
                        to the extent secured thereby in accordance with the
                        collateral ratios set forth in Exhibit 1. All Residual
                        Deferred Payments Financing advances will accrue
                        interest at a Residual Financing Rate equal to the sum
                        of (a) the Cost of Funds plus (b) the Spread as
                        specified on Exhibit 1. The Residual Financing Rate on
                        the Residual Deferred Payments Financing(s) shall accrue
                        and compound monthly and be paid out of BOMAC's Residual
                        Deferred Payments cash flow. Each Residual Financing
                        Rate on each securitizations Residual Based Financing
                        will be set at the closing of each Securitization
                        Transaction based on the most recent Quarterly Purchase
                        Volume.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


16.  Working
     Capital/
     Sub Debt 
     Facility:                  SPFC will provide BOMAC with working capital
                        subordinate debt financing ("Working Capital/Sub Debt
                                                     ------------------------
                        Financing") based upon a percentage of BOMAC's aggregate
                        ---------
                        Residual Deferred Payments value as set forth on Exhibit
                        1. The aggregate Residual Deferred Payments value will
                        be determined solely by SPFC, the assumptions will,
                        however, be reflective of current market conditions and
                        expectations and based on loss assumptions and the OC
                        Levels provided by the Surety Provider, or the Rating
                        Agencies. The valuation of the aggregate Residual
                        Deferred Payments will not necessarily be equal to the
                        sum of the original valuations on the individual
                        Residual Deferred Payments. The aggregate Residual
                        Deferred Payments valuations will most likely vary from
                        the sum of the individual Residual Deferred Payments due
                        to varying market conditions, actual defaults, losses
                        and prepayments from the original individual Residual
                        Deferred Payments valuations. SPFC will provide Working
                        Capital/Sub Debt Financing only on Residual Deferred
                        Payments that were issued through a SPFC sponsored
                        Securitization Transaction. In consideration for Working
                        Capital/Sub Debt Financing, BOMAC will pay interest to
                        SPFC at a Sub Debt Financing Rate equal to the sum of
                        (a) the Cost of Funds plus (b) the Spread as specified
                        on Exhibit 1. The Sub Debt Financing Rate on the Working
                        Capital/Sub Debt shall accrue and compound monthly and
                        be paid out of BOMAC's Residual Deferred Payments cash
                        flow. Sub Debt Financing Rates on Working Capital/Sub
                        Debt Financing are set at the closing of each
                        Securitization Transaction and are based on the most
                        recent Quarterly Purchase Volume.

                                Working Capital/Sub Debt Financing shall be
                        repaid out of the Residual Deferred Payments cash flow,
                        and shall be repaid in full by BOMAC, no later than the
                        first to occur of either (i) an initial public offering
                        of BOMAC common stock (an "IPO"); (ii) a private sale of
                        more than 10% of BOMAC common stock; or, (iii) the
                        expiration of the Exclusive Period. If BOMAC should fail
                        to repay all Working Capital/Sub Debt Financing when
                        due, then SPFC shall have an option, at its sole
                        discretion, to purchase some or all of the remaining
                        common stock of BOMAC at a price equal to the net 

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


                        worth of BOMAC on the date of execution of the
                        agreements relating to this program plus the product of
                        (a) the percentage of the outstanding BOMAC common stock
                        being purchased through such option (assuming separately
                        SPFC's full exercise of the Warrants), (b) the actual
                        after tax net income of BOMAC for the prior calendar
                        year, and (c) the lesser of (i) [Confidential] or (ii)
                        the arithmetic average to the extent still in the
                        business, equally weighted, of the price-earnings ratios
                        for such prior calendar year of Industry Mortgage,
                        United Companies, Cityscape Corp and Aames Financial
                        Corporation (or any successors thereto).

17.  Value Sharing
     Participation:             In entering into a Strategic Relationship with
                        SPFC, BOMAC is entitled to participate in programs which
                        include, but are not limited to the following: a SPFC
                        sponsored warehouse facility via the Purchase Agreement,
                        access into SPFC's Securitization conduit, and the right
                        to receive Residual Deferred Payments Financing and
                        Working Capital/Sub Debt Financing. In consideration for
                        entering into a Strategic Relationship with SPFC and
                        having access to the aforementioned programs, BOMAC will
                        grant to SPFC warrants to purchase [Confidential] of
                        BOMAC common stock with a total exercise price of
                        [Confidential] (the "Warrants").

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


18. Exclusivity:                BOMAC agrees to use SPFC as its exclusive
                        securitization sponsor for a period ending (the
                        "Exclusive Period") on the earliest to occur of (a)(i)
                        if BOMAC does not extend as provided in (ii) below,
                        thirty-six months from the Closing Date of the first
                        Securitization that includes Mortgage Loans originated
                        by BOMAC and sold to SPFC or (ii) if BOMAC does extend
                        the strategic relationship with SPFC through written
                        notice given to SPFC at least ninety (90) days prior to
                        the expiration of the thirty-six month period beginning
                        on the Closing Date of the first Securitization, forty-
                        eight months from the Closing Date of the first
                        Securitization (the period after such thirty-six months
                        shall be referred to as the "Extension Period");
                        provided that during the extension period, the
                        calculation of advance rates and fees owed shall be only
                        as set forth in column "A" of Exhibit 1, (b) until
                        $600,000,000 of Mortgage Loans are sold by BOMAC to SPFC
                        other than those Mortgage Loans for which SPFC
                        ultimately acquires BOMAC's Deferred Payment or (c) SPFC
                        does not, or indicates that it will not, sponsor a
                        securitization in a given calendar quarter (ending March
                        31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, as applicable)
                        for reasons other than market conditions. If BOMAC
                        securitizes the Mortgage Loans that are otherwise
                        intended for this program other than with SPFC prior to
                        an IPO or private sale of more than 10% of BOMAC common
                        stock, BOMAC shall pay such Advisory Fees based on the
                        schedule set forth under Exhibit 1 together with the
                        present value of the IO Strip that would have been paid
                        to SPFC (based on a 12% discount rate and such deal's
                        pricing CPR assumption) for all subsequent
                        securitization transactions in the amount contemplated
                        above during the Exclusive Period as liquidated damages.

                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, BOMAC may (a)
                        cancel this arrangement without penalty if SPFC is in
                        material default under this Letter of Intent, the terms
                        of the Purchase Agreement or SPFC terminates the
                        Purchase Agreement or BOMAC terminates the Purchase
                        Agreement in accordance with its terms and (b) sell its
                        mortgage loans which do not qualify under the SPFC
                        Guidelines (as defined below) to others at any time
                        during the Exclusive Period subject to the payment of a
                        Warehouse Release Fee as set forth on Exhibit 1. It is
                        BOMAC's intent that all of its mortgage loans that
                        qualify for the SPFC Guidelines will be originated for
                        inclusion in

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


                        this program. Upon cancellation of this arrangement
                        pursuant hereto, the Exclusive Period shall terminate.

19.  Mortgage Loan
     Underwriting
     Guidelines:                A "Qualifying Loan" is a mortgage loan which has
                        been originated in accordance with the underwriting
                        guidelines approved by SPFC and acceptable to the Surety
                        Provider (the "SPFC Guidelines"). All Mortgage Loans
                        originated by BOMAC for sale to SPFC must be re-
                        underwritten and approved by SPFC or such other party
                        that may be selected by SPFC, such as a "Contract
                        Underwriter", prior to the securitization, to ensure
                        SPFC of BOMAC's general conformance with the SPFC
                        Guidelines. Fees and expenses of a Contract Underwriter,
                        if any, are to be paid by SPFC with respect to Mortgage
                        Loans underwritten with respect to SPFC Guidelines and
                        submitted by BOMAC, otherwise such fees shall be payable
                        by BOMAC. Any material deviations from or material
                        exceptions to the SPFC Guidelines must be expressly
                        approved by SPFC in writing to BOMAC. In addition, the
                        SPFC Guidelines shall set forth an appraisal review
                        policy acceptable to SPFC and the Surety Provider.

                                Nothing herein or in the Purchase Agreement
                        shall prevent BOMAC from obtaining warehouse lines to
                        fund loans which are not Qualifying Loans.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


20.  Legal and
     Other 
     Expenses:                  Dewey Ballantine or another law firm acceptable
                        to SPFC shall act as counsel to SPFC. SPFC's counsel
                        will prepare and file any necessary registration
                        statement and related documentation including, but not
                        limited to, the base prospectus, prospectus supplement,
                        pooling and servicing agreement, underwriting agreement,
                        REMIC tax opinion, bankruptcy law or true sale opinion,
                        securities law opinions (other than a 10(b)-5 opinion
                        which will be prepared by BOMAC's corporate counsel),
                        custodial agreement, and sub-servicing agreement. Such
                        reasonable counsel's fees ("Legal Expenses") shall be as
                        determined at the completion of each Securitization
                        Transaction. The portion of such Legal Expenses
                        allocable to BOMAC will be paid by BOMAC from the
                        proceeds of the sale of the Offered Certificates.
                        BOMAC's share of such Legal Expenses shall be calculated
                        as determined prior to the completion of each
                        transaction based on BOMAC's proportionate share of
                        Mortgage Loan volume included in each Securitization
                        Transaction. Another law firm acceptable to BOMAC shall
                        act as counsel to BOMAC and shall be paid fees directly
                        by BOMAC. In addition, BOMAC will be responsible for its
                        calculated share of expenses relating to the following;
                        rating agency fees, surety bond provider's legal fees
                        and expenses, initial surety bond premium, review
                        appraisal fees, other surety provider related expenses,
                        trustee and custodian fees, accountant's comfort letter
                        fees, prospectus printing, transaction fees (as
                        described above), and the Underwriter's legal fees and
                        expenses, if any (the "Expenses"). Separately, upon the
                                               --------
                        execution of the Purchase Agreement, any legal fees and
                        expenses of SPFC's counsel incurred in the documentation
                        of BOMAC's Strategic Relationship Program shall be paid
                        by BOMAC. SPFC and/or the Issuer will be reimbursed by
                        BOMAC for its proportionate share of Transaction Fees
                        and expenses as described herein. "Transaction Fees"
                                                           ----------------
                        include all reasonable and necessary fees to (a) the
                        Underwriter, (b) SPFC or any affiliate thereof,
                        including the Advisory Fee and the IO Strip and (c) all
                        Expenses.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


21.  SEC Shelf
     Registration
     Filing Fees:               Upon each securitization in which BOMAC
                        participates with SPFC, BOMAC will be required to pay a
                        shelf registration fee (the "SEC Registration Fee")
                        equal to SPFC's actual SEC shelf registration fees of
                        $344.83 or more per $1,000,000 of securities anticipated
                        to be sold under the SPFC shelf registration related to
                        the Mortgage Loans for that quarter's securitization
                        with SPFC (SPFC shall be liable for any registration
                        fees incurred in connection with other programs). SPFC
                        has previously paid or will pay such fee directly to the
                        SEC as part of the total shelf registration fee
                        calculated based on the total amount of securities SPFC
                        estimated that it will sell pursuant to the SPFC shelf
                        registration.

22.  Accountant's
     Comfort 
     Letter:                    Deloitte & Touche or such other acceptable
                        accounting firm selected by SPFC (the "Accountants")
                                                               -----------
                        shall perform (a) a sample loan file review and (b) such
                        statistical verifications which will be sufficient for
                        such firm to issue on or prior to Securitization Closing
                        Date, a letter addressed to SPFC and the Underwriter
                        stating that such firm has verified certain data in the
                        prospectus supplement and certain data on a computer
                        generated Mortgage Loan data file.

23.  Cash Flows
     and Analytics:             SPFC's Underwriter shall perform Mortgage Loan
                        collateral tests and other cash flow analyses and shall
                        deliver such collateral stratifications, statistical
                        analysis, deal cash flows, prepayment and pricing yield
                        analysis to BOMAC, SPFC, the Accountants, the rating
                        agencies and the Surety Provider as required.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


24.  Loan Due
     Diligence:                 SPFC shall in and by itself, engage and pay for
                        the costs of the Contract Underwriter, who shall prepare
                        (on a weekly basis or less frequently, however prior to
                        any sale or securitization) a due diligence report on
                        all Mortgage Loans to be purchased by SPFC.

25.  Governing Law:             This letter shall be construed in accordance
                        with the laws of the State of California and the
                        obligations, rights and remedies of the parties
                        hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the
                        laws of the State of California.

26.  Validity/
     Board of
     Directors
     Approval:                  Any and all of SPFC's and BOMAC's obligations
                        hereunder are expressly conditioned upon approval of
                        their respective Boards of Directors. This letter will
                        take effect upon your acceptance hereof as evidenced by
                        your execution and return of the additional signed copy
                        of this agreement on or before the close of business in
                        Oregon, September 6, 1996 and receipt of approval in
                        writing by SPFC's board of directors, and will terminate
                        upon the expiration of the Exclusive Period as described
                        above unless otherwise extended or terminated in writing
                        by SPFC.

27.  Publicity:                 BOMAC and SPFC shall each obtain the consent of
                        the other prior to the submission of any press release
                        related to the transactions contemplated hereby, which
                        consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
                        In addition, to the extent practicable, BOMAC and SPFC
                        shall each consult with the other prior to making any
                        public statements to the media about the transactions
                        contemplated hereby.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


28.  Termination of
     SPFC's
     Obligations:               SPFC may terminate its obligations hereunder by
                        written notice to BOMAC if, at any time subsequent to
                        the date hereof, any of the following occurs

                          (a)     The California Department of Corporations or
                          any other state licensing agency takes any action
                          which materially affects BOMAC's business operations;

                          (b)     Any litigation shall be instituted or pending
                          against BOMAC that shall restrain or enjoin the
                          issuance or sale of the Offered Certificates or in any
                          way that contests or affects any authority or security
                          for, or the validity of, the Offered Certificates, or
                          the existence or power or authority of BOMAC;

                          (c)     There shall have occurred any outbreak or
                          material escalation of hostilities or other calamity
                          or crisis (including, without limitation, a crisis in
                          the financial markets generally, or in the market for
                          mortgage or asset backed bonds) the effect of which on
                          the financial markets is such as to make it, in the
                          reasonable opinion of SPFC, impractical or impossible
                          to sell the Offered Certificates at a price equal to
                          the principal amount (or original discounted nominal
                          amount) thereof;

                          (d)     There shall have occurred a general suspension
                          of trading in securities, or the declaration of a
                          general banking moratorium by the United States of
                          America, the State of California or other State
                          authorities, or any war involving the United States or
                          other national calamity, the effect of which, in
                          SPFC's judgment, would adversely affect the
                          marketability of the Offered Certificates;

                          (e)     Any material information provided by BOMAC to
                          SPFC pursuant to the terms hereof or under the
                          Purchase Agreement shall prove to be incomplete, false
                          or misleading as determined by SPFC in its sole
                          discretion; and

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


                          (f)     BOMAC shall (i) become insolvent, (ii) make a
                          general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
                          (ii) have had a trustee or receiver appointed for
                          control of its management or its property, (iv) become
                          the subject of a voluntary bankruptcy case, or (v)
                          become the subject of an involuntary petition for
                          bankruptcy for which dismissal of such petition is not
                          obtained within 30 days of such filing.

29.  Strategic   
     Relationship
     Expenses:                  Upon the execution of the operative documents
                        (the "Operative Documents") which establish the
                              -------------------
                        strategic relationship between BOMAC and SPFC as
                        described herein (the "Strategic Relationship"), BOMAC
                                               ----------------------
                        shall pay to SPFC all of the reasonable and necessary
                        costs incurred by SPFC in connection with the
                        establishment of the Strategic Relationship and the
                        preparation of the Operative Documents, including,
                        without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal
                        counsel, management advisors and accountants. BOMAC
                        shall reimburse SPFC for all such fees and expenses
                        where the Strategic Relationship fails to close and/or
                        the Operative Documents fail to be completed or
                        executed, unless such failure arises solely due to the
                        fault of SPFC.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
Southern Pacific Funding Corp.                                 August 30, 1996
BOMAC Capital Mortgage, Inc.


     If the foregoing meets with your approval, please execute this letter at
the space provided below and return the letter to out attention.

                                        Sincerely,
                                        SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORP.


                                        By:  /s/ ROBERT W. HOWARD
                                             Robert W. Howard
                                             President


                                        By:  /s/ BERNARD A. GUY           
                                             Bernard A. Guy
                                             Executive Vice President

AGREED AND ACCEPTED
This 5th Day of September , 1996
     ---
BOMAC CAPITAL MORTGAGE, INC.


By:  /s/ STAN BOMAR           
     Stan Bomar
     President, CEO


By:  /s/ ????
     Vice President           

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT 1

                      SPFC STRATEGIC PARTNER PROGRAM for
                         BOMAC CAPITAL MORTGAGE, INC.
      Pricing Schedule of Strategic Partner Program Facilities & Pricing

                                                                       30-Aug-96

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                A               B
<S>                                             <C>             <C> 
Quarterly Purchase Amount
                                                [less than/= to] [greater than]
 Originator's Quarterly Volume                  $ 45,000,000     $ 45,000,000

 Commitment Term (Months)                              36+12           36+12
 Commitment Amount                               $600,000,000    $600,000,000

Accumulation Deferred Payment
 Purchase Amount at Sale Date (% of Par)                 100%            100%
 Quarterly Purchase Commitment                   $ 45,000,000    $120,000,000
 Cost of Funds  1 Month LIBOR                          5.438%          5.438%
 + Spread over 1 Month LIBOR                           2.500%          2.000%
                                                _____________   _____________
 = Cost of Funds                                       7.938%          7.438%
 Whole Loan Release Fee (% of Prem)                       15%             10%
                                                _____________   _____________
Securitization Fees & Expenses
 IO Strip Fee                                           0.60%           0.50%
 Advisory Fee (at each closing)                         0.35%           0.25%
 Share of Securitization Expenses                    Pro-Rata        Pro-Rata
 Initial Program Legal Expenses                        Actual          Actual

Residual Financing
 Advance Rate (% of Residual Value)                       50%             50%
 Cost of Funds  1 Month LIBOR
 + Spread over 1 Month LIBOR                            4.50%           4.00%
 Maximum Advance Amount                          $ 24,000,000    $ 24,000,000

Working Capital/Sub Debt Facility
 Advance Rate (% of Residual Value)                       25%             25%
 Cost of Funds  1 Month LIBOR
 + Spread over 1 Month LIBOR                            7.00%           6.00%
 Maximum Advance Amount                          $ 12,000,000    $ 12,000,000

</TABLE> 



<PAGE>
 
[LETTERHEAD FOR BOMAC CAPITAL MORTGAGE, INC.]






September 5, 1996



Mr. Bob Howard
Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500
Lake Oswego, OR 970350



Dear Bob:

Enclosed please find one fully executed copy of the Strategic Partner Letter of 
Intent.  We are all genuinely excited about this partnership and look forward to
meeting with both you and Mr. Guy as soon as feasible.  Also, please forward 
board approval when available.



Sincerely,

/s/ STAN BOMAR

Stan Bomar
President

SB/krc




<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20







                                 Amendment To

                           Loan Servicing Agreement

                                    Between

                     Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
                                     Owner

                                      and

                          Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA
                                   Servicer

                          Dated as of August 12,1996

            Fixed and Adjustable Rate Non-Conforming Mortgage Loans

<PAGE>
 
This Amendment is dated as of August 12, 1996 and amends the Servicing Agreement
("Agreement") by and between Southern Pacific Funding Corporation ("the Owner")
and Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA ("the Servicer") dated September 14, 1995, as 
follows:

Section 4.10(a) in Article IV, of the Agreement is amended effective September 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1, 1996 to read as follows:
- ---------------------------

     Section 4.10 Servicing Compensation
     -----------------------------------

     (a)  As compensation for its activities hereunder, the Servicer shall be
     entitled to retain as to each Mortgage Loan, a Servicing Fee in an amount
                                                                  ------------
     equal to [Confidential] ([Confidential] basis points) per annum which
     -----------------------
     Servicing Fee shall be retained by Servicer from the interest portion of
     each Mortgage Loan payment received from a borrower and from Liquidation
     Proceeds, as applicable. The Servicer shall be paid the Servicing Fee on a
     monthly basis by withdrawal from the Collection Account in accordance with
     Section 4.5, of this Agreement.

Section 6.6 (Reserved For Future Use) in Article VI, of the Agreement is amended
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
effective with the execution of the Southern Pacific Secured Assets Corp., 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1996-3 to read as follows:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

     Section 6.6 Master Servicing Continued Cooperation
     --------------------------------------------------

     (a)  Servicer shall cooperate with Owner in Owner's future efforts to pool
          the Mortgage Loans for securitization pursuant to which Servicer will
          be engaged as a master servicer. Such cooperation shall include the
          Servicer's execution and delivery of the appropriate pooling and
          servicing agreement. Servicer shall furnish historical delinquency
          statistics evidenced by appropriate comfort letters for Mortgage Loans
          serviced and administered by Servicer, estoppel certificates and other
          information reasonably requested by Owner.

     (b)  Owner and Servicer agree and acknowledge that the Owner will deliver
          all Mortgage Loans originated or purchased by Owner to Servicer for
          servicing hereunder and shall designate Servicer to act as master
          servicer for Mortgage Loans sold into a securitization. Subsequent to
          each securitization, all Mortgage Loans which are securitized shall be
          serviced in accordance with the terms of the related pooling and
          servicing agreement, including but not limited to, the Servicer's
          obligation to:

          (i)    make delinquency advances;
          (ii)   make servicing advances;
<PAGE>
 


         (iii)   dispose of REO within security provision guidelines;
         (iv)    provide all required trust reports to the trustee; and
         (v)     give representations, warranties and covenants Servicer
                 customarily gives in connection with a securitization

    (c)  As compensation for its activities pursuant to this Section 6.6, the
    Servicer as Master Servicer pursuant to each related pooling and servicing
    agreement shall be entitled to retain from the applicable trust collection
    account as to each Mortgage Loan a servicing fee of [Confidential]%
    ([Confidential] basis points) per annum for each Mortgage Loan serviced
    thereunder.

    (d)  The Servicer as master servicer pursuant to each related pooling and
    servicing agreement shall be entitled to retain the Additional Servicing
    Compensation as defined in this Agreement.


    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to the
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officer, all as of the day and
year first above mentioned.

Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA             Southern Pacific Funding Corp.



By: /s/ William P. Sarland             By: /s/ F A Frazzitta
    ---------------------------            ---------------------------
Name: William P. Sarland               Name: Frank A. Frazzitta
Title: Senior Vice President           Title: Vice President

 














<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION

                                      AND

                        IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                  DATED AS OF

                                OCTOBER 17, 1996


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                        
<PAGE>
 
                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                         -----------------------------


     THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of October 17, 1996, by and between SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
(the "Company") and IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC. ("Imperial").

1.  Consideration. Imperial and the Company have agreed to enter into this
    -------------                                                         
Agreement to provide the registration rights set forth herein and to otherwise
perform their respective obligations hereunder in consideration of the mutual
covenants contained herein.

2.  Definitions. The following definitions shall apply in addition to those
    -----------                                                            
terms defined elsewhere herein:

     a.  "Common Stock" means the Company's Common Stock, no par value per
          ------------                                                    
share.

     b.  "Continuous Offering" means an Offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the
          -------------------                                                  
Securities Act, 17 C.F.R. 230.415, or any successor rule of the SEC, if
applicable.

     c.  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
          ------------                                                        
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     d.  "Offering" means any public offering of the Common Stock of the
          --------                                                      
Company, whether or not subject to the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, and any other method of disposition of the Common Stock of the
Company that is subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act
or any other applicable federal or state statute or regulation.

     e.  "Offering Documents" means all documents relating to an Offering which
          ------------------                                                   
are required to be filed with any governmental agency or authority or to be
delivered to any Person to whom securities of the Company are offered for sale
or sold, including, without limitation, Registration Statements, Prospectuses,
and preliminary Prospectuses, and all material incorporated by reference
therein, and any schedule or exhibit to any of the foregoing, in each case as
such documents may be amended from time to time.

     f.  "Party" means Imperial or the Company and "Parties" means both Imperial
          -----                                     -------                     
and the Company.

     g.  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
          ------                                                         
liability company, association, trust or unincorporated association.

     h.  "Prospectus" means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement,
          ----------                                                            
relating to an Offering in which Common Stock is included, as amended or
supplemented by a prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and
supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all
material incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
     i.  "Registration Expenses" means, with respect to an Offering, any and all
          ---------------------                                                 
expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with the
provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation (a) fees for any
filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or the SEC in connection with such Offering, and any other registration
and filing fees, (b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue
sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection
with blue sky qualifications of the Common Stock to be included in such
Offering), (c) all printing, messenger, telephone, and delivery expenses, (d)
all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Common
Stock to be included in such Offering on any securities exchange, (e) the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its
independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits
and/or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and
compliance, and (f) the reasonable fees and disbursements of Imperial's outside
counsel, outside accountants, investment bankers, and financial consultants, if
any, in connection with any Offering.

     j.  "Registration Statement" means a registration statement filed with the
          ----------------------                                               
SEC pursuant to the Securities Act, relating to an Offering in which Common
Stock is included, including any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, the
Prospectus included therein, and all material incorporated by reference therein,
and any schedule or exhibit to any of the foregoing.

     k.  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          ---                                               

     l.  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
          --------------                                                       
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     m.  "Securities Offering Regulations" means any regulations promulgated by
          -------------------------------                                      
any agency or authority of the United States government, under the Securities
Act, or any statute hereafter enacted into law, relating to or governing an
Offering of securities by the Company.

     n.  "Imperial Shares" means the shares of Common Stock, and any other
          ---------------                                                 
securities into which the Common Stock may be changed by virtue of any merger,
consolidation or recapitalization or otherwise, owned of record by Imperial as
of the date hereof.

3.  a.  Incidental Registration Rights. If the Company proposes to make an
        ------------------------------                                    
Offering of its Common Stock and to prepare Offering Documents not required
pursuant to Paragraph 4 (other than any registration by the Company on Form S-8
or a successor or substantially similar form of (A) an employee stock option,
stock purchase or compensation plan or securities issued or to be issued
pursuant to any such plan, or (B) a dividend investment plan), the Company will
give prompt written notice to Imperial of its intention to do so and of
Imperial's rights under this Paragraph 3. Upon the written request of Imperial
made within thirty (30) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request
shall specify the number of Imperial Shares intended to be disposed of by
Imperial), the Company will include in the Offering Documents relating to such
Offering all Imperial Shares that the Company has been requested to include by
Imperial; provided, that if at any time after giving written notice under this
Paragraph 3 the Company

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed Offering, the
Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to
Imperial and thereupon shall be relieved of its obligations to Imperial with
respect to such proposed Offering under this Paragraph 3. Imperial shall be
entitled to withdraw its request for the inclusion of Imperial Shares in an
Offering and withdraw from the Offering at any time before the time that the
Offering Documents, including any Registration Statement (if applicable), are
declared effective and the Offering has commenced.

     b.  Continuous Offering. If the Company intends to effect a Continuous
         -------------------                                               
Offering, the Company will give written notice thereof to Imperial and include
in such Offering all of the Imperial Shares which Imperial elects to include in
such Offering. During the period in which a Registration Statement (if
applicable) with respect to a Continuous Offering is effective, if Imperial
desires to sell Imperial Shares in a transaction covered by such Registration
Statement, it shall give notice to the Company of the proposed date of such sale
at least thirty (30) days before such proposed date of sale, and the Company
shall take all actions necessary to permit such sale.  Within fifteen (15) days
of receipt of notice of a proposed sale by Imperial, the Company will advise
Imperial either that it has no objection of such sale or that such sale should
be delayed for up to four months, on the basis either that the Company is
involved in a confidential proposed transaction or negotiations therefor (which
have been previously disclosed to the Company's Board of Directors) which would
not require the Company to make or amend any public filings under the securities
laws at that time, or that such sale would have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's ability to access the capital markets.  If the Company has not
objected to such proposed sale as permitted in this subparagraph (b) within such
fifteen (15) day period, the Company shall take all actions necessary to permit
such sale on the proposed date of sale pursuant to such Registration Statement.

     c.  Underwritten Offerings. In the case of an underwritten Offering
         ----------------------                                         
initiated by the Company under this Paragraph 3, including underwritten
Offerings effected as part of a Continuous Offering, the underwriter(s) and the
managing underwriter shall be selected by the Company. If the managing
underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of
Imperial Shares and securities of the Company, if any, being sold exceeds the
number that can be sold in such Offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse
effect on the price at which the Company can sell securities for its own
account, then there shall be included in such Offering (and in the Offering
Documents relating to the Offering) first, securities of the Company being sold
for its own account, and second, the maximum number of Imperial Shares requested
to be included in such Offering which, in the opinion of such managing
underwriter, can be sold without having such adverse effect on such price. If
Imperial Shares are so excluded from registration in an Offering, the Company
shall, upon the request of Imperial, use its reasonable efforts to effect a
registration with the SEC or take such actions as shall be reasonably required
to effect an Offering (in the event the Imperial Shares are already registered
with the SEC) in respect of such excluded Imperial Shares as soon as practicable
after consummation of such Offering. Imperial may withdraw its Imperial Shares
from such subsequent Offering without cost or penalty at any time before the
effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Offering.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     d.  Expenses.  In connection with any offering of Imperial Shares and a new
         --------                                                               
issuance of Common Stock by the Company, Imperial and the Company shall each pay
their pro rata share of Registration Expenses in proportion to the number of
shares of Common Stock to be offered by each.

4.  Demand Registration Rights. On or after April 1, 1997, Imperial, without
    --------------------------                                              
limitation as to any other method of disposition available to it, shall be
entitled to dispose of any or all of the Imperial Shares then held by it in
accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 4.

     a.  Requests by Imperial. Upon the receipt by the Company of written notice
         --------------------                                                   
from Imperial of its intent to sell all or part of its Imperial Shares in an
Offering subject to this Paragraph 4 at least 30 days before such proposed date
of sale, and specifying both the number of Imperial Shares to be sold and the
intended method of disposition, the Company will use its best efforts to
register such Imperial Shares so as to permit as soon as practicable the
requested sale of Imperial Shares.  Within fifteen (15) days of receipt of
notice of a proposed sale by Imperial, the Company will advise Imperial either
that it has no objection of such sale or that such sale should be delayed for up
to four months, on the basis either that the Company is involved in a
confidential proposed transaction or negotiations therefor (which have been
previously disclosed to the Company's Board of Directors) which would not
require the Company to make or amend any public filings under the securities
laws at that time, or that such sale would have a material adverse effect upon
the Company's ability to access the capital markets.  If the Company has not
objected to such proposed sale as permitted in this subparagraph (a) within such
fifteen (15) day period, the Company shall take all actions necessary to permit
such sale on the proposed date of sale pursuant to such Registration Statement.
If, at any time after giving 30 days written notice under this Paragraph 4,
Imperial shall notify the Company in writing that it has determined for any
reason not to proceed with the proposed Offering, then the Company shall
terminate such Offering.

     b.  Limitation on Requests and Payment of Registration Expenses. Imperial
         -----------------------------------------------------------          
shall be entitled to make a request to the Company to register Imperial Shares
pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 3(b) or this Paragraph 4 two times
within each one year period commencing April 1, 1997.  The Company shall not be
required to register Imperial Shares in accordance with the provisions of
Paragraph 4(a) if there is outstanding at the time of the request an effective
Registration Statement for a Continuous Offering and Imperial can dispose of
Imperial Shares in accordance with Paragraph 3(b).  Imperial will pay all
Registration Expenses in connection with an Offering of Imperial Shares
requested by Imperial pursuant to the second sentence of Paragraph 3(b) or this
Paragraph 4. Any Offering abandoned or terminated by Imperial after its filing
in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4(a) shall be deemed to be a
request pursuant to this Paragraph 4.

     c.  Selection of Underwriters. If Imperial specifies in the notice
         -------------------------                                     
delivered to the Company pursuant to the second sentence of Paragraph 3(b) or
Paragraph 4 that it intends to sell Imperial Shares in an underwritten Offering
pursuant to the second sentence of Paragraph 3(b) or Paragraph 4, Imperial shall
be entitled to select the underwriter(s) and managing underwriter.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
If the Company issues and sells securities of the same class as the Imperial
Shares contemporaneously with any Offering pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) or this
Paragraph 4, the Company shall (i) sell such securities to the underwriter(s)
selected by Imperial pursuant to this Paragraph 4(c) on the same terms and
conditions as apply to Imperial and (ii) execute and deliver a copy of the
underwriting agreement relating to such Offering. If the managing underwriter
advises Imperial and the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of
securities requested to be included in such Offering exceeds the number that can
be sold in such Offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the
price at which the Imperial Shares or securities being offered by the Company
can be sold, then there shall be included in such Offering (and in the Offering
Documents relating to such Offering) first, the maximum number of Imperial
Shares requested to be included in such Offering by Imperial and second, the
maximum number of securities, if any, proposed to be sold by the Company for its
own account or for the account of any other holder of the Company's securities,
which in the opinion of the managing underwriter can be sold without having such
adverse effect.

     d.  Registration on Form S-3. The Company shall not be required to register
         ------------------------                                               
Imperial Shares in any Continuous Offering under this Paragraph 4 until July 1,
1997.  Thereafter, Imperial shall have the right to require the Company to
register any or all of its shares on Form S-3 (or on Form S-1, if Form S-3 is
not available).

5.  The Company's Duties. If and whenever the Company is required to permit
    --------------------                                                   
Imperial to effect any Offering as provided in Paragraphs 3 and 4, the Company
covenants and agrees that it will, as expeditiously as possible (but not later
than sixty (60) days after receipt of a request from Imperial to include
Imperial Shares in a given Offering):

     a.  (A) prepare all Offering Documents in accordance with all applicable
requirements of the Securities Act, and the Securities Offering Regulations,
including, if requested by Imperial and if permitted by the rules and
regulations of the SEC, a Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 of the
Securities Act or any successor rule of the SEC, with respect to such Offering
to permit the disposition of the Imperial Shares by Imperial in accordance with
the intended method of disposition (and, in the case of an underwritten
Offering, consistent in form, substance, and scope with customary practice for
the offering of securities of corporations by nationally recognized investment
banking firms), (B) file with the SEC such Offering Documents and all other
documents required to permit the disposition of the Imperial Shares by Imperial
in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof; provided, that
before filing any such Offering Documents (including any documents incorporated
by reference therein), the Company will furnish to counsel(s) designated by
Imperial and to the underwriter(s), if any, copies of all such Offering
Documents, which Offering Documents shall be subject to the review of such
counsel(s) and the underwriter(s), if any, and, where feasible, the Company
shall make such changes in such Offering Documents as are reasonably requested
by such counsel(s) or underwriter(s), and (C) use its reasonable efforts to have
such Offering Documents declared effective by, and obtain all approvals from the
SEC to the extent necessary to permit the Offering; provided, however, that the
Company may discontinue any Offering that is being effected pursuant to
Paragraph 3 at any time before the effective date of the related Offering

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
Documents; and provided, further, that the Company shall not file any Offering
Document which shall be disapproved by Imperial within a reasonable period after
the same has been provided for review;

     b.  thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-
effective amendments to the Offering Documents as may be necessary to keep the
Offering Documents continuously effective and cause the Offering Documents to be
supplemented by any required supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed, if
required, with the SEC during the period ending on the later of (i) such time as
all of the Imperial Shares covered by such Offering Documents have been disposed
of in accordance with the intended method of disposition set forth in such
Offering Documents or, in the case of an Offering made pursuant to Rule 415
under the Securities Act or any successor rule of the SEC (if applicable), if
securities remain unsold at the expiration of the Offering, such time as the
Company shall file, with the consent of Imperial, a posteffective amendment with
the SEC deregistering the securities which remain unsold at the termination of
the Offering or (ii) so long as a dealer is required to deliver a Prospectus in
connection with the Offering; provided, that before filing any such post-
effective amendment, the Company will furnish to counsel(s) designated by
Imperial and to the underwriter(s), if any, copies of the post-effective
amendment (including any other document proposed to be filed therewith), which
Offering Documents shall be subject to the review of such counsel(s) and the
underwriter(s), if any, and, where feasible, the Company shall make such changes
in such post-effective amendment as are reasonably requested by such counsel(s)
or underwriter(s);

     c.  furnish to Imperial and to the underwriter(s), if any, such number of
copies of the Offering Documents (including each amendment and supplement
thereto) as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition
of the Imperial Shares included in such Offering;

     d.  register or qualify, or cooperate with Imperial, the underwriter(s), if
any, and their respective counsel in registering or qualifying, all Imperial
Shares covered by the Offering Documents for offer and sale under the applicable
securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as Imperial and the
underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all
other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable
Imperial and the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition in such
jurisdictions of the Common Stock covered by the Offering Documents; provided
however that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do
business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any
action that would subject it to general service of process in any such
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or subject the Company to any tax
in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

     e.  use its reasonable efforts to cause such Common Stock covered by the
Offering Documents to be registered with or approved by such other governmental
agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable Imperial and the
underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Common Stock;

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     f.   cooperate reasonably with any managing underwriter to effect the sale
of any Imperial Shares, including but not limited to attendance of the Company's
executive officers at any planned "road show" presentations;

     g.  notify Imperial and the underwriter(s), if any, at any time when the
Offering Documents include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing,
and at the request of Imperial or any underwriter, prepare and furnish to such
Person(s), such reasonable number of copies of any amendment or supplement to
the Offering Documents as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to
the purchasers of such Common Stock, such Offering Documents shall not include
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and to deliver to
purchasers of any other securities of the Company included in the Offering
copies of such Offering Documents as so amended or supplemented;

     h.  keep Imperial informed of the Company's best estimate of the earliest
date on which the Offering Documents will become effective, and promptly notify
Imperial of (A) the effectiveness of such Offering Documents, (B) a request by
the SEC for an amendment or supplement to such Offering Documents, (C) the
issuance by the SEC of an order suspending the effectiveness of the Offering
Documents, or of the threat of an proceeding for that purpose, and (D) the
suspension of the qualification of any securities included in the Offering
Documents for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any
proceeding for that purpose;

     i.  comply with the provisions of the Securities Offering Regulations and
the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by
the Offering Documents in accordance with the intended method of distribution of
the sellers thereof set forth in such Offering Documents;

     j.  use its reasonable efforts to list the securities proposed to be sold
in such Offering on the New York Stock Exchange, or on such other securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, not later than the closing of
the Offering contemplated thereby;

     k.  enter into such customary agreements (including but not limited to an
underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other reasonable actions
as Imperial or the underwriter(s), if any, reasonably request in order to
expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Common Stock;

     l.  obtain such "cold comfort" letter(s) from the Company's independent
public accountants, in customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily covered by "cold comfort" letter(s), as Imperial or the
underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably request; and

     m.  upon prior notice, make available for reasonable inspection by any
underwriter(s) participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to the
Offering Documents and by any

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by any such Person(s), its
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the
Company, and such opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its
officers, directors, and employees and the independent public accountants who
have certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinions
of such underwriters' respective counsels, to conduct a reasonable
investigation; provided, that any records, information, or documents that are
designated by the Company in writing as confidential shall be kept confidential
by each such Person, unless disclosure of such records, information, or
documents is required by law, by judicial or administrative order, or in order
to defend a claim asserted against such Person in connection with such Offering.

6.  Information from Imperial.
    --------------------------

     a.  Information. The Company may require Imperial to furnish it with such
         -----------                                                          
information regarding Imperial and regarding the method of distribution as is
pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the Offering of such Common
Stock as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

     b.  Use of Offering Documents Upon Notice of Defects. Imperial agrees, and
         ------------------------------------------------                      
shall cause underwriter(s), if any, acting on its behalf to agree, that upon
receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind
described in Paragraph 5(f), it will immediately discontinue the use of the
Offering Documents covering such Common Stock until the receipt by Imperial and
any such underwriter(s) of the copies of the supplemented or amended Offering
Documents contemplated by such clause and, if so directed by the Company,
Imperial will deliver and cause each underwriter, if any, to deliver to the
Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of
Imperial or any such underwriter, of the Offering Documents covering such Common
Stock at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such
notice, the period mentioned in Paragraph 5(b) shall be extended by the number
of days during which offerings were suspended (i.e., the period from and
including the date of the receipt of such notice pursuant to Paragraph 5(f), to
and including the date when Imperial shall have received the copies of the
supplemented or amended Offering Documents contemplated by such clause).

7.  Resales: Reports Under Exchange Act. In order to permit Imperial to sell the
    -----------------------------------                                         
Imperial Shares, if it so desires, pursuant to any applicable resale exemption
under the Securities Offering Regulations or the Securities Act, the Company
will:

     a.  comply with all rules and regulations of the SEC in connection with use
of any such resale exemption;

     b.  make and keep available adequate and current public information
regarding the Company;

     c.  file with the SEC in a timely manner, all reports and other documents
required to be filed under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the
Securities Offering Regulations;

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
     d.  furnish to Imperial copies of annual reports required to be filed under
the Exchange Act and the Securities Offering Regulations; and

     e.  furnish to Imperial, upon request, (A) a copy of the most recent
quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents filed by
the Company with the SEC and (B) such other information as may be reasonably
requested to permit Imperial pursuant to any applicable resale exemption under
the Securities Act or the Securities Offering Regulations, if any.

8.  Indemnification. The obligations of indemnification of the Parties set forth
    ---------------                                                             
in this Paragraph 8 shall be in addition to any liability which any Party may
otherwise have to any other Party.

     a.  Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and
         ------------------------------                                     
hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, Imperial, its officers,
directors, employees and agents, each Person who participates as an underwriter
in an Offering, each officer, director, employee, or agent of such an
underwriter, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities
Act) Imperial and such an underwriter against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, and expenses, joint or several, including without
limitation reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, or liability, or
action or proceeding (whether commenced or threatened) in respect thereof,
caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any of the Offering Documents relating to such Offering or any
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, except insofar as the
same are (i) made in reliance on and in conformity with any information about
Imperial or any underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by Imperial or
any underwriter specifically for inclusion in the Offering Documents relating to
such Offering or (ii) the result of the fact that Imperial or any underwriter
sold Common Stock subject to an Offering to a Person to whom there was not sent
or given, at or before the written configuration of such sale, a copy of the
final Offering Documents, if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof
to Imperial or underwriter and such final Offering Documents corrected such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

     b.  Indemnification by Imperial. Imperial agrees to indemnify and hold
         ---------------------------                                       
harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers,
directors, employees, and agents, each Person who participates as an underwriter
in an Offering, each officer, director, employee or agent of such an
underwriter, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities
Act) the Company and such underwriter against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, and expenses, joint or several, including without
limitation reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, or liability, or
action or proceeding (whether commenced or threatened) in respect thereof,
caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any of the Offering Documents relating to such Offering or any
omission or alleged omission to state

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they
were made, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made
in reliance on and in conformity with any information furnished in writing by
Imperial concerning Imperial to the Company specifically for inclusion in the
Offering Documents relating to such Offering.

     c.  Notices of Claims; Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
         -----------------------------                                          
party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or
proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made
pursuant to this Paragraph 8, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the
indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided, that the
failure of the indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not
relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Paragraph 8, except
to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually materially prejudiced by
such failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an
indemnified party (unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a
conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist
in respect of such claim) the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate
in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying
party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense
thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection
with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided,
however, that, any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the
right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such
claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such
Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed to pay such fees or expenses
or (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such
claim and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person or (C) in the
reasonable judgment of any such Person based upon advice of its counsel, a
conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party
with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the
indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel
at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have
the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person.) If such
defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will
not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but
such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will
consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not
include, as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant or
plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect
to such claim or litigation. An indemnifying party who is not entitled to or
elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the
fees and expenses of more than one counsel in each jurisdiction for all parties
indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the
reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist
between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with
respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated
to pay the fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
     d.  Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Paragraph 8
         ------------                                                         
from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an indemnified party hereunder
(other than pursuant to the terms hereof) in respect of any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, or expenses referred to therein, then the indemnifying
party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified parties
in connection with the actions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified
parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any
action in question, including any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has
been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or
indemnified parties, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid
or payable by a Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities,
and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth in this Paragraph 8(d), any legal or other fees or
expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation
or proceeding. The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contributions pursuant to this Paragraph 8(d) were datelined by pro rata
allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account
the equitable considerations referred to above. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     e.  This Paragraph 8 shall apply to each Registration Statement filed by
the Company pursuant to this Agreement that includes Imperial Shares.

9.  Miscellaneous.
    ------------- 

     a.  Termination.  Imperial's rights to demand registration or to
         -----------                                                 
participate in underwritten Offerings of the Common Stock shall expire on July
1, 2002.

     b.  Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, and the Company
         ----------------------                                                
may take any action herein prohibited or omit to perform any act herein required
to be performed by it, only if the Company shall have obtained the written
consent of Imperial to such amendment, action or omission to act.

     c.  Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall be binding
         -----------------------------------                                 
upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     d.  Notices. Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other
         -------                                                         
communication permitted or required to be given to any of the parties hereunder
shall be deemed given when received, shall be in writing, and shall be delivered
in person or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or by private courier
service or by telecopy or telex, to such party at its address set

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
forth below or at such other address as such party may hereunder furnish in
writing to the other parties.

     (i)  if to the Company, to:

          Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
          One Centerpoint Drive, Suite 500
          Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035
          Attention:  Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

          with a copy to:

          Thacher Proffitt & Wood
          40th Floor
          Two World Trade Center
          New York, New York 10048
          Attention:  Lauris G.L. Rall, Esq.

     (ii) if to Imperial:

          Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.
          23350 Hawthorne Blvd.
          Building 1, Suite 210
          Torrance, California 90505
          Attention:  Secretary

          with a copy to:

          Freshman, Marantz, Orlanski, Cooper & Klein
          9100 Wilshire Blvd, East Tower, 8th Floor
          Beverly Hills, California  90212-3480
          Attention:  Thomas J. Poletti

     e.   Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
          --------                                                       
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of the
interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

     f.   Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
          ------------                                                     
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity,
legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, it being intended
that all rights, powers and privileges of the parties hereto shall be
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
     g.   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
          ------------                                                 
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, and
all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

     h.   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
          -------------                                                      
accordance with the laws of the United States of America and, in the absence of
controlling federal law, in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
Any legal action or proceedings with respect to this Agreement shall be brought
in the federal courts of the United States located in New York and each of the
parties hereto submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and hereby
waives any objections on the grounds of venue, forum non conveniens or any
similar grounds.

     i.   Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire Agreement of the
          ----------------                                                     
parties hereto in relation to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
understandings or agreements, oral or written, with respect thereto among the
parties hereto.

     j.   Certain Remedies. Without in any way limiting the remedies otherwise
          ----------------                                                    
available under this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge that, in the
event of any breach or nonperformance by any party of the agreements or
covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or observed by it, the
other parties shall be entitled to such equitable remedies as may be
appropriate, including without limitation specific performance.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement or
caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written
above.

                              SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION

                              By:_________________________________

                              Name:_______________________________

                              Title:______________________________


                              IMPERIAL CREDIT INDUSTRIES, INC.


                              By:_________________________________

                              Name:_______________________________

                              Title:______________________________

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.22

================================================================================



                       MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT



                          -----------------------------

                          Dated as of October 22, 1996

                         ------------------------------



                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   as Borrower


                                       and


                      MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC.
                                    as Lender



================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
RECITALS

Section 1.  Definitions and Accounting Matters..........................
        1.01  Certain Defined Terms.....................................
        1.02  Accounting Terms and Determinations.......................

Section 2.  Loans, Note and Prepayments.................................
        2.01  Loans.....................................................
        2.02  Note......................................................
        2.03  Procedure for Borrowing...................................
        2.04  Limitation on Types of Loans; Illegality..................
        2.05  Repayment of Loans; Interest..............................
        2.06  Mandatory Prepayments or Pledge...........................

Section 3.  Payments; Computations; Etc. ...............................
        3.01  Payments..................................................
        3.02  Computations..............................................
        3.03  U.S. Taxes................................................
        3.04  Certain Notices...........................................

Section 4.  Collateral Security.........................................
        4.01  Collateral; Security Interest.............................
        4.02  Further Documentation.....................................
        4.03  Changes in Locations, Name, etc. .........................
        4.04  Lender's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact..................
        4.05  Performance by Lender of Borrower's Obligations...........
        4.06  Proceeds..................................................
        4.07  Remedies..................................................
        4.08  Limitation on Duties Regarding Presentation
                of Collateral...........................................
        4.09  Powers Coupled with an Interest...........................
        4.10  Release of Security Interest..............................

                                     -i-
<PAGE>
 
Section 5.  Conditions Precedent........................................
        5.01  Initial Loan..............................................
        5.02  Initial and Subsequent Loans..............................

Section 6.  Representations and Warranties..............................
        6.01  Existence.................................................
        6.02  Financial Condition.......................................
        6.03  Litigation................................................
        6.04  No Breach.................................................
        6.05  Action....................................................
        6.06  Approvals.................................................
        6.07  Margin Regulations........................................
        6.08  Taxes.....................................................
        6.09  Investment Company Act....................................
        6.10  Collateral; Collateral Security...........................
        6.11  Chief Executive Office....................................
        6.12  Location of Books and Records.............................
        6.13  Hedging...................................................
        6.14  True and Complete Disclosure..............................
        6.15  Tangible Net Worth........................................
        6.16  ERISA.....................................................

Section 7.  Covenants of the Borrower...................................
        7.01  Financial Statements......................................
        7.02  Litigation................................................
        7.03  Existence, Etc. ..........................................
        7.04  Prohibition of Fundamental Changes........................
        7.05  Borrowing Base Deficiency.................................
        7.06  Notices...................................................
        7.07  Hedging...................................................
        7.08  Reports...................................................
        7.09  Underwriting Guidelines...................................
        7.10  Lines of Business.........................................
        7.11  Transactions with Affiliates..............................

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
        7.12  Use of Proceeds...........................................
        7.13  Limitation on Sale of Assets..............................
        7.14  Limitation on Distributions...............................
        7.15  Organizational Documents..................................
        7.16  Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth.........................
        7.17  Maintenance of Ratio of Total Indebtedness to
                Tangible Net Worth......................................
        7.18  Maintenance of Profitability..............................
        7.19  Servicing Tape............................................

Section 8.  Events of Default...........................................

Section 9.  Remedies Upon Default.......................................

Section 10. No Duty on Lender's Part....................................

Section 11. Miscellaneous...............................................
        11.01 Waiver....................................................
        11.02 Notices...................................................
        11.03 Indemnification and Expenses..............................
        11.04 Amendments................................................
        11.05 Successors and Assigns....................................
        11.06 Survival..................................................
        11.07 Captions..................................................
        11.08 Counterparts..............................................
        11.09 Loan Agreement Constitutes Security Agreement;
                Governing Law...........................................
        11.10 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.......................
        11.11 Waiver of Jury Trial......................................
        11.12 Acknowledgments...........................................
        11.13 Hypothecation or Pledge of Loans..........................
        11.14 Servicing.................................................
        11.15 Periodic Due Diligence Review.............................
        11.16 Intent....................................................

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>
 
SCHEDULES
        SCHEDULE 1   Representations and Warranties re: Mortgage Loans
        SCHEDULE 2   Filing Jurisdictions and Offices

EXHIBITS
- --------
        EXHIBIT A    Form of Promissory Note
        EXHIBIT B    Form of Custodial Agreement
        EXHIBIT C    Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower
        EXHIBIT D    Underwriting Guidelines for 'A' Credit Mortgage Loans
        EXHIBIT E    Underwriting Guidelines for 'B' Credit Mortgage Loans
        EXHIBIT F    Underwriting Guidelines for 'C' Credit Mortgage Loans
        EXHIBIT G    Underwriting Guidelines for 'D' Credit Mortgage Loans

                                     -iv-
<PAGE>
 
                       MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October 22, 1996, between
SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION, a California corporation (the "Borrower"),
                                                                     --------
and MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Lender").
                                                                       ------

                                    RECITALS

     The Borrower has requested that the Lender from time to time make revolving
credit loans to it to finance certain residential mortgage loans owned by the
Borrower, and the Lender is prepared to make such loans upon the terms and
conditions hereof. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1. Definitions and Accounting Matters.
                ----------------------------------

     1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have
           ---------------------
the following meanings (all terms defined in this Section 1.01 or in other
provisions of this Loan Agreement in the singular to have the same meanings when
used in the plural and vice versa):

     "'A' Credit Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan made by the Borrower
      ------------------------
to a Mortgagor with an 'A' or 'A-' credit history which is underwritten in
accordance with the Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines for 'A' or 'A-' Credit
Mortgage Loans, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto.

     "Affiliate" means, (i) with respect to Lender, Morgan Stanley Group Inc.
      ---------
and MS & Co., and (ii) with respect to the Borrower, any affiliate of the
Borrower as such term is defined in the United States Bankruptcy Code in effect
from time to time.

     "Applicable Collateral Percentage" shall mean with respect to all Mortgage
      --------------------------------
Loans, [confidential].

     "Applicable Margin" shall mean with respect to all Loans, a rate per annum
      -----------------
equal to [confidential] for each day that such Loans shall be so secured.

     "'B' Credit Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan made by the Borrower
      ------------------------
to a Mortgagor with an 'B' credit history which is underwritten in accordance
with the Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines for 'B' Credit Mortgage Loans, a
copy of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

     "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as
      ---------------
amended from time to time.

     "Borrower" shall have the meaning provided in the heading hereof.
      --------

     "Borrowing Base" shall mean the aggregate Collateral Value of all Eligible
      --------------
Mortgage Loans.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
 
     "Borrowing Base Deficiency" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.06
      -------------------------
hereof.

     "Business Day" shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, or
      ------------
(ii) a day in which the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York or the Custodian is authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be
closed.

     "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, as to any Person for any period, the
      --------------------
aggregate amount paid or accrued by such Person and its Affiliates for the
rental, lease, purchase (including by way of the acquisition of securities of a
Person), construction or use of any Property during such period, the value or
cost of which, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on such Person's
consolidated balance sheet in the category of property, plant or equipment at
the end of such period.

     "Capital Lease Obligations" shall mean, for any Person, all obligations of
      -------------------------
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required
to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such
Person under GAAP, and, for purposes of this Loan Agreement, the amount of such
obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance
with GAAP.

     "'C' Credit Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan made by the Borrower
      ------------------------
to a Mortgagor with an 'C' credit history which is underwritten in accordance
with the Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines for 'C' Credit Mortgage Loans, a
copy of which is attached as Exhibit F hereto.
                             ---------

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
      ----
to time.

     "Collateral" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
      ----------
4.01(b) hereof.

     "Collateral Value" shall mean (a) with respect to each Mortgage Loan (other
      ----------------
than a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan), the lesser of (i) the Applicable Collateral
Percentage of the Market Value of such Mortgage Loan, and (ii) the outstanding
principal balance of such Mortgage Loan; and (b) with respect to each Wet-Ink
Mortgage Loan, (i) on the applicable Funding Date, the outstanding principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan, and (ii) thereafter, the lesser of (A) the
Applicable Collateral Percentage of the Market Value of such Mortgage Loan, and
(B) the outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loan; provided, that,
                                                             --------------

          (i) the Collateral Value shall be deemed to be zero with respect to
each Eligible Mortgage Loan (1) in respect of which there is a breach of a
representation and warranty set forth on Schedule 1 (assuming each
representation and warranty is made as of the date Collateral Value is
determined), (2) in respect of which there is a delinquency in the payment of
principal and/or interest which continues for a period in excess of 45 days
(without regard to any applicable grace periods), (3) which remains pledged to
the Lender hereunder later than 180 days after the date on which it is first
included in the Collateral, (4) which has been released from the possession of
the Custodian under the Custodial Agreement to the Borrower for a period in
excess of 14 days or (5) which is a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan and for which the
Custodian has failed to receive the related Mortgage Loan Documents on the fifth
Business Day following the applicable Funding Date; and

          (ii) the aggregate Collateral Value of Mortgage Loans which are Wet-
Ink Mortgage Loans may not [confidential] of the Maximum Credit; and

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          (iii) the aggregate Collateral Value of Mortgage Loans which are 'C'
Credit Mortgage Loans may not [confidential] aggregate principal amount
outstanding under the Loans; and

          (iv) the aggregate Collateral Value of Mortgage Loans which are 'D'
Credit Mortgage Loans may not exceed [confidential] aggregate principal amount
outstanding under the Loans.

     "Custodial Agreement" shall mean the Custodial Agreement, dated as of the
      -------------------
date hereof, among the Borrower, the Custodian and the Lender, substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same shall be modified and supplemented and
in effect from time to time.

     "Custodian" shall mean Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
      ---------
custodian under the Custodial Agreement, its successors and permitted assigns
thereunder.

     "Daily Reset Loans" shall mean Loans that bear interest at rates based on
      -----------------
the rate referred to as the rate for Daily Reset Loans in the definition of
Eurodollar Base Rate.

     "'D' Credit Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan made by the Borrower
      ------------------------
to a Mortgagor with an 'D' credit history which is underwritten in accordance
with the Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines for 'D' Credit Mortgage Loans, a
copy of which is attached as Exhibit G hereto.

     "Default" shall mean an Event of Default or an event that with notice or
      -------
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

     "Discrepancy" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
      -----------
2.05(c) hereof.

     "Dollars" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
      -------       -

     "Due Diligence Review" shall mean the performance by the Lender of any or
      --------------------
all of the reviews permitted under Section 11.15 hereof with respect to any or
all of the Mortgage Loans, as desired by the Lender from time to time.

     "Effective Date" shall mean the date upon which the conditions precedent
      --------------
set forth in Section 5.01 shall have been satisfied.

     "Eligible Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan secured by a first
      ----------------------
mortgage lien on a one-to-four family residential property, as to which the
representations and warranties in Section 6.10 and Part I of Schedule 1 hereof
are correct and which is either an 'A' Credit Mortgage Loan, a 'B' Credit
Mortgage Loan, a 'C' Credit Mortgage Loan or a 'D' Credit Mortgage Loan.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
      -----
amended from time to time.

     "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any corporation or trade or business that is a
      ---------------
member of any group of organizations (i) described in Section 414(b) or (c) of
the Code of which the Borrower is a member and (ii) solely for purposes of
potential liability under Section 302(c)(11) of ERISA and Section 412(c)(11) of
the Code and the lien created under Section 302(f) of ERISA and Section 412(n)
of the Code, described in Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code of which the
Borrower is a member.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     "Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements" shall mean for any day as applied to a
      ---------------------------------
Daily Reset Loan, and for any Interest Period for any Loan other than a Daily
Reset Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a
decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day or during such
Interest Period, as applicable (including, without limitation, basic,
supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction with respect thereto), dealing with reserve requirements
prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" in Regulation D of such Board) maintained by a member bank of such
Governmental Authority.

     "Eurodollar Base Rate" shall mean:
      --------------------

     (a) for any Daily Reset Loan, with respect to each day such Loan is
outstanding (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day), the rate per annum equal to the rate appearing at page 5 of the Telerate
Screen as one-month LIBOR on such date, and if such rate shall not be so quoted,
the rate per annum at which the Lender is offered Dollar deposits at or about
10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such date by prime banks in the interbank
eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange
operations in respect of its Loans are then being conducted for delivery on such
day for a period of one month and in an amount comparable to the amount of the
Loans to be outstanding on such day; and

     (b) for any Loan other than a Daily Reset Loan, with respect to each day
during each Interest Period pertaining to such Loan, the rate per annum equal to
the rate appearing at page 5 of the Telerate Screen, on the first day of such
Interest Period, for the one-month, two-month or three-month term, as
applicable, corresponding to such Interest Period, and if such rate shall not be
so quoted, the rate per annum at which the Lender is offered Dollar deposits at
or about 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Interest
Period, by prime banks in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar
and foreign currency and exchange operations in respect of its Loans are then
being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the
number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of
the Loans to be outstanding during such Interest Period.

     "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean (a) with respect to each day a Daily Reset
      ---------------
Loan is outstanding, and (b) with respect to each day during each Interest
Period pertaining to a Loan other than a Daily Reset Loan, a rate per annum
determined by the Lender in its sole good-faith discretion in accordance with
the following formula (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/100th of one percent),
which rate as determined by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error
by the Lender:

                              Eurodollar Base Rate
                    ----------------------------------------
                    1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8
      ----------------
hereof.

     "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the
      ------------------
rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next
succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such
rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the
quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Lender from three
federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
     "First Transaction Funding" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
      -------------------------
Section 2.03(a)(x) hereof.

     "Funding Date" shall mean the date on which a Loan is made hereunder.
      ------------

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect
      ----
from time to time in the United States.

     "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any state or
      ----------------------
other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Borrower,
any of its Subsidiaries or any of its properties.

     "Guarantee" shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person
      ---------
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person or in
any manner providing for the payment of any Indebtedness of any other Person or
otherwise protecting the holder of such Indebtedness against loss (whether by
virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase
assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay or otherwise), provided
that the term "Guarantee" shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) obligations to make
servicing advances for delinquent taxes and insurance, or other obligations in
respect of a Mortgaged Property, to the extent required by the Lender. The
amount of any Guarantee of a Person shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the
stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such
Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good
faith. The terms "Guarantee" and "Guaranteed" used as verbs shall have
                  ---------       ----------
correlative meanings.

     "Indebtedness" shall mean, for any Person: (a) obligations created, issued
      ------------
or incurred by such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan, the issuance and
sale of debt securities or the sale of Property to another Person subject to an
understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property
from such Person); (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase
or acquisition price of Property or services, other than trade accounts payable
(other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the
ordinary course of business so long as such trade accounts payable are payable
within 90 days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective
services are rendered; (c) Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on the
Property of such Person, whether or not the respective Indebtedness so secured
has been assumed by such Person; (d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of
such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or
accepted by banks and other financial institutions for account of such Person;
(e) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) obligations of such Person
under repurchase agreements or like arrangements; (g) Indebtedness of others
Guaranteed by such Person; (h) all obligations of such Person incurred in
connection with the acquisition or carrying of fixed assets by such Person; and
(i) Indebtedness of general partnerships of which such Person is a general
partner.

     "Interest Period" shall mean, with respect to any Loan, each period
      ---------------
commencing on the date such Loan is made and ending on the date one month, two
months or three months thereafter, as the Borrower may select as provided in
Section 3.04 hereof, except that, in the case of any Interest Period for any
Loan of one, two or three months, each Interest Period that commences on the
last Business Day of a calendar month (or on any day for which there is no
numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent calendar month)
shall end on the last Business Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month.
Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) no Interest Period may begin before 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
and end after the Termination Date; (ii) each Interest Period that would
otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall end on the next
succeeding Business Day (or, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in the
next succeeding calendar month, on the next preceding Business Day); and (iii)
notwithstanding clause (i) above, no Interest Period for any Loan of one month
shall have a duration of less than one month and, if the Interest Period for any
Loan would otherwise be a shorter period, such Loan shall only be available as a
Daily Reset Loan.

     "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" shall mean with respect to any or all
      ----------------------------------
of the Mortgage Loans any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar
arrangements providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates or
the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific
contingencies, entered into by the Borrower with MS & Co. or its affiliate, and
reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

     "Interest Recalculation" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
      ----------------------
Section 2.05(c) hereof.

     "Lender" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the heading hereto.
      ------

     "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or
      ----
similar encumbrance.

     "Loan" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.01(a) hereof.
      ----

     "Loan Agreement" shall mean this Master Loan and Security Agreement, as may
      --------------
be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Loan Documents" shall mean, collectively, this Loan Agreement, the Note
      --------------
and the Custodial Agreement.

     "Market Value" shall mean as of any date in respect of an Eligible Mortgage
      ------------
Loan, the price at which such Eligible Mortgage Loan could readily be sold as
determined in good faith by the Lender, which price may be determined to be
zero. The Lender's determination of Market Value shall be conclusive upon the
parties absent manifest error on the part of the Lender.

     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the
      -----------------------
Property, business, operations, financial condition or prospects of the
Borrower, (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under any
of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability
of any of the Loan Documents, (d) the rights and remedies of the Lender under
any of the Loan Documents, (e) the timely payment of the principal of or
interest on the Loans or other amounts payable in connection therewith or (f)
the Collateral.

     "Maximum Credit" shall mean $150,000,000.
      --------------

     "Misclassified Mortgage Loan" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
      ---------------------------
Section 2.05(c) hereof.

     "Mortgage" shall mean the mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument
      --------
securing a Mortgage Note, which creates a first lien on the fee in real property
securing the Mortgage Note.

     "Mortgage File" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Custodial
      -------------
Agreement.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     "Mortgage Loan" shall mean a mortgage loan which the Custodian has been
      -------------
instructed to hold for the Lender pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, and which
Mortgage Loan includes, without limitation, (i) a Mortgage Note and related
Mortgage and (ii) all right, title and interest of the Borrower in and to the
Mortgaged Property covered by such Mortgage.

     "Mortgage Loan Documents" shall mean, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the
      -----------------------
documents comprising the Mortgage File for such Mortgage Loan.

     "Mortgage Loan Schedule" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
      ----------------------
Custodial Agreement.

     "Mortgage Loan Summary" shall mean a mortgage loan summary prepared by the
      ---------------------
Custodian, substantially in the form of Annex 4 to the Custodial Agreement and
delivered to the Lender in accordance with Section 3(b) of the Custodial
Agreement.

     "Mortgage Loan Tape" shall mean a computer-readable magnetic tape
      ------------------
containing the following information with respect to each Mortgage Loan, to be
delivered by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(a) hereof: (i)
a field detailing whether the Mortgage Loan is an 'A' Credit Mortgage Loan, a
'B' Credit Mortgage Loan, a 'C' Credit Mortgage Loan or a 'D' Credit Mortgage
Loan; and (ii) a field indicating whether the Mortgage Loan is a Wet-Ink
Mortgage Loan, and (iii) such other fields as shall be mutually agreed upon by
the Borrower and the Lender.

     "Mortgage Note" shall mean the original executed promissory note or other
      -------------
evidence of the indebtedness of a mortgagor/borrower with respect to a Mortgage
Loan.

     "Mortgaged Property" means the real property (including all improvements,
      ------------------
buildings, fixtures, building equipment and personal property thereon and all
additions, alterations and replacements made at any time with respect to the
foregoing) and all other collateral securing repayment of the debt evidenced by
a Mortgage Note.

     "Mortgagor" means the obligor on a Mortgage Note.
      ---------

     "MS & Co." shall mean Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, a registered
      --------
broker-dealer.

     "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in
      ------------------
Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been or are required to be
made by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of
ERISA.

     "Net Income" shall mean, for any period, the net income of the Borrower for
      ----------
such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Note" shall mean the promissory note provided for by Section 2.02(a)
      ----
hereof for Loans and any promissory note delivered in substitution or exchange
therefor, in each case as the same shall be modified and supplemented and in
effect from time to time.

     "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
      ----
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary
      ------
association, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association or government (or any agency, instrumentality or
political subdivision thereof).

     "Plan" shall mean an employee benefit or other plan established or
      ----
maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title
IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     "Post-Default Rate" shall mean, in respect of any principal of any Loan or
      -----------------
any other amount under this Loan Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document
that is not paid when due to the Lender (whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration, by optional or mandatory prepayment or otherwise), a rate per
annum during the period from and including the due date to but excluding the
date on which such amount is paid in full equal to 2% per annum plus the Prime
Rate.

     "Prime Rate" shall mean the prime rate announced to be in effect from time
      ----------
to time, as published as the average rate in The Wall Street Journal.

     "Property" shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind
      --------
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

     "Regulations G, T, U and X" shall mean Regulations G, T, U and X of the
      -------------------------
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same
may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

     "Responsible Officer" shall mean, as to any Person, the chief executive
      -------------------
officer, any vice president or, with respect to financial matters, the
treasurer, the controller or the chief financial officer of such Person.

     "Secured Obligations" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
      -------------------
4.01(c) hereof.

     "Servicer" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 11.14(c)
      --------
hereof.

     "Servicing Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
      -------------------
11.14(c) hereof.

     "Servicing Records" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
      -----------------
11.14(b) hereof.

     "Settlement Agent" shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the entity
      ----------------
approved by the Lender, in its sole good-faith discretion (which may be a title
company, escrow company or attorney in accordance with local law and practice in
the jurisdiction where the related Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan is being originated) to
which the proceeds of such Loan are to be wired pursuant to the instructions of
the Lender.

     "Subsequent Transaction Funding" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
      ------------------------------
Section 2.03(a)(y) hereof.

     "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
      ----------
partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or
other ownership interests having by the 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation,
partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time
securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such
corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power
by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or
indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

     "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, as of a particular date,
      ------------------

          (a) all amounts which would be included under capital on a balance
     sheet of the Borrower at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP,
     less

          (b) (i) amounts owing to the Borrower from Affiliates and (ii)
     intangible assets.

     "Termination Date" shall mean October 22, 1997 or such earlier date on
      ----------------
which this Loan Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions
hereof or by operation of law.

     "Test Period" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.18
      -----------
hereof.

     "Total Indebtedness" shall mean, for any period, the aggregate Indebtedness
      ------------------
of the Borrower during such period less the amount of any nonspecific balance
sheet reserves maintained in accordance with GAAP.

     "Tranche A Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that, they
      ---------------
are secured by 'A' Credit Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with Section
2.01(d) hereof.

     "Tranche B Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that, they
      ---------------
are secured by 'B' Credit Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with Section
2.01(d) hereof.

     "Tranche C Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that, they
      ---------------
are secured by 'C' Credit Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with Section
2.01(d) hereof.

     "Tranche D Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent that, they
      ---------------
are secured by 'D' Credit Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with Section
2.01(d) hereof.

     "Tranche Wet-Ink Loans" shall mean Loans so long as, and to the extent
      ---------------------
that, they are secured by Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans, determined in accordance with
Section 2.01(d) hereof.

     "Underwriting Guidelines" shall mean collectively, the underwriting
      -----------------------
guidelines attached as Exhibits D, E, F and G hereto.

     "Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in
      -----------------------
effect on the date hereof in the State of New York; provided that if by reason
of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or
non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York,
"Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such
perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
     "Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan" shall mean a Mortgage Loan which is pledged to the
      ---------------------
Lender simultaneously with the origination thereof by the Borrower, which
origination is financed in part or in whole with proceeds of Loans advanced
directly to a Settlement Agent.

     1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations. Except as otherwise expressly
          -----------------------------------
provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all
financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters
required to be delivered to the Lender hereunder shall be prepared, in
accordance with GAAP.

     Section 2. Loans, Note and Prepayments.
                ---------------------------

     2.01 Loans.
          -----

     (a) Subject to fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in
Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof, and provided that no Default shall have occurred
and be continuing hereunder, the Lender agrees from time to time, on the terms
and conditions of this Loan Agreement, to make loans (individually, a "Loan";
                                                                       ----
collectively, the "Loans") to the Borrower in Dollars, from and including the
                   -----
Effective Date to and including the Termination Date in an aggregate principal
amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding the Maximum Credit as
in effect from time to time.

     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement, during such
period the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder.

     (c) In no event shall a Loan be made when any Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing.

     (d) In determining at any time to what extent Loans are Tranche A Loans,
Tranche B Loans, Tranche C Loans, Tranche D Loans, or Tranche Wet-Ink Loans, the
Collateral Value of each Mortgage Loan shall be taken into account in the
following order of priority: (a) first, the Collateral Value of all 'A' Credit
                                 -----
Mortgage Loans shall be taken into account to determine the amount of Tranche A
Loans, (b) second, the Collateral Value of all 'B' Credit Mortgage Loans shall
           ------
be taken into account to determine the amount of Tranche B Loans, (c) third, the
                                                                      -----
Collateral Value of all 'C' Credit Mortgage Loans shall be taken into account to
determine the amount of Tranche C Loans, (d) fourth, the Collateral Value of all
                                             ------
'D' Credit Mortgage Loans shall be taken into account to determine the amount of
Tranche D Loans, and (e) fifth, the Collateral Value of all Wet-Ink Mortgage
                         -----
Loans shall be taken into account to determine the amount of Tranche Wet-Ink
Loans. All Loans shall be either Tranche A Loans, Tranche B Loans, Tranche C
Loans, Tranche D Loans or Tranche Wet-Ink Loans.

     2.02 Note.
          ----

     (a) The Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by a single promissory
note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the "Note"),
                                                  ---------              ----
dated the date hereof, payable to the Lender in a principal amount equal to the
amount of the Maximum Credit as originally in effect and otherwise duly
completed. The Lender shall have the right to have its Note subdivided, by
exchange for promissory notes of lesser denominations or otherwise.

     (b) The date, amount, interest rate and duration of Interest Period (if
applicable) of each Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower, and each payment
made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender on its
books and, prior to any transfer of the Note, endorsed by the Lender on the
schedule attached to the Note or any continuation thereof; provided, that the
                                                           --------

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not
affect the obligations of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount
owing hereunder or under the Note in respect of the Loans.

     2.03 Procedure for Borrowing.
          -----------------------

     (a) The Borrower may request a borrowing hereunder, on any Business Day
during the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the
Termination Date, by delivering to the Lender, with a copy to the Custodian, an
irrevocable written request for borrowing, which request must be received by the
Lender (x) prior to 8:00 p.m., New York City time, one (l) Business Day prior to
the requested Funding Date (such fundings, "First Transaction Fundings") or (y)
                                            --------------------------
prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested Funding Date (such
fundings, "Subsequent Transaction Fundings"). Such request for borrowing shall
           -------------------------------
(i) attach a schedule identifying the Eligible Mortgage Loans that the Borrower
proposes to pledge to the Lender and to be included in the Borrowing Base in
connection with such borrowing, (ii) specify the requested Funding Date, (iii)
include a Mortgage Loan Tape containing information with respect to the Eligible
Mortgage Loans that the Borrower proposes to pledge to the Lender and to be
included in the Borrowing Base in connection with such borrowing, and (iv)
attach an officer's certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
as required by Section 5.02(b) hereof.

     (b) Upon the Borrower's request for a borrowing pursuant to Section
2.03(a), the Lender shall, assuming all conditions precedent set forth in
Section 5.01 and 5.02 have been met and provided no Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, make a Loan to the Borrower on the requested Funding Date, in
the amount so requested.

     (c) No later than 12:00 noon, Minneapolis time, on the requested Funding
Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Custodian the Mortgage File pertaining
to each Eligible Mortgage Loan (other than a Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan) to be
pledged to the Lender and included in the Borrowing Base on such requested
Funding Date, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Custodial
Agreement.

     (d) Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall deliver to the
Lender and the Borrower no later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Funding Date a Trust Receipt and a Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report
(each as defined in the Custodial Agreement) in respect of all Mortgage Loans
(except Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans) pledged to the Lender on such Funding Date and a
Mortgage Loan Schedule and Exception Report (as so defined) covering all Wet-Ink
Mortgage Loans so pledged. Subject to Section 5 hereof, such borrowing will then
be made available to the Borrower by the Lender transferring, via wire transfer,
to the following account of the Borrower: Norwest Bank, for the A/C of
3974027117, ABA# 091000019, Attn: Warehouse Funding, prior to the close of
business on such Funding Date, the aggregate amount of such borrowing in funds
immediately available to the Borrower.

     2.04 Limitation on Types of Loans; Illegality. Anything herein to the
          ----------------------------------------
contrary notwithstanding, if, on or prior to the determination of any Eurodollar
Base Rate:

          (a) the Lender determines, which determination shall be conclusive,
     that quotations of interest rates for the relevant deposits referred to in
     the definition of "Eurodollar Base Rate" in Section 1.01 hereof are not
     being provided in the relevant amounts or for the relevant maturities for
     purposes of determining rates of interest for Loans as provided herein; or

                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) the Lender determines, which determination shall be conclusive,
     that the relevant rate of interest referred to in the definition of
     "Eurodollar Base Rate" in Section 1.01 hereof upon the basis of which the
     rate of interest for Loans is to be determined is not likely adequately to
     cover the cost to the Lender of making or maintaining Loans; or

          (c) it becomes unlawful for the Lender to honor its obligation to make
     or maintain Loans hereunder using a Eurodollar Rate;

     then the Lender shall give the Borrower prompt notice thereof and, so long
as such condition remains in effect, the Lender shall be under no obligation to
make additional Loans, and the Borrower shall, either prepay such Loans or pay
interest on such Loans at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate plus
1%.

     2.05 Repayment of Loans; Interest.
          ----------------------------

     (a) The Borrower hereby promises to repay in full on the Termination Date
the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

     (b) The Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Lender interest on the
unpaid principal amount of each Loan for the period from and including the date
of such Loan to but excluding the date such Loan shall be paid in full, at a
rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Lender
interest at the applicable Post-Default Rate on any principal of any Loan and on
any other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under the Note, that shall
not be paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or by
mandatory prepayment or otherwise), for the period from and including the due
date thereof to but excluding the date the same is paid in full. Accrued
interest on each Loan shall be payable monthly on the first Business Day of each
month and for the last month of the Loan Agreement on the first Business Day of
such last month and on the Termination Date, except that interest payable at the
Post-Default Rate shall accrue daily and shall be payable upon such accrual.
Promptly after the determination of any interest rate provided for herein or any
change therein, the Lender shall give notice thereof to the Borrower.

     (c) Following each Funding Date and from time to time (as further described
in Section 11.15 hereof), the Lender shall have the right to perform a Due
Diligence Review with respect to any or all of the Mortgage Loans. In the event
that the Lender discovers any discrepancy between the information set forth on
the Mortgage Loan Tape and the information discovered as a result of the
Lender's Due Diligence Review (in each case, a "Discrepancy"), then the Lender
                                                -----------
shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Borrower shall promptly
correct the information set forth on the related Mortgage Loan Tape. In the
event that any Discrepancy affects the classification of a Mortgage Loan as an
'A' Credit Mortgage Loan, a 'B' Credit Mortgage Loan, a 'C' Credit Mortgage Loan
or a 'D' Credit Mortgage Loan (in each case, a "Misclassified Mortgage Loan"),
                                                ---------------------------
then the Lender shall recalculate the accrued interest on the Loans outstanding
during the period of time during which such Misclassified Mortgage Loan was
pledged to the Lender hereunder (in each case, an "Interest Recalculation"),
using the Applicable Margin which would have been applied for the Loans then
outstanding if such Misclassified Mortgage Loan had been properly classified.
The Borrower shall promptly remit to the Lender the excess (if any) of the
Interest Recalculation over the accrued interest previously calculated and paid
by the Borrower for the affected period of time.

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
     (d) It is understood and agreed that, unless and until a Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Borrower shall be entitled to the proceeds of
the Mortgage Loans pledged to the Lender hereunder.

     2.06 Mandatory Prepayments or Pledge.
          -------------------------------

     If at any time the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans exceeds
the Borrowing Base (a "Borrowing Base Deficiency"), as determined by the Lender
                       -------------------------
and notified to the Borrower on any Business Day, the Borrower shall no later
than one Business Day after receipt of such notice, either prepay the Loans in
part or in whole or pledge additional Eligible Mortgage Loans (which Collateral
shall be in all respects acceptable to the Lender) to the Lender, such that
after giving effect to such prepayment or pledge the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the Loans does not exceed the Borrowing Base.

     Section 3. Payments; Computations; Etc.
                ----------------------------

     3.01 Payments.
          --------

     (a) Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, all payments of
principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Borrower under this Loan
Agreement and the Note, shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available
funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to the Lender at the
following account maintained by the Lender: Account No. 40615114, For the A/C of
MSMCI, Citibank, N.A., ABA# 021000089, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made
after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next
succeeding Business Day). The Borrower acknowledges that it has no rights of
withdrawal from the foregoing account.

     (b) Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein (including,
without limitation, by application of the definition of "Interest Period"), if
the due date of any payment under this Loan Agreement or the Note would
otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended
to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall be payable for any
principal so extended for the period of such extension.

     3.02 Computations. Interest on the Loans shall be computed on the basis of
          ------------
a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.

     3.03 U.S. Taxes.
          ----------

     (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender such additional amounts as are
necessary in order that the net payment of any amount due to the Lender
hereunder after deduction for or withholding in respect of any U.S. Tax (as
defined below) imposed with respect to such payment (or in lieu thereof, payment
of such U.S. Tax by the Lender), will not be less than the amount stated herein
to be then due and payable; provided that the foregoing obligation to pay such
additional amounts shall not apply:

          (i) to any payment to the Lender hereunder unless the Lender is
     entitled to submit a Form 1001 (relating to the Lender and entitling it to
     a complete exemption from withholding on all interest to be received by it
     hereunder in respect of the Loans) or Form 4224 (relating to all interest
     to be received by the Lender hereunder in respect of the Loans), or

                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
          (ii) to any U.S. Tax imposed solely by reason of the failure by the
     Lender to comply with applicable certification, information, documentation
     or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence,
     identity or connections with the United States of America of the Lender if
     such compliance is required by statute or regulation of the United States
     of America as a precondition to relief or exemption from such U.S. Tax.

For the purposes of this Section 3.03(a), (w) "Form 1001" shall mean Form 1001
                                               ---------
(Ownership, Exemption, or Reduced Rate Certificate) of the Department of the
Treasury of the United States of America, (x) "Form 4224" shall mean Form 4224
                                               ---------
(Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the
Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States) of the Department of the
Treasury of the United States of America (or in relation to either such Form
such successor and related forms as may from time to time be adopted by the
relevant taxing authorities of the United States of America to document a claim
to which such Form relates), and (y) "U.S. Taxes" shall mean any present or
                                      ----------
future tax, assessment or other charge or levy imposed by or on behalf of the
United States of America or any taxing authority thereof or therein.

     (b) Within 30 days after paying any such amount to the Lender, and within
30 days after it is required by law to remit such deduction or withholding to
any relevant taxing or other authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender
evidence satisfactory to the Lender of such deduction, withholding or payment
(as the case may be).

     (c) The Lender represents and warrants to the Borrower that on the date
hereof the Lender is either incorporated under the laws of the United States or
a State thereof or is entitled to submit a Form 1001 (relating to the Lender and
entitling it to a complete exemption from withholding on all interest to be
received by it hereunder in respect of the Loans) or Form 4224 (relating to all
interest to be received by the Lender hereunder in respect of the Loans).

     3.04 Certain Notices. Notices by the Borrower to the Lender of the duration
of Interest Periods shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only if received
by the Lender not later than 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time, one (1) Business Day prior
to the first day of such Interest Period. Each such notice of the duration of an
Interest Period shall specify the Loans to which such Interest Period is to
relate.

     Section 4. Collateral Security.

     4.01 Collateral; Security Interest.

     (a) Pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, the Custodian shall hold the
Mortgage Loan Documents as exclusive bailee and agent for the Lender pursuant to
terms of the Custodial Agreement and shall deliver to the Lender Trust Receipts
(as defined in the Custodial Agreement) each to the effect that it has reviewed
such Mortgage Loan Documents in the manner required by the Custodial Agreement
and identifying any deficiencies in such Mortgage Loan Documents as so reviewed.

     (b) All of the Borrower's right, title and interest in, to and under each
of the following items of property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now
existing or hereafter created and wherever located, is hereinafter referred to
as the "Collateral":

          (i) all Mortgage Loans;

                                     -14-
<PAGE>
 
          (ii) all Mortgage Loan Documents, including without limitation all
     promissory notes, and all Servicing Records (as defined in Section 11.14(b)
     below), servicing agreements and any other collateral pledged or otherwise
     relating to such Mortgage Loans, together with all files, documents,
     instruments, surveys, certificates, correspondence, appraisals, computer
     programs, computer storage media, accounting records and other books and
     records relating thereto;

          (iii) all mortgage guaranties and insurance (issued by governmental
     agencies or otherwise) and any mortgage insurance certificate or other
     document evidencing such mortgage guaranties or insurance relating to any
     Mortgage Loan and all claims and payments thereunder;

          (iv) all other insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to
     any Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property;

          (v) all Interest Rate Protection Agreements;

          (vi) all "general intangibles" as defined in the Uniform Commercial
     Code relating to or constituting any and all of the foregoing; and

          (vii) any and all replacements, substitutions, distributions on or
     proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

     (c) The Borrower hereby assigns, pledges and grants a security interest in
all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral to the
Lender to secure the repayment of principal of and interest on all Loans and all
other amounts owing to the Lender hereunder, under the Note and under the other
Loan Documents (collectively, the "Secured Obligations"). The Borrower agrees to
mark its computer records and tapes to evidence the interests granted to the
Lender hereunder.

     4.02 Further Documentation. At any time and from time to time, upon the
written request of the Lender, and at the sole expense of the Borrower, the
Borrower will promptly and duly execute and deliver, or will promptly cause to
be executed and delivered, such further instruments and documents and take such
further action as the Lender may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining
or preserving the full benefits of this Loan Agreement and of the rights and
powers herein granted, including, without limitation, the filing of any
financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect
in any jurisdiction with respect to the Liens created hereby. The Borrower also
hereby authorizes the Lender to file any such financing or continuation
statement without the signature of the Borrower to the extent permitted by
applicable law. A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Loan
Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for filing in any
jurisdiction.

     4.03 Changes in Locations, Name, etc. The Borrower shall not (i) change the
location of its chief executive office/chief place of business from that
specified in Section 6 hereof or (ii) change its name, identity or corporate
structure (or the equivalent) or change the location where it maintains its
records with respect to the Collateral unless it shall have given the Lender at
least 30 days prior written notice thereof and shall have delivered to the
Lender all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and amendments thereto
as Lender shall request and taken all other actions deemed necessary by Lender
to continue its perfected status in the Collateral with the same or better
priority.

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
 
     4.04. Lender's Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact.

     (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Lender and
any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and
lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place
and stead of the Borrower and in the name of the Borrower or in its own name,
from time to time in the Lender's discretion, for the purpose of carrying out
the terms of this Loan Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to
execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or
desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Loan Agreement, and, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower hereby gives the Lender
the power and right, on behalf of the Borrower, without assent by, but with
notice to, the Borrower, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, to do the following:

          (i) in the name of the Borrower or its own name, or otherwise, to take
     possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes,
     acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any
     mortgage insurance or with respect to any other Collateral and to file any
     claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or
     equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Lender for the purpose of
     collecting any and all such moneys due under any such mortgage insurance or
     with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

          (ii) to pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or
     threatened against the Collateral; and

          (iii) (A) to direct any party liable for any payment under any
     Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due
     thereunder directly to the Lender or as the Lender shall direct; (B) to ask
     or demand for, collect, receive payment of and receipt for, any and all
     moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in
     respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (C) to sign and endorse any
     invoices, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in
     connection with any of the Collateral; (D) to commence and prosecute any
     suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent
     jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any thereof and to enforce any
     other right in respect of any Collateral; (E) to defend any suit, action or
     proceeding brought against the Borrower with respect to any Collateral; (F)
     to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in
     clause (E) above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or
     releases as the Lender may deem appropriate; and (G) generally, to sell,
     transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal
     with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Lender
     were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the
     Lender's option and the Borrower's expense, at any time, or from time to
     time, all acts and things which the Lender deems necessary to protect,
     preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Lender's Liens thereon and
     to effect the intent of this Loan Agreement, all as fully and effectively
     as the Borrower might do.

The Borrower hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an
interest and shall be irrevocable.

     (b) The Borrower also authorizes the Lender, at any time and from time to
time, to execute, in connection with the sale provided for in Section 4.07
hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or
transfer with respect to the Collateral.

                                     -16-
<PAGE>
 
     (c) The powers conferred on the Lender are solely to protect the Lender's
interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Lender to
exercise any such powers. The Lender shall be accountable only for amounts that
it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the
Lender nor any of its officers, directors, or employees shall be responsible to
the Borrower for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

     4.05. Performance by Lender of Borrower's Obligations. If the Borrower
fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained in the Loan
Documents and the Lender may itself perform or comply, or otherwise cause
performance or compliance, with such agreement, the expenses of the Lender
incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with
interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the Post-Default Rate, shall be
payable by the Borrower to the Lender on demand and shall constitute Secured
Obligations.

     4.06. Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (a)
all proceeds of Collateral received by the Borrower consisting of cash, checks
and other near-cash items shall be held by the Borrower in trust for the Lender,
segregated from other funds of the Borrower, and shall forthwith upon receipt by
the Borrower be turned over to the Lender in the exact form received by the
Borrower (duly endorsed by the Borrower to the Lender, if required) and (b) any
and all such proceeds received by the Lender (whether from the Borrower or
otherwise) may, in the sole good-faith discretion of the Lender, be held by the
Lender as collateral security for, and/or then or at any time thereafter may be
applied by the Lender against, the Secured Obligations (whether matured or
unmatured), such application to be in such order as the Lender shall elect. Any
balance of such proceeds remaining after the Secured Obligations shall have been
paid in full and this Loan Agreement shall have been terminated shall be paid
over to the Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the
same. For purposes hereof, proceeds shall include, but not be limited to, all
principal and interest payments, all prepayments and payoffs, insurance claims,
condemnation awards, sale proceeds, real estate owned rents and any other income
and all other amounts received with respect to the Collateral.

     4.07. Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the
Lender may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it
in this Loan Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing,
evidencing or relating to the Secured Obligations, all rights and remedies of a
secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the Lender without demand of performance or other demand,
presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice
required by law referred to below) to or upon the Borrower or any other Person
(all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby
waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and
realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell,
lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and
deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the
foregoing), in one or more parcels or as an entirety at public or private sale
or sales, at any exchange, broker's board or office of the Lender or elsewhere
upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it
may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption
of any credit risk. The Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or
sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales,
to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right
or equity of redemption in the Borrower, which right or equity is hereby waived
or released. The Borrower further agrees, at the Lender's request, to assemble
the Collateral and make it available to the Lender at places which the Lender
shall reasonably select, whether at the Borrower's premises or elsewhere. The
Lender shall apply the net proceeds of 

                                     -17-
<PAGE>
 
any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale,
after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein
or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way
relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Lender hereunder, including,
without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, to the payment
in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in such order as the Lender may
elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Lender of
any other amount required or permitted by any provision of law, including,
without limitation, Section 9-504(1)(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code, need the
Lender account for the surplus, if any, to the Borrower. To the extent permitted
by applicable law, the Borrower waives all claims, damages and demands it may
acquire against the Lender arising out of the exercise by the Lender of any of
its rights hereunder, other than those claims, damages and demands arising from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender. If any notice of a
proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such
notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before
such sale or other disposition. The Borrower shall remain liable for any
deficiency (plus accrued interest thereon as contemplated pursuant to Section
2.05(b) hereof) if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the
Collateral are insufficient to pay the Secured Obligations and the fees and
disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Lender to collect such
deficiency.

     4.08. Limitation on Duties Regarding Presentation of Collateral. The
Lender's duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation
of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the Uniform
Commercial Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the
Lender deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Lender nor
any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for failure to
demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any
delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose
of any Collateral upon the request of the Borrower or otherwise.

     4.09. Powers Coupled with an Interest. All authorizations and agencies
herein contained with respect to the Collateral are irrevocable and powers
coupled with an interest.

     4.10 Release of Security Interest. Upon termination of this Loan Agreement
and repayment to the Lender of all Secured Obligations and the performance of
all obligations under the Loan Documents the Lender shall release its security
interest in any remaining Collateral.

     Section 5. Conditions Precedent.

     5.01 Initial Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make its initial Loan
hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, immediately prior to or concurrently
with the making of such Loan, of the following conditions precedent:

     (a) Loan Documents. The Lender shall have received the following documents,
each of which shall be satisfactory to the Lender in form and substance:

          (i) Note. The Note, duly completed and executed;

          (ii) Custodial Agreement. The Custodial Agreement, duly executed and
     delivered by the Borrower and the Custodian. In addition, the Borrower
     shall have taken such other action as the Lender shall have requested in
     order to perfect the security interests created pursuant to the Loan
     Agreement;

                                     -18-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Organizational Documents. A good standing certificate and
     certified copies of the charter and by-laws (or equivalent documents) of
     the Borrower and of all corporate or other authority for the Borrower with
     respect to the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents
     and each other document to be delivered by the Borrower from time to time
     in connection herewith (and the Lender may conclusively rely on such
     certificate until it receives notice in writing from the Borrower to the
     contrary);

          (c) Legal Opinion. A legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower,
     substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C;

          (d) Servicing Agreement(s). Any Servicing Agreement, certified as a
     true, correct and complete copy of the original, and any letter of the
     applicable Servicer consenting to termination of the related Servicing
     Agreement upon the occurrence of an Event of Default; and

          (e) Other Documents. Such other documents as the Lender may reasonably
     request.

     5.02 Initial and Subsequent Loans. The making of each Loan to the Borrower
(including the initial Loan) on any Business Day is subject to the following
further conditions precedent, both immediately prior to the making of such Loan
and also after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing;

          (b) both immediately prior to the making of such Loan and also after
     giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof, the representations
     and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 6 hereof, and in each of the
     other Loan Documents, shall be true and complete on and as of the date of
     the making of such Loan in all material respects (in the case of the
     representations and warranties in Section 6.10 and Schedule 1, solely with
     respect to Mortgage Loans included in the Borrowing Base) with the same
     force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such
     representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a
     specific date, as of such specific date). The Lender shall have received an
     officer's certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower
     certifying as to the truth and accuracy of the above, which certificate
     shall specifically include a statement that the Borrower is in compliance
     with all governmental licenses and authorizations and is qualified to do
     business and in good standing in all required jurisdictions.

          (c) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall not
     exceed the Borrowing Base;

          (d) subject to the Lender's right to perform one or more Due Diligence
     Reviews pursuant to Section 11.15 hereof, the Lender shall have completed
     its due diligence review of the Mortgage Loan Documents for each Loan and
     such other documents, records, agreements, instruments, mortgaged
     properties or information relating to such Loans as the Lender in its sole
     good-faith discretion deems appropriate to review and such review shall be
     satisfactory to the Lender in its sole good-faith discretion;

                                     -19-
<PAGE>
 
          (e) the Lender shall have received from the Custodian a Trust Receipt
     in respect of Eligible Mortgage Loans to be pledged hereunder on such
     Business Day and a Mortgage Loan Summary, in each case dated such Business
     Day and duly completed;

          (f) none of the following shall have occurred and/or be continuing:

               (i) a catastrophic event or events shall have occurred resulting
          in the effective absence of a "repo market" or comparable "lending
          market" for financing debt obligations secured by mortgage loans or
          securities for a period of (or reasonably expected to be) at least 30
          consecutive days and the same has resulted in the Lender not being
          able to finance any Loans through the "repo market" or "lending
          market" with traditional counterparties at rates which would have been
          reasonable prior to the occurrence of such catastrophic event or
          events;

               (ii) a catastrophic event or events shall have occurred resulting
          in the effective absence of a "securities market" for securities
          backed by mortgage loans for a period of (or reasonably expected to
          be) at least 30 consecutive days and the same results in the Lender
          not being able to sell securities backed by mortgage loans at prices
          which would have been reasonable prior to such catastrophic event or
          events; or

               (iii) there shall have occurred a material adverse change in the
          financial condition of the Lender which effects (or can reasonably be
          expected to effect) materially and adversely the ability of the Lender
          to fund its obligations under this Loan Agreement.

Each request for a borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a
certification by the Borrower to the effect set forth in this Section (both as
of the date of such notice, request or confirmation and as of the date of such
borrowing).

     Section 6. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and
warrants to the Lender that throughout the term of this Loan Agreement:

     6.01 Existence. The Borrower (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization, (b) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals, necessary to own
its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be
conducted, except where the lack of such licenses, authorizations, consents and
approvals would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on
its property, business or financial condition, or prospects; and (c) is
qualified to do business and is in good standing in all other jurisdictions in
which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification
necessary, except where failure so to qualify would not be reasonably likely
(either individually or in the aggregate) to have a material adverse effect on
its property, business or financial condition, or prospects.

     6.02 Financial Condition. The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the
Lender a copy of its consolidated balance sheets and the consolidated balance
sheets of its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1996 and the related
statements of earnings and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, with the
opinion thereon of KPMG Peat Marwick. The Borrower has also heretofore furnished
to the Lender the related consolidated statements of income and retained
earnings and of cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
for the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower
and at the end of each fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the previous year. All such financial statements are
complete and 

                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
correct and fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries and the consolidated results of their operations for the
fiscal year ended on said date, all in accordance with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis.

     6.03 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations
or proceedings pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or affecting any of the property thereof before any
Governmental Authority, (i) as to which individually or in the aggregate there
is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse decision which would be reasonably
likely to have a material adverse effect on the property, business or financial
condition, or prospects of the Borrower or (ii) which questions the validity or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any action to be taken in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     6.04 No Breach. Neither (a) the execution and delivery of the Loan
Documents or (b) the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated in
compliance with the terms and provisions thereof will conflict with or result in
a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower, or any applicable law, rule
or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental
Authority, or any Servicing Agreement or other material agreement or instrument
to which the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, is a party or by which any of
them or any of their property is bound or to which any of them is subject, or
constitute a default under any such material agreement or instrument, or (except
for the Liens created pursuant to this Loan Agreement) result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any property of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

     6.05 Action. The Borrower has all necessary corporate or other power,
authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
each of the Loan Documents; the execution, delivery and performance by the
Borrower of each of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate or other action on its part; and each Loan Document has been
duly and validly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower
in accordance with its terms.

     6.06 Approvals. No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no filings
or registrations with, any Governmental Authority, or any securities exchange,
are necessary for the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower of the
Loan Documents or for the legality, validity or enforceability thereof, except
for filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to this Loan
Agreement.

     6.07 Margin Regulations. Neither the making of any Loan hereunder, nor the
use of the proceeds thereof, will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions
of Regulation G, T, U or X.

     6.08 Taxes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal income
tax returns and all other material tax returns that are required to be filed by
them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any
assessment received by any of them, except for any such taxes, if any, that are
being appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been
provided. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are, in the
opinion of the Borrower, adequate.

                                     -21-
<PAGE>
 
     6.09 Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is an "investment company", or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

     6.10 Collateral; Collateral Security.

     (a) The Borrower has not assigned, pledged, or otherwise conveyed or
encumbered any Mortgage Loan to any other Person, and immediately prior to the
pledge of such Mortgage Loan, the Borrower was the sole owner of such Mortgage
Loan and had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, in
each case except for Liens to be released simultaneously with the Liens granted
in favor of the Lender hereunder.

     (b) The provisions of this Loan Agreement are effective to create in favor
of the Lender a valid security interest in all right, title and interest of the
Borrower in, to and under the Collateral.

     (c) Upon receipt by the Custodian of each Mortgage Note, endorsed in blank
by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, the Lender shall have a fully
perfected first priority security interest therein, in the Mortgage Loan
evidenced thereby and in the Borrower's interest in the related Mortgaged
Property.

     (d) Upon the filing of financing statements on Form UCC-1 naming the Lender
as "Secured Party" and the Borrower as "Debtor", and describing the Collateral,
in the jurisdictions and recording offices listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto,
the security interests granted hereunder in the Collateral will constitute fully
perfected first priority security interests under the Uniform Commercial Code in
all right, title and interest of the Borrower in, to and under such Collateral,
which can be perfected by filing under the Uniform Commercial Code.

     6.11 Chief Executive Office. The Borrower's chief executive office on the
Effective Date is located at One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500, Lake Oswego,
Oregon 97035.

     6.12 Location of Books and Records. The location where the Borrower keeps
its books and records, including all computer tapes and records relating to the
Collateral is its chief executive office.

     6.13 Hedging. The Borrower has entered into Interest Rate Protection
Agreements, having a notional amount not less than 80% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the fixed-rate Mortgage Loans, with MS & Co. or any
affiliate, or otherwise entered into hedging transactions having terms with
respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates reasonably
acceptable to the Lender.

     6.14 True and Complete Disclosure. The information, reports, financial
statements, exhibits and schedules furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Borrower to the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation or
delivery of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents or included herein
or therein or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, when taken as a whole, do
not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material
fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. All written
information furnished after the date hereof by or on behalf of the Borrower to
the Lender in connection with this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents
and the transactions contemplated 

                                     -22-
<PAGE>
 
hereby and thereby will be true, complete and accurate in every material
respect, or (in the case of projections) based on reasonable estimates, on the
date as of which such information is stated or certified. There is no fact known
to a Responsible Officer that, after due inquiry, could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed herein, in the
other Loan Documents or in a report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule,
disclosure letter or other writing furnished to the Lender for use in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

     6.15 Tangible Net Worth. On the Effective Date, the Tangible Net Worth is
not less than [confidential].

     6.16 ERISA. Each Plan to which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries make direct
contributions, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, each other Plan and each
Multiemployer Plan, is in compliance in all material respects with, and has been
administered in all material respects in compliance with, the applicable
provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other Federal or State law. No event or
condition has occurred and is continuing as to which the Borrower would be under
an obligation to furnish a report to the Lender under Section 7.01(d) hereof.

     Section 7. Covenants of the Borrower. The Borrower covenants and agrees
with the Lender that, so long as any Loan is outstanding and until payment in
full of all Secured Obligations:

     7.01 Financial Statements. The Borrower shall deliver to the Lender:

          (a) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end
     of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of
     the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its
     consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related
     unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of
     cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such
     period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period,
     setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
     year, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the
     Borrower, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial
     statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results
     of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP,
     consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to
     normal year-end audit adjustments);

          (b) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end
     of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheets of the
     Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal
     year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained
     earnings and of cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form
     the figures for the previous year, accompanied by an opinion thereon of
     independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing,
     which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or going concern
     and shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present
     the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the
     Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of, and for, such
     fiscal year in accordance with GAAP, and a certificate of such accountants
     stating that, in making the examination necessary for their opinion, they
     obtained no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any Default or
     Event of Default;

          (c) as soon as available and in any event within fifteen Business Days
     after the end of each month, the unaudited consolidated statements of
     income and retained earnings and of 

                                     -23-
<PAGE>
 
     cash flows for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the prior
     month, accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the
     Borrower, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial
     statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results
     of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP,
     consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to
     normal year-end audit adjustments);

          (d) from time to time such other information regarding the financial
     condition, operations, or business of the Borrower as the Lender may
     reasonably request; and

          (e) as soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within thirty
     (30) days after a Responsible Officer knows, or with respect to any Plan or
     Multiemployer Plan to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes
     direct contributions, has reason to believe, that any of the events or
     conditions specified below with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan
     has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a senior financial officer of
     the Borrower setting forth details respecting such event or condition and
     the action, if any, that the Borrower or its ERISA Affiliate proposes to
     take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to
     be filed with or given to PBGC by the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate with
     respect to such event or condition):

               (i) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA
          and the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan, as to
          which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section
          4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty (30) days of the
          occurrence of such event (provided that a failure to meet the minimum
          funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA,
          including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its
          due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code or
          Section 302(e) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the
          issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the
          Code); and any request for a waiver under Section 412(d) of the Code
          for any Plan;

               (ii) the distribution under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice
          of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by the Borrower or
          an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;

               (iii) the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042
          of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
          administer, any Plan, or the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA
          Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has
          been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;

               (iv) the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan
          by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under
          Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the obligation to satisfy
          secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt
          by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer
          Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section
          4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has
          terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;

                                     -24-
<PAGE>
 
               (v) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any
          Multiemployer Plan against the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to
          enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within
          30 days; and

               (vi) the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to
          Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, would result
          in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a
          part if the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate fails to timely provide
          security to such Plan in accordance with the provisions of said
          Sections.

The Borrower will furnish to the Lender, at the time it furnishes each set of
financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above, a certificate of
a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that, to the best of such
Responsible Officer's knowledge, the Borrower during such fiscal period or year
has observed or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, and
satisfied every condition, contained in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it, and that such
Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
except as specified in such certificate (and, if any Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, describing the same in reasonable detail and
describing the action the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect
thereto).

     7.02 Litigation. The Borrower will promptly, and in any event within 10
days after service of process on any of the following, give to the Lender notice
of all legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries that questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any
of the Loan Documents or as to which there is a reasonable likelihood of adverse
determination which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.03 Existence, Etc. The Borrower will:

          (a) preserve and maintain its legal existence and all of its material
     rights, privileges, licenses and franchises (provided, that nothing in this
     Section 7.03(a) shall prohibit any transaction expressly permitted under
     Section 7.04 hereof);

          (b) comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules,
     regulations and orders of Governmental Authorities (including, without
     limitation, all environmental laws) if failure to comply with such
     requirements would be reasonably likely (either individually or in the
     aggregate) to have a material adverse effect on its property, business or
     financial condition, or prospects; 

          (c) keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete
     entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

          (d) not move its chief executive office from the address referred to
     in Section 6.11 unless it shall have provided the Lender 30 days prior
     written notice of such change;

          (e) pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
     or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its
     Property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for
     any such tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being
     contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which
     adequate reserves are being maintained; and

                                     -25-
<PAGE>
 
          (f) permit representatives of the Lender, during normal business
     hours, to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to
     inspect any of its Properties, and to discuss its business and affairs with
     its officers, all to the extent reasonably requested by the Lender.

     7.04 Prohibition of Fundamental Changes. The Borrower shall not enter into
any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind
up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or
sell all or substantially all of its assets; provided, that the Borrower may
merge or consolidate with (a) any wholly owned subsidiary of the Borrower, or
(b) any other Person if the Borrower is the surviving corporation; and provided
further, that if after giving effect thereto, no Default would exist hereunder.

     7.05 Borrowing Base Deficiency. If at any time there exists a Borrowing
Base Deficiency the Borrower shall cure same in accordance with Section 2.06
hereof.

     7.06 Notices. The Borrower shall give notice to the Lender:

          (a) promptly of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

          (b) with respect to any Mortgage Loan pledged to the Lender hereunder,
     immediately (i) upon receipt of notice from the related Mortgagor of such
     Mortgagor's intention to prepay, in full or partial, such pledged Mortgage
     Loan, or (ii) upon receipt of any principal prepayment (in full or partial)
     of such pledged Mortgage Loan;

          (c) with respect to any Mortgage Loan pledged to the Lender hereunder,
     immediately if the underlying Mortgaged Property has been damaged by waste,
     fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other
     casualty, or otherwise damaged so as to affect adversely the Collateral
     Value of such pledged Mortgage Loan; and

          (d) promptly of any default related to any Collateral and any event or
     change in circumstances which could reasonably be expected to have a
     material adverse effect on the Borrower's Property, business or financial
     condition, or prospects.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken or proposes
to take with respect thereto.

     7.07 Hedging. The Borrower shall at all times maintain Interest Rate
Protection Agreements, having a notional amount not less than 80% of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of all fixed-rate Mortgage Loans, with
MS & Co. or any affiliate, or otherwise maintain hedging transactions having
terms with respect to protection against fluctuations in interest rates
reasonably acceptable to the Lender. The Borrower shall deliver to the Custodian
and the Lender monthly a written summary of the notional amount of all
outstanding Interest Rate Protection Agreements and such hedging transactions.

     7.08 Reports. The Borrower shall provide the Lender with a quarterly
report, which report shall include, among other items, (i) a summary of the
Borrower's delinquency and loss experience with respect to mortgage loans
serviced by the Borrower, and (ii) a summary of the number of applications for
mortgage loans which are (A) pending, subject to the Borrower's approval, and
(B) 

                                     -26-
<PAGE>
 
accepted for origination but not yet originated, plus any additional reports
as Lender may reasonably request with respect to the Borrower's servicing
portfolio or pending originations of mortgage loans.

     7.09 Underwriting Guidelines. Without the prior written consent of the
Lender, the Borrower shall not materially amend or otherwise modify the
Underwriting Guidelines.

     7.10 Lines of Business. The Borrower will not engage to any substantial
extent in any line or lines of business activity other than the businesses now
generally carried on by it.

     7.11 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not enter into any
transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or
exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate unless
such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this Loan Agreement, (b) in
the ordinary course of the Borrower's business and (c) upon fair and reasonable
terms no less favorable to the Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable
arm's length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate, or make a
payment that is not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.11 to any Affiliate.

     7.12 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans
solely to originate, fund, manage and service Eligible Mortgage Loans.

     7.13 Limitation on Sale of Assets. The Borrower shall not convey, sell,
lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, substantially all of its
Property, business or assets (including, without limitation, receivables and
leasehold interests) whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for (i)
sales of mortgage loans not included in the Collateral, and (ii) the sale of any
obsolete or worn-out equipment no longer used or useful, for cash, the net
proceeds of which are reinvested in replacement equipment.

     7.14 Limitation on Distributions. After the occurrence and during the
continuation of any Event of Default, the Borrower shall not make any payment on
account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for the
purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any
partnership interest of the Borrower, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or
make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly,
whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Borrower.

     7.15 Organizational Documents. The Borrower shall not amend its
organizational documents without the prior written consent of the Lender, which
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     7.16 Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall not permit
Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than [confidential].

     7.17 Maintenance of Ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth. The
Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Tangible Net Worth
at any time to be greater than [confidential].

     7.18 Maintenance of Profitability. The Borrower shall not permit, for any
period of three consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a "Test Period"),
Net Income for such Test Period before income taxes for such Test Period, and
distributions made during such Test Period, to be less than $1.00.

                                     -27-
<PAGE>
 
     7.19 Servicing Tape. The Borrower shall provide to the Lender on a monthly
basis a computer readable magnetic tape containing servicing information, on a
loan-by-loan basis and in the aggregate, with respect to the Mortgage Loans
serviced hereunder by the Borrower or a third party servicer.

     Section 8. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute
an event of default (an "Event of Default") hereunder:

          (a) the Borrower shall default in the payment of any principal of or
     interest on any Loan when due (whether at stated maturity, upon
     acceleration or at mandatory or optional prepayment); or

          (b) the Borrower shall default in the payment of any other amount
     payable by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document after notification
     by the Lender of such default, and such default shall have continued
     unremedied for five Business Days; or

          (c) any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made
     herein or in any other Loan Document by the Borrower or any certificate
     furnished to the Lender pursuant to the provisions thereof, shall prove to
     have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made
     or furnished (other than the representations and warranties set forth in
     Schedule 1, which shall be considered solely for the purpose of determining
     the Collateral Value of the Mortgage Loans; unless the Borrower shall have
     made any such representations and warranties with knowledge that they were
     materially false or misleading at the time made); or

          (d) the Borrower shall fail to comply with the requirements of Section
     7.03(a), Section 7.04, Section 7.06, or Sections 7.09 through 7.18 hereof;
     or the Borrower shall default in the performance of its obligations under
     Section 7.05 hereof and such default shall continue unremedied for a period
     of one (1) Business Day; or the Borrower shall otherwise fail to comply
     with the requirements of Section 7.03 hereof and such default shall
     continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days; or the Borrower
     shall fail to observe or perform any other agreement contained in this Loan
     Agreement or any other Loan Document and such failure to observe or perform
     shall continue unremedied for a period of seven Business Days; or

          (e) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess
     of $5,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or
     other bodies having jurisdiction over them and the same shall not be
     discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded,
     or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 60 days from
     the date of entry thereof and the Borrower or any such Subsidiary shall
     not, within said period of 60 days, or such longer period during which
     execution of the same shall have been stayed or bonded, appeal therefrom
     and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or

          (f) the Borrower shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
     as such debts become due; or

          (g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or
     consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver,
     custodian, trustee, examiner or 

                                     -28-
<PAGE>
 
     liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii)
     make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence
     a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, (iv) file a petition seeking to
     take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or
     composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely
     and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed
     against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or (vi) take
     any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the
     foregoing; or

          (h) a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application
     or consent of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in any court of
     competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its reorganization, liquidation,
     dissolution, arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment
     of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee,
     examiner, liquidator or the like of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or
     of all or any substantial part of its property, or (iii) similar relief in
     respect of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary under any law relating to
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or
     adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue
     undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of
     the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a
     period of 60 or more days; or an order for relief against the Borrower or
     any such Subsidiary shall be entered in an involuntary case under the
     Bankruptcy Code; or

          (i) any Loan Document shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease
     to be in full force and effect, or the enforceability thereof shall be
     contested by the Borrower; or

          (j) the Borrower grants, or suffers to exist, any Lien or the Liens
     contemplated hereby cease to be first priority perfected Liens on any
     Collateral in favor of any Person other than the Lender; or

          (k) any materially adverse change in the Properties, business or
     financial condition, or prospects of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries, in each case as determined by the Lender in its sole good-
     faith discretion, or the existence of any other condition which, in the
     Lender's sole good-faith discretion, constitutes a material impairment of
     the Borrower's ability to perform its obligations under this Loan
     Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document; or

          (l) the Lender determines that the number of Misclassified Mortgage
     Loans equals at least 20% of the Mortgage Loans reviewed pursuant to a Due
     Diligence Review during any two successive Due Diligence Reviews.

     Section 9. Remedies Upon Default.

          (a) Upon the occurrence of one or more Events of Default other than
     those referred to in Section 8(g) or (h), the Lender may immediately
     declare the principal amount of the Loans then outstanding under the Note
     to be immediately due and payable, together with all interest thereon and
     fees and expenses accruing under this Loan Agreement; provided that upon
     the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in Section 8(g) or (h),
     such amounts shall immediately and automatically become due and payable
     without any further action by any Person. Upon such declaration or such
     automatic acceleration, the balance then outstanding on the Note shall
     become
                                     -29-
<PAGE>
 
immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other
formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower.

     (b) Upon the occurrence of one or more Events of Default, the Lender shall
have the right to obtain physical possession of the Servicing Records and all
other files of the Borrower relating to the Collateral and all documents
relating to the Collateral which are then or may thereafter come in to the
possession of the Borrower or any third party acting for the Borrower and the
Borrower shall deliver to the Lender such assignments as the Lender shall
request. The Lender shall be entitled to specific performance of all agreements
of the Borrower contained in this Loan Agreement.

     Section 10. No Duty on Lender's Part. The powers conferred on the Lender
hereunder are solely to protect the Lender's interests in the Collateral and
shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. The Lender shall
be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the
exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors,
employees or agents shall be responsible to the Borrower for any act or failure
to act hereunder, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

     Section 11. Miscellaneous.

     11.01 Waiver. No failure on the part of the Lender to exercise and no delay
in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or
privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan
Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

     11.02 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Loan
Agreement, all notices, requests and other communications provided for herein
and under the Custodial Agreement (including, without limitation, any
modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Loan Agreement)
shall be given or made in writing (including, without limitation, by telex or
telecopy) delivered to the intended recipient at the "Address for Notices"
specified below its name on the signature pages hereof); or, as to any party, at
such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to
each other party. Except as otherwise provided in this Loan Agreement and except
for notices given under Section 2 (which shall be effective only on receipt),
all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted
by telex or telecopier or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed
notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

     11.03 Indemnification and Expenses.

     (a) The Borrower agrees to hold the Lender harmless from and indemnify the
Lender against all liabilities, losses, damages, judgments, costs and expenses
of any kind which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Lender
(collectively, "Costs"), relating to or arising out of, this Loan Agreement, the
Note, any other Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby,
or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under
or in respect of, this Loan Agreement, the Note, any other Loan Document or any
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, that, in each case, results from
anything other than the Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower agrees to hold the Lender
harmless from and indemnify the Lender against all Costs with respect to 

                                     -30-
<PAGE>
 
Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans relating to or arising out of any breach, violation or
alleged breach or violation of any consumer credit laws, including without
limitation the Truth in Lending Act and/or the Real Estate Settlement Procedures
Act. In any suit, proceeding or action brought by the Lender in connection with
any Mortgage Loan for any sum owing thereunder, or to enforce any provisions of
any Mortgage Loan, the Borrower will save, indemnify and hold the Lender
harmless from and against all expense, loss or damage suffered by reason of any
defense, set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or reduction or liability whatsoever
of the account debtor or obligor thereunder, arising out of a breach by the
Borrower of any obligation thereunder or arising out of any other agreement,
indebtedness or liability at any time owing to or in favor of such account
debtor or obligor or its successors from the Borrower. The Borrower also agrees
to reimburse the Lender as and when billed by the Lender for all the Lender's
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or the
preservation of the Lender's rights under this Loan Agreement, the Note, any
other Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including
without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel. The
Borrower hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding the fact that the Note is
secured by the Collateral, the obligation of the Borrower under the Note is a
recourse obligation of the Borrower.

     (b) The Borrower agrees to pay as and when billed by the Lender all of the
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the
development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or
modification to, this Loan Agreement, the Note, any other Loan Document or any
other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith. The Borrower
agrees to pay as and when billed by the Lender all of the out-of-pocket costs
and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation and administration of
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby including, without limitation,
(i) all the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to the
Lender, and (ii) all the due diligence, inspection, testing and review costs and
expenses incurred by the Lender with respect to Collateral under this Loan
Agreement, including, but not limited to, those costs and expenses incurred by
the Lender pursuant to Sections 11.03(a), 11.14 and 11.15 hereof.

     11.04 Amendments. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Loan
Agreement, any provision of this Loan Agreement may be modified or supplemented
only by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the Lender and any
provision of this Loan Agreement may be waived by the Lender.

     11.05 Successors and Assigns . This Loan Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.

     11.06 Survival. The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 3.03 and
11.03 hereof shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the termination of
this Loan Agreement. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or
deemed to be made by a request for a borrowing, herein or pursuant hereto shall
survive the making of such representation and warranty, and the Lender shall not
be deemed to have waived, by reason of making any Loan, any Default that may
arise by reason of such representation or warranty proving to have been false or
misleading, notwithstanding that the Lender may have had notice or knowledge or
reason to believe that such representation or warranty was false or misleading
at the time such Loan was made.

     11.07 Captions. The table of contents and captions and section headings
appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not
intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Loan Agreement.

                                     -31-
<PAGE>
 
     11.08 Counterparts. This Loan Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Loan Agreement by
signing any such counterpart.

     11.09 Loan Agreement Constitutes Security Agreement; Governing Law. This
Loan Agreement shall be governed by New York law without reference to choice of
law doctrine, and shall constitute a security agreement within the meaning of
the Uniform Commercial Code.

     11.10 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

          (A) SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR
     PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, THE NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN
     DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT
     THEREOF, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE
     STATE OF NEW YORK, THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR
     THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

          (B) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH
     COURTS AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT
     MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN
     ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN
     INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

          (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING
     MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL
     (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS
     ADDRESS SET FORTH UNDER ITS SIGNATURE BELOW OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF
     WHICH THE LENDER SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED; AND

          (D) AGREES THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO EFFECT
     SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR SHALL LIMIT THE
     RIGHT TO SUE IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

     11.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND
ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY OR THEREBY.

     11.12 Acknowledgments. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

          (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and
     delivery of this Loan Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents;

                                     -32-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) the Lender has no fiduciary relationship to the Borrower, and the
     relationship between the Borrower and the Lender is solely that of debtor
     and creditor; and

          (c) no joint venture exists between the Lender and the Borrower.

     11.13 Hypothecation or Pledge of Loans. The Lender shall have free and
unrestricted use of all Collateral and nothing in this Loan Agreement shall
preclude the Lender from engaging in repurchase transactions with the Collateral
or otherwise pledging, repledging, transferring, hypothecating, or
rehypothecating the Collateral. Nothing contained in this Loan Agreement shall
obligate the Lender to segregate any Collateral delivered to the Lender by the
Borrower.

     11.14 Servicing.

     (a) The Borrower covenants to maintain or cause the servicing of the
Mortgage Loans to be maintained in conformity with accepted and prudent
servicing practices in the industry for the same type of mortgage loans as the
Mortgage Loans and in a manner at least equal in quality to the servicing the
Borrower provides to mortgage loans which it owns. In the event that the
preceding language is interpreted as constituting one or more servicing
contracts, each such servicing contract shall terminate automatically upon the
earliest of (i) an Event of Default, or (ii) the date on which all the Secured
Obligations have been paid in full, or (iii) the transfer of servicing approved
by the Borrower.

     (b) If the Mortgage Loans are serviced by the Borrower, (i) the Borrower
agrees that Lender is the owner of all servicing records, including but not
limited to any and all servicing agreements, files, documents, records, data
bases, computer tapes, copies of computer tapes, proof of insurance coverage,
insurance policies, appraisals, other closing documentation, payment history
records, and any other records relating to or evidencing the servicing of
Mortgage Loans (the "Servicing Records"), and (ii) the Borrower grants the
Lender a security interest in all servicing fees and rights relating to the
Mortgage Loans and all Servicing Records to secure the obligation of the
Borrower or its designee to service in conformity with this Section and any
other obligation of Borrower to the Lender. The Borrower covenants to safeguard
such Servicing Records and to deliver them promptly to the Lender or its
designee (including the Custodian) at the Lender's request.

     (c) If the Mortgage Loans are serviced by a third party servicer (such
third party servicer, the "Servicer"), the Borrower (i) shall provide a copy of
the servicing agreement to the Lender, which shall be in form and substance
acceptable to the Lender (the "Servicing Agreement"); and (ii) hereby
irrevocably assigns to the Lender and Lender's successors and assigns all right,
title, interest and the benefits of the Servicing Agreements with respect to the
Mortgage Loans.

     (d) If the Servicer is the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower, the
Borrower shall provide to the Lender a letter from the Servicer to the effect
that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender may terminate the
Servicing Agreement and transfer such servicing to its designee, at no cost or
expense to the Lender, it being agreed that the Borrower will pay any and all
fees required to terminate the Servicing Agreement and to effectuate the
transfer of servicing to the Lender.

     (e) After the Funding Date, until the pledge of such Mortgage Loan is
relinquished by the Custodian, the Borrower will have no right to modify or
alter the terms of the Mortgage Loan 

                                     -33-
<PAGE>
 
and the Borrower will have no obligation or right to repossess the Mortgage Loan
or substitute another Mortgage Loan, except as provided in the Custodial
Agreement.

     (f) In the event the Borrower or its Affiliate is servicing the Mortgage
Loans, the Borrower shall permit the Lender to inspect the Borrower's or its
Affiliate's servicing facilities, as the case may be, for the purpose of
satisfying the Lender that the Borrower or its Affiliate, as the case may be,
has the ability to service the Mortgage Loans as provided in this Loan
Agreement.

     11.15 Periodic Due Diligence Review. The Borrower acknowledges that the
Lender has the right to perform continuing due diligence reviews with respect to
the Mortgage Loans, for purposes of verifying compliance with the
representations, warranties and specifications made hereunder, or otherwise, and
the Borrower agrees that upon reasonable (but no less than one (1) Business
Day's) prior notice to the Borrower, the Lender or its authorized
representatives will be permitted during normal business hours to examine,
inspect, make copies of, and make extracts of, the Mortgage Files and any and
all documents, records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such
Mortgage Loans in the possession, or under the control, of the Borrower and/or
the Custodian. The Borrower also shall make available to the Lender a
knowledgeable financial or accounting officer for the purpose of answering
questions respecting the Mortgage Files and the Mortgage Loans. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the Lender shall
make Loans to the Borrower based solely upon the information provided by the
Borrower to the Lender in the Mortgage Loan Tape and the representations,
warranties and covenants contained herein, and that the Lender, at is option,
has the right, at any time to conduct a partial or complete due diligence review
on some or all of the Mortgage Loans securing such Loan, including, without
limitation, ordering new credit reports, new appraisals on the related Mortgaged
Properties and otherwise re-generating the information used to originate such
Mortgage Loan. The Lender may underwrite such Mortgage Loans itself or engage a
mutually agreed upon third party underwriter to perform such underwriting. The
Borrower agrees to cooperate with the Lender and any third party underwriter in
connection with such underwriting, including, but not limited to, providing the
Lender and any third party underwriter with access to any and all documents,
records, agreements, instruments or information relating to such Mortgage Loans
in the possession, or under the control, of the Borrower. The Borrower further
agrees that the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender for any and all out-of-
pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the
Lender's activities pursuant to this Section 11.15.

     11.16 Intent. The parties recognize that each Loan is a "securities
contract" as that term is defined in Section 741 of Title 11 of the United
States Code, as amended.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                     -34-
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                                     BORROWER
                                     --------

                                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION


                                     By  /s/  [signature illegible]
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Title:


                                     Address for Notices:

                                     1 Centerpointe Drive
                                     Suite 500
                                     Lake Oswego, Oregon  97035
                                     Attention:  Mr. Frank A. Frazzitta
                                     Telecopier No.:  (503) 684-1495
                                     Telephone No.:  (503) 684-4714


                                     LENDER

                                     MORGAN STANLEY MORTGAGE CAPITAL INC.


                                     By  [signature illegible]
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Title: Vice President


                                     Address for Notices:

                                     1585 Broadway
                                     New York, New York 10036
                                     Attention: Mr. Peter Mozer
                                     Telecopier No.: 212-761-0570
                                     Telephone No.: 212-761-2408
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Schedule 1


                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RE: MORTGAGE LOANS


                         Part I. Eligible Mortgage Loans

     As to each Mortgage Loan included in the Borrowing Base on a Funding Date
(and the related Mortgage, Mortgage Note, Assignment of Mortgage and Mortgaged
Property), the Borrower shall be deemed to make the following representations
and warranties to the Lender as of such date and as of each date Collateral
Value is determined (certain defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined
in the Loan Agreement appearing in Part II to this Schedule 1):

     (a) Mortgage Loans as Described. The information set forth in the Mortgage
Loan Schedule with respect to the Mortgage Loan is complete, true and correct in
all material respects.

     (b) Payments Current. All payments required to be made up to the Funding
Date for the Mortgage Loan under the terms of the Mortgage Note have been made
and credited. No payment required under the Mortgage Loan is delinquent nor has
any payment under the Mortgage Loan been delinquent at any time since the
origination of the Mortgage Loan. The first Monthly Payment shall be made, or
shall have been made, with respect to the Mortgage Loan on its Due Date or
within the grace period, all in accordance with the terms of the related
Mortgage Note.

     (c) No Outstanding Charges. There are no defaults in complying with the
terms of the Mortgage securing the Mortgage Loan, and all taxes, governmental
assessments, insurance premiums, water, sewer and municipal charges, leasehold
payments or ground rents which previously became due and owing have been paid,
or an escrow of funds has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for
every such item which remains unpaid and which has been assessed but is not yet
due and payable. Neither the Borrower nor the Qualified Originator from which
the Borrower acquired the Mortgage Loan has advanced funds, or induced,
solicited or knowingly received any advance of funds by a party other than the
Mortgagor, directly or indirectly, for the payment of any amount required under
the Mortgage Loan, except for interest accruing from the date of the Mortgage
Note or date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan, whichever is
earlier, to the day which precedes by one month the Due Date of the first
installment of principal and interest thereunder.

     (d) Original Terms Unmodified. The terms of the Mortgage Note and Mortgage
have not been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any respect, from the
date of origination; except by a written instrument which has been recorded, if
necessary to protect the interests of the Lender, and which has been delivered
to the Custodian and the terms of which are reflected in the Mortgage Loan
Schedule. The substance of any such waiver, alteration or modification has been
approved by the title insurer, to the extent required, and its terms are
reflected on the Mortgage Loan Schedule. No Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage
Loan has been released, in whole or in part, except in connection with an
assumption agreement approved by the title insurer, to the extent required by
such policy, and which assumption agreement is part of the Mortgage File
delivered to the Custodian and the terms of which are reflected in the Mortgage
Loan Schedule.
<PAGE>
 
     (e) No Defenses. The Mortgage Loan is not subject to any right of
rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including without limitation the
defense of usury, nor will the operation of any of the terms of the Mortgage
Note or the Mortgage, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render either the
Mortgage Note or the Mortgage unenforceable, in whole or in part and no such
right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with
respect thereto, and no Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan was a debtor
in any state or Federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding at the time the
Mortgage Loan was originated. The Borrower has no knowledge nor has it received
any notice that any Mortgagor in respect of the Mortgage Loan is a debtor in any
state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

     (f) Hazard Insurance. The Mortgaged Property is insured by a fire and
extended perils insurance policy, issued by a Qualified Insurer, and such other
hazards as are customary in the area where the Mortgaged Property is located,
and to the extent required by the Borrower as of the date of origination
consistent with the Underwriting Guidelines, against earthquake and other risks
insured against by Persons operating like properties in the locality of the
Mortgaged Property, in an amount not less than the greatest of (i) 100% of the
replacement cost of all improvements to the Mortgaged Property, (ii) the
outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, or (iii) the amount
necessary to avoid the operation of any co-insurance provisions with respect to
the Mortgaged Property, and consistent with the amount that would have been
required as of the date of origination in accordance with the Underwriting
Guidelines. If any portion of the Mortgaged Property is in an area identified by
any federal Governmental Authority as having special flood hazards, and flood
insurance is available, a flood insurance policy meeting the current guidelines
of the Federal Insurance Administration is in effect with a generally acceptable
insurance carrier, in an amount representing coverage not less than the least of
(1) the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, (2) the full
insurable value of the Mortgaged Property, and (3) the maximum amount of
insurance available under the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended.
All such insurance policies (collectively, the "hazard insurance policy")
contain a standard mortgagee clause naming the Borrower, its successors and
assigns (including without limitation, subsequent owners of the Mortgage Loan),
as mortgagee, and may not be reduced, terminated or canceled without 30 days'
prior written notice to the mortgagee. No such notice has been received by the
Borrower. All premiums on such insurance policy have been paid. The related
Mortgage obligates the Mortgagor to maintain all such insurance and, at such
Mortgagor's failure to do so, authorizes the mortgagee to maintain such
insurance at the Mortgagor's cost and expense and to seek reimbursement therefor
from such Mortgagor. Where required by state law or regulation, the Mortgagor
has been given an opportunity to choose the carrier of the required hazard
insurance, provided the policy is not a "master" or "blanket" hazard insurance
policy covering a condominium, or any hazard insurance policy covering the
common facilities of a planned unit development. The hazard insurance policy is
the valid and binding obligation of the insurer and is in full force and effect.
The Borrower has not engaged in, and has no knowledge of the Mortgagor's having
engaged in, any act or omission which would impair the coverage of any such
policy, the benefits of the endorsement provided for herein, or the validity and
binding effect of either including, without limitation, no unlawful fee,
commission, kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has
been or will be received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other
Person, and no such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by
the Borrower.

     (g) Compliance with Applicable Laws. Any and all requirements of any
federal, state or local law including, without limitation, usury, truth-in-
lending, real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal
credit opportunity or disclosure laws applicable to the Mortgage Loan have been
complied with, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not
involve the violation of any such laws or regulations, and the Borrower shall
maintain or shall 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
cause its agent to maintain in its possession, available for the inspection of
the Lender, and shall deliver to the Lender, upon demand, evidence of compliance
with all such requirements.

     (h) No Satisfaction of Mortgage. The Mortgage has not been satisfied,
canceled, subordinated or rescinded, in whole or in part, and the Mortgaged
Property has not been released from the lien of the Mortgage, in whole or in
part, nor has any instrument been executed that would effect any such release,
cancellation, subordination or rescission. The Borrower has not waived the
performance by the Mortgagor of any action, if the Mortgagor's failure to
perform such action would cause the Mortgage Loan to be in default, nor has the
Borrower waived any default resulting from any action or inaction by the
Mortgagor.

     (i) Location and Type of Mortgaged Property. The Mortgaged Property is
located in an Acceptable State as identified in the Mortgage Loan Schedule and
consists of a single parcel of real property with a detached single family
residence erected thereon, or a two- to four-family dwelling, or an individual
condominium unit in a low-rise condominium project, or an individual unit in a
planned unit development or a de minimis planned unit development, provided,
however, that any condominium unit or planned unit development shall conform
with the applicable FNMA and FHLMC requirements regarding such dwellings and
that no residence or dwelling is a mobile home or a manufactured dwelling. No
portion of the Mortgaged Property is used for commercial purposes.

     (j) Valid First Lien. The Mortgage is a valid, subsisting, enforceable and
perfected first lien on the real property included in the Mortgaged Property,
including all buildings on the Mortgaged Property and all installations and
mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems located
in or annexed to such buildings, and all additions, alterations and replacements
made at any time with respect to the foregoing. The lien of the Mortgage is
subject only to:

          (1) the lien of current real property taxes and assessments not yet
     due and payable;

          (2) covenants, conditions and restrictions, rights of way, easements
     and other matters of the public record as of the date of recording
     acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions generally and
     specifically referred to in the lender's title insurance policy delivered
     to the originator of the Mortgage Loan and (a) referred to or otherwise
     considered in the appraisal made for the originator of the Mortgage Loan or
     (b) which do not adversely affect the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged
     Property set forth in such appraisal; and

          (3) other matters to which like properties are commonly subject which
     do not materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to
     be provided by the Mortgage or the use, enjoyment, value or marketability
     of the related Mortgaged Property.

Any security agreement, chattel mortgage or equivalent document related to and
delivered in connection with the Mortgage Loan establishes and creates a valid,
subsisting and enforceable first lien and first priority security interest on
the property described therein and the Borrower has full right to pledge and
assign the same to the Lender. The Mortgaged Property was not, as of the date of
origination of the Mortgage Loan, subject to a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to
secure debt or other security instrument creating a lien subordinate to the lien
of the Mortgage.

     (k) Validity of Mortgage Documents. The Mortgage Note and the Mortgage and
any other agreement executed and delivered by a Mortgagor or guarantor, if
applicable, in connection 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
with a Mortgage Loan are genuine, and each is the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the maker thereof enforceable in accordance with its terms. All
parties to the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any other such related agreement
had legal capacity to enter into the Mortgage Loan and to execute and deliver
the Mortgage Note, the Mortgage and any such agreement, and the Mortgage Note,
the Mortgage and any other such related agreement have been duly and properly
executed by such related parties. No fraud, error, omission, misrepresentation,
negligence or similar occurrence with respect to a Mortgage Loan has taken place
on the part of any Person, including, without limitation, the Mortgagor, any
appraiser, any builder or developer, or any other party involved in the
origination of the Mortgage Loan. The Borrower has reviewed all of the documents
constituting the Servicing File and has made such inquiries as it deems
necessary to make and confirm the accuracy of the representations set forth
herein.

     (l) Full Disbursement of Proceeds. The Mortgage Loan has been closed and
the proceeds of the Mortgage Loan have been fully disbursed and there is no
further requirement for future advances thereunder, and any and all requirements
as to completion of any on-site or off-site improvement and as to disbursements
of any escrow funds therefor have been complied with. All costs, fees and
expenses incurred in making or closing the Mortgage Loan and the recording of
the Mortgage were paid, and the Mortgagor is not entitled to any refund of any
amounts paid or due under the Mortgage Note or Mortgage.

     (m) Ownership. The Borrower is the sole owner and holder of the Mortgage
Loan. The Mortgage Loan is not assigned or pledged, and the Borrower has good,
indefeasible and marketable title thereto, and has full right to transfer,
pledge and assign the Mortgage Loan to the Lender free and clear of any
encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or
security interest, and has full right and authority subject to no interest or
participation of, or agreement with, any other party, to assign, transfer and
pledge each Mortgage Loan pursuant to this Loan Agreement and following the
pledge of each Mortgage Loan, the Lender will hold such Mortgage Loan free and
clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge,
claim or security interest except any such security interest created pursuant to
the terms of this Loan Agreement.

     (n) Doing Business. All parties which have had any interest in the Mortgage
Loan, whether as mortgagee, assignee, pledgee or otherwise, are (or, during the
period in which they held and disposed of such interest, were) (i) in compliance
with any and all applicable licensing requirements of the laws of the state
wherein the Mortgaged Property is located, and (ii) either (A) organized under
the laws of such state, (B) qualified to do business in such state, (C) a
federal savings and loan association, a savings bank or a national bank having a
principal office in such state, or (D) not doing business in such state.

     (o) LTV, PMI Policy. No Mortgage Loan has an LTV greater than 80%. The
original LTV of each Mortgage Loan either was not more than 80% or the excess
over 75% is and will be insured as to payment defaults by a PMI Policy until the
LTV of such Mortgage Loan is reduced to 80%. All provisions of such PMI Policy
have been and are being complied with, such policy is valid and remains in full
force and effect, and all premiums due thereunder have been paid. No action,
inaction, or event has occurred and no state of facts exists that has resulted,
or will result, in the exclusion from, denial of, or defense to coverage by the
PMI Policy. If the Mortgage Loan provides for negative amortization or for the
potential of negative amortization, the PMI Policy insures any increase in the
outstanding principal balance from the original balance of the Mortgage Note.
Any Mortgage Loan subject to a PMI Policy obligates the Mortgagor thereunder to
maintain the PMI Policy 


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
and to pay all premiums and charges in connection therewith. The Mortgage
Interest Rate for each Mortgage Loan as set forth on the Mortgage Loan Schedule
is net of any such insurance premium.

     (p) Title Insurance. The Mortgage Loan is covered by either (i) an
attorney's opinion of title and abstract of title, the form and substance of
which is acceptable to prudent mortgage lending institutions making mortgage
loans in the area wherein the Mortgaged Property is located or (ii) an ALTA
lender's title insurance policy or other generally acceptable form of policy or
insurance acceptable to FNMA or FHLMC and each such title insurance policy is
issued by a title insurer acceptable to FNMA or FHLMC and qualified to do
business in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located, insuring
the Borrower, its successors and assigns, as to the first priority lien of the
Mortgage in the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan (or to the extent
a Mortgage Note provides for negative amortization, the maximum amount of
negative amortization in accordance with the Mortgage), subject only to the
exceptions contained in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of paragraph (j) of this Part I
of Schedule 1, and in the case of adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, against any
loss by reason of the invalidity or unenforceability of the lien resulting from
the provisions of the Mortgage providing for adjustment to the Mortgage Interest
Rate and Monthly Payment. Where required by state law or regulation, the
Mortgagor has been given the opportunity to choose the carrier of the required
mortgage title insurance. Additionally, such lender's title insurance policy
affirmatively insures ingress and egress and against encroachments by or upon
the Mortgaged Property or any interest therein. The title policy does not
contain any special exceptions (other than the standard exclusions) for zoning
and uses and has been marked to delete the standard survey exception or to
replace the standard survey exception with a specific survey reading. The
Borrower, its successors and assigns, are the sole insureds of such lender's
title insurance policy, and such lender's title insurance policy is valid and
remains in full force and effect and will be in force and effect upon the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement. No claims
have been made under such lender's title insurance policy, and no prior holder
or servicer of the related Mortgage, including the Borrower, has done, by act or
omission, anything which would impair the coverage of such lender's title
insurance policy, including, without limitation, no unlawful fee, commission,
kickback or other unlawful compensation or value of any kind has been or will be
received, retained or realized by any attorney, firm or other Person, and no
such unlawful items have been received, retained or realized by the Borrower.

     (q) No Defaults. There is no default, breach, violation or event of
acceleration existing under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note and no event has
occurred which, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of
any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event
of acceleration, and neither the Borrower nor its predecessors have waived any
default, breach, violation or event of acceleration.

     (r) No Mechanics' Liens. There are no mechanics' or similar liens or claims
which have been filed for work, labor or material (and no rights are outstanding
that under the law could give rise to such liens) affecting the Mortgaged
Property which are or may be liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the
lien of the Mortgage.

     (s) Location of Improvements; No Encroachments. All improvements which were
considered in determining the Appraised Value of the Mortgaged Property lie
wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Mortgaged
Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the
Mortgaged Property. No improvement located on or being part of the Mortgaged
Property is in violation of any applicable zoning and building law, ordinance or
regulation.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
     (t) Origination; Payment Terms. The Mortgage Loan was originated by or in
conjunction with a mortgagee approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act, a
savings and loan association, a savings bank, a commercial bank, credit union,
insurance company or similar banking institution which is supervised and
examined by a federal or state authority. Principal payments on the Mortgage
Loan commenced no more than 60 days after funds were disbursed in connection
with the Mortgage Loan. The Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted, with respect to
adjustable rate Mortgage Loans, on each Interest Rate Adjustment Date to equal
the Index plus the Gross Margin (rounded up or down to the nearest .125%),
subject to the Mortgage Interest Rate Cap. The Mortgage Note is payable on the
first day of each month in equal monthly installments of principal and interest,
which installments of interest, with respect to adjustable rate Mortgage Loans,
are subject to change due to the adjustments to the Mortgage Interest Rate on
each Interest Rate Adjustment Date, with interest calculated and payable in
arrears, sufficient to amortize the Mortgage Loan fully by the stated maturity
date, over an original term of not more than 30 years from commencement of
amortization. The due date of the first payment under the Mortgage Note is no
more than 60 days from the date of the Mortgage Note.

     (u) Customary Provisions. The Mortgage Note has a stated maturity. The
Mortgage contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the
rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for the realization against
the Mortgaged Property of the benefits of the security provided thereby,
including, (i) in the case of a Mortgage designated as a deed of trust, by
trustee's sale, and (ii) otherwise by judicial foreclosure. Upon default by a
Mortgagor on a Mortgage Loan and foreclosure on, or trustee's sale of, the
Mortgaged Property pursuant to the proper procedures, the holder of the Mortgage
Loan will be able to deliver good and merchantable title to the Mortgaged
Property. There is no homestead or other exemption available to a Mortgagor
which would interfere with the right to sell the Mortgaged Property at a
trustee's sale or the right to foreclose the Mortgage.

     (v) Conformance with Underwriting Guidelines and Agency Standards. The
Mortgage Loan was underwritten in accordance with the applicable Underwriting
Guidelines. The Mortgage Note and Mortgage are on forms similar to those used by
FHLMC or FNMA and the Borrower has not made any representations to a Mortgagor
that are inconsistent with the mortgage instruments used.

     (w) Occupancy of the Mortgaged Property. As of the Funding Date the
Mortgaged Property is lawfully occupied under applicable law. All inspections,
licenses and certificates required to be made or issued with respect to all
occupied portions of the Mortgaged Property and, with respect to the use and
occupancy of the same, including but not limited to certificates of occupancy
and fire underwriting certificates, have been made or obtained from the
appropriate authorities. The Borrower has not received notification from any
governmental authority that the Mortgaged Property is in material non-compliance
with such laws or regulations, is being used, operated or occupied unlawfully or
has failed to have or obtain such inspection, licenses or certificates, as the
case may be. The Borrower has not received notice of any violation or failure to
conform with any such law, ordinance, regulation, standard, license or
certificate. The Mortgagor represented at the time of origination of the
Mortgage Loan that the Mortgagor would occupy the Mortgaged Property as the
Mortgagor's primary residence.

     (x) No Additional Collateral. The Mortgage Note is not and has not been
secured by any collateral except the lien of the corresponding Mortgage and the
security interest of any applicable security agreement or chattel mortgage
referred to in clause (j) above.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     (y) Deeds of Trust. In the event the Mortgage constitutes a deed of trust,
a trustee, authorized and duly qualified under applicable law to serve as such,
has been properly designated and currently so serves and is named in the
Mortgage, and no fees or expenses are or will become payable by the Custodian or
the Lender to the trustee under the deed of trust, except in connection with a
trustee's sale after default by the Mortgagor.

     (z) Delivery of Mortgage Documents. The Mortgage Note, the Mortgage, the
Assignment of Mortgage and any other documents required to be delivered under
the Custodial Agreement for each Mortgage Loan have been delivered to the
Custodian. The Borrower or its agent is in possession of a complete, true and
accurate Mortgage File in compliance with the Custodial Agreement, except for
such documents the originals of which have been delivered to the Custodian.

     (aa) Transfer of Mortgage Loans. The Assignment of Mortgage is in
recordable form and is acceptable for recording under the laws of the
jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located.

     (bb) Due-On-Sale. The Mortgage contains an enforceable provision for the
acceleration of the payment of the unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loan
in the event that the Mortgaged Property is sold or transferred without the
prior written consent of the mortgagee thereunder.

     (cc) No Buydown Provisions; No Graduated Payments or Contingent Interests.
The Mortgage Loan does not contain provisions pursuant to which Monthly Payments
are paid or partially paid with funds deposited in any separate account
established by the Borrower, the Mortgagor, or anyone on behalf of the
Mortgagor, or paid by any source other than the Mortgagor nor does it contain
any other similar provisions which may constitute a "buydown" provision. The
Mortgage Loan is not a graduated payment mortgage loan and the Mortgage Loan
does not have a shared appreciation or other contingent interest feature.

     (dd) Consolidation of Future Advances. Any future advances made to the
Mortgagor prior to the Cut-off Date have been consolidated with the outstanding
principal amount secured by the Mortgage, and the secured principal amount, as
consolidated, bears a single interest rate and single repayment term. The lien
of the Mortgage securing the consolidated principal amount is expressly insured
as having first lien priority by a title insurance policy, an endorsement to the
policy insuring the mortgagee's consolidated interest or by other title evidence
acceptable to FNMA and FHLMC. The consolidated principal amount does not exceed
the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan.

     (ee) Mortgaged Property Undamaged. The Mortgaged Property is undamaged by
waste, fire, earthquake or earth movement, windstorm, flood, tornado or other
casualty so as to affect adversely the value of the Mortgaged Property as
security for the Mortgage Loan or the use for which the premises were intended
and each Mortgaged Property is in good repair. There have not been any
condemnation proceedings with respect to the Mortgaged Property and the Borrower
has no knowledge of any such proceedings.

     (ff) Collection Practices; Escrow Deposits; Interest Rate Adjustments. The
origination and collection practices used by the originator, each servicer of
the Mortgage Loan and the Borrower with respect to the Mortgage Loan have been
in all respects in compliance with Accepted Servicing Practices, applicable laws
and regulations, and have been in all respects legal and proper. 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
With respect to escrow deposits and Escrow Payments, all such payments are in
the possession of, or under the control of, the Borrower and there exist no
deficiencies in connection therewith for which customary arrangements for
repayment thereof have not been made. All Escrow Payments have been collected in
full compliance with state and federal law. An escrow of funds is not prohibited
by applicable law and has been established in an amount sufficient to pay for
every item that remains unpaid and has been assessed but is not yet due and
payable. No escrow deposits or Escrow Payments or other charges or payments due
the Borrower have been capitalized under the Mortgage or the Mortgage Note. All
Mortgage Interest Rate adjustments have been made in strict compliance with
state and federal law and the terms of the related Mortgage Note. Any interest
required to be paid pursuant to state, federal and local law has been properly
paid and credited.

     (gg) Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate. With respect to adjustable rate
Mortgage Loans, the Mortgage Loan is not convertible to a fixed interest rate
Mortgage Loan.

     (hh) Other Insurance Policies. No action, inaction or event has occurred
and no state of facts exists or has existed that has resulted or will result in
the exclusion from, denial of, or defense to coverage under any applicable
special hazard insurance policy, PMI Policy or bankruptcy bond, irrespective of
the cause of such failure of coverage. In connection with the placement of any
such insurance, no commission, fee, or other compensation has been or will be
received by the Borrower or by any officer, director, or employee of the
Borrower or any designee of the Borrower or any corporation in which the
Borrower or any officer, director, or employee had a financial interest at the
time of placement of such insurance.

     (ii) Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act. The Mortgagor has not
notified the Borrower, and the Borrower has no knowledge, of any relief
requested or allowed to the Mortgagor under the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil
Relief Act of 1940.

     (jj) Appraisal. The Mortgage File contains an appraisal of the related
Mortgaged Property signed prior to the approval of the Mortgage Loan application
by a qualified appraiser, duly appointed by the Borrower, who had no interest,
direct or indirect in the Mortgaged Property or in any loan made on the security
thereof, and whose compensation is not affected by the approval or disapproval
of the Mortgage Loan, and the appraisal and appraiser both satisfy the
requirements of FNMA or FHLMC and Title XI of the Federal Institutions Reform,
Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 as amended and the regulations promulgated
thereunder, all as in effect on the date the Mortgage Loan was originated.

     (kk) Disclosure Materials. The Mortgagor has executed a statement to the
effect that the Mortgagor has received all disclosure materials required by
applicable law with respect to the making of adjustable rate mortgage loans, and
the Borrower maintains such statement in the Mortgage File.

     (ll) Construction or Rehabilitation of Mortgaged Property. No Mortgage Loan
was made in connection with the construction or rehabilitation of a Mortgaged
Property or facilitating the trade-in or exchange of a Mortgaged Property.

     (mm) No Defense to Insurance Coverage. No action has been taken or failed
to be taken, no event has occurred and no state of facts exists or has existed
on or prior to the Funding Date (whether or not known to the Borrower on or
prior to such date) which has resulted or will result in an exclusion from,
denial of, or defense to coverage under any private mortgage insurance
(including, 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
without limitation, any exclusions, denials or defenses which would limit or
reduce the availability of the timely payment of the full amount of the loss
otherwise due thereunder to the insured) whether arising out of actions,
representations, errors, omissions, negligence, or fraud of the Borrower, the
related Mortgagor or any party involved in the application for such coverage,
including the appraisal, plans and specifications and other exhibits or
documents submitted therewith to the insurer under such insurance policy, or for
any other reason under such coverage, but not including the failure of such
insurer to pay by reason of such insurer's breach of such insurance policy or
such insurer's financial inability to pay.

     (nn) Capitalization of Interest. The Mortgage Note does not by its terms
provide for the capitalization or forbearance of interest.

     (oo) No Equity Participation. No document relating to the Mortgage Loan
provides for any contingent or additional interest in the form of participation
in the cash flow of the Mortgaged Property or a sharing in the appreciation of
the value of the Mortgaged Property. The indebtedness evidenced by the Mortgage
Note is not convertible to an ownership interest in the Mortgaged Property or
the Mortgagor and the Borrower has not financed nor does it own directly or
indirectly, any equity of any form in the Mortgaged Property or the Mortgagor.

     (pp) Withdrawn Mortgage Loans. If the Mortgage Loan has been released to
the Borrower pursuant to a Request for Release as permitted under Section 5 of
the Custodial Agreement, then the promissory note relating to the Mortgage Loan
was returned to the Custodian within 10 days (or if such tenth day was not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

     (qq) Origination Date. The Origination Date is no earlier than one (1)
month prior to the date the Mortgage Loan is first included in the Borrowing
Base.

     (rr) No Exception. The Custodian has not noted any material exceptions on
an Exception Report (as defined in the Custodial Agreement) with respect to the
Mortgage Loan which would materially adversely affect the Mortgage Loan or the
Lender's security interest, granted by the Borrower, in the Mortgage Loan.

     (ss) Qualified Originator. The Mortgage Loan has been originated by, and,
if applicable, purchased by the Borrower from, a Qualified Originator.

     (tt) Mortgage Submitted for Recordation. The Mortgage has been submitted
for recordation in the appropriate governmental recording office of the
jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located.

     (uu) Wet-Ink Mortgage Loans. With respect to each Mortgage Loan that is a
Wet-Ink Mortgage Loan, the Settlement Agent has been instructed in writing by
the Borrower to hold the related Mortgage Loan Documents as agent and bailee for
the Lender and to promptly forward such Mortgage Loan Documents to the Custodian
for receipt within five (5) Business Days following the applicable Funding Date.

     (vv) Securitization. Each Mortgage Loan conforms to the securitization
requirements of the most recent related securitization transaction underwritten
or placed on behalf of Borrower which transaction has received an investment
grade rating by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Moody's Investors Service,
Inc. (a "Standard Securitization Transaction") and otherwise 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
conforms to the current standards of institutional securitization applicable to
loans similar in nature to the Mortgage Loans. All Mortgage Loans, individually
and in the aggregate, will substantially comply with each related representation
and warranty made in (i) the most recent related Standard Securitization
Transaction or (ii) will otherwise substantially comply with each related
representation or warranty customarily required under the current standards of
investment grade institutional securitization applicable to mortgage loans
similar in nature to the Mortgage Loans.

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
                              Part II Defined Terms

     In addition to terms defined elsewhere in the Loan Agreement, the following
terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Schedule 1:

     "Acceptable State" shall mean any state notified by the Borrower to the
Lender from time to time and approved in writing by the Lender, which approval
has not been revoked by the Lender in its sole good-faith discretion, any such
notice of revocation to be given no later than 10 Business Days prior to its
intended effective date.

     "Accepted Servicing Practices" shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage
Loan, those mortgage servicing practices of prudent mortgage lending
institutions which service mortgage loans of the same type as such Mortgage
Loans in the jurisdiction where the related Mortgaged Property is located.

     "ALTA" means the American Land Title Association.

     "Appraised Value" shall mean the value set forth in an appraisal made in
connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan as the value of the
Mortgaged Property.

     "Assignment of Mortgage" shall mean, with respect to any Mortgage, an
assignment of the Mortgage, notice of transfer or equivalent instrument in
recordable form, sufficient under the laws of the jurisdiction wherein the
related Mortgaged Property is located to reflect the assignment and pledge of
the Mortgage.

     "Best's" means Best's Key Rating Guide, as the same shall be amended from
time to time.

     "Cut-off Date" means the first day of the month in which the related
Funding Date occurs.

     "Due Date" means the day of the month on which the Monthly Payment is due
on a Mortgage Loan, exclusive of any days of grace.

     "Escrow Payments" means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the amounts
constituting ground rents, taxes, assessments, water rates, sewer rents,
municipal charges, mortgage insurance premiums, fire and hazard insurance
premiums, condominium charges, and any other payments required to be escrowed by
the Mortgagor with the mortgagee pursuant to the Mortgage or any other document.

     "FHLMC" means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor
thereto.

     "FNMA" means the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor
thereto.

     "Gross Margin" means with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan,
the fixed percentage amount set forth in the related Mortgage Note.

                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
     "Index" means with respect to each adjustable rate Mortgage Loan, the index
set forth in the  related  Mortgage  Note for the  purpose  of  calculating  the
interest rate thereon.

     "Insurance  Proceeds" means with respect to each Mortgage Loan, proceeds of
insurance policies insuring the Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property.

     "Interest Rate Adjustment  Date" means with respect to each adjustable rate
Mortgage Loan, the date, specified in the related Mortgage Note and the Mortgage
Loan Schedule, on which the Mortgage Interest Rate is adjusted.

     "Loan-to-Value Ratio" or "LTV" means with respect to any Mortgage Loan, the
ratio of the original  outstanding  principal amount of the Mortgage Loan to the
lesser of (a) the Appraised  Value of the Mortgaged  Property at  origination or
(b) if the Mortgaged  Property was purchased within 12 months of the origination
of the Mortgage Loan, the purchase price of the Mortgaged Property.

     "Monthly  Payment"  means the  scheduled  monthly  payment of principal and
interest  on a Mortgage  Loan as  adjusted  in  accordance  with  changes in the
Mortgage  Interest Rate  pursuant to the  provisions of the Mortgage Note for an
adjustable rate Mortgage Loan.

     "Mortgage  Interest  Rate"  means the annual  rate of  interest  borne on a
Mortgage  Note,  which  shall be  adjusted  from  time to time with  respect  to
adjustable rate Mortgage Loans.

     "Mortgage  Interest  Rate Cap" means with  respect  to an  adjustable  rate
Mortgage Loan, the limit on each Mortgage  Interest Rate adjustment as set forth
in the related Mortgage Note.

     "Mortgagee" means the Borrower or any subsequent holder of a Mortgage Loan.

     "Origination Date" shall mean, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, the date
of the Mortgage Note relating to such Mortgage Loan,  unless such information is
not provided by the Borrower with respect to such  Mortgage  Loan, in which case
the Origination Date shall be deemed to be the date that is 40 days prior to the
date of the first  payment  under the Mortgage  Note  relating to such  Mortgage
Loan.

     "PMI  Policy"  or  "Primary  Insurance  Policy"  means a policy of  primary
mortgage guaranty insurance issued by a Qualified Insurer.

     "Qualified Insurer" means an insurance company duly qualified as such under
the  laws of the  states  in which  the  Mortgaged  Property  is  located,  duly
authorized  and  licensed in such states to transact  the  applicable  insurance
business and to write the insurance provided, and approved as an insurer by FNMA
and FHLMC and whose  claims  paying  ability is rated in the two highest  rating
categories  by any of the rating  agencies  with  respect  to  primary  mortgage
insurance  and in the two highest  rating  categories  by Best's with respect to
hazard and flood insurance.

     "Qualified  Originator"  means an originator of Mortgage  Loans  reasonably
acceptable to the Lender.

     "Servicing  File"  means  with  respect  to each  Mortgage  Loan,  the file
retained  by the  Borrower  consisting  of  originals  of all  documents  in the
Mortgage  File which are not delivered to a Custodian and copies of the Mortgage
Loan Documents set forth in Section 2 of the Custodial Agreement.

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Schedule 2


                        FILING JURISDICTIONS AND OFFICES


               Office of the Secretary of the State of California


                 Office of the Secretary of the State of Oregon
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            [FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE]

$ _________________                                            ________ __, 1996
                                                              New York, New York

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION, a [____________]
corporation  (the  "Borrower"),  hereby  promises  to pay to the order of MORGAN
STANLEY  MORTGAGE  CAPITAL INC. (the "Lender"),  at the principal  office of the
Lender at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, in lawful money of the United
States,   and  in   immediately   available   funds,   the   principal   sum  of
_________________  DOLLARS  ($[____________])  (or such  lesser  amount as shall
equal the aggregate  unpaid  principal amount of the Loans made by the Lender to
the  Borrower  under the Loan  Agreement),  on the  dates  and in the  principal
amounts  provided  in the Loan  Agreement,  and to pay  interest  on the  unpaid
principal amount of each such Loan, at such office, in like money and funds, for
the period  commencing on the date of such Loan until such Loan shall be paid in
full, at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Loan Agreement.

     The date,  amount and interest  rate of each Loan made by the Lender to the
Borrower,  and each payment made on account of the principal  thereof,  shall be
recorded  by the Lender on its books and,  prior to any  transfer  of this Note,
endorsed  by the  Lender on the  schedule  attached  hereto or any  continuation
thereof;  provided,  that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation
or  endorsement  shall not  affect the  obligations  of the  Borrower  to make a
payment  when due of any amount  owing under the Loan  Agreement or hereunder in
respect of the Loans made by the Lender.

     This Note is the Note referred to in the Master Loan and Security Agreement
dated as of October __, 1996 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and
in effect from time to time, the "Loan Agreement")  between the Borrower and the
Lender,  and evidences Loans made by the Lender  thereunder.  Terms used but not
defined in this Note have the respective  meanings  assigned to them in the Loan
Agreement.

     The  Borrower  agrees  to pay all the  Lender's  costs  of  collection  and
enforcement  (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements of Lender's
counsel) in respect of this Note when incurred,  including,  without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees through appellate proceedings.

     Notwithstanding   the  pledge  of  the  Collateral,   the  Borrower  hereby
acknowledges,  admits and agrees that the Borrower's obligations under this Note
are recourse  obligations of the Borrower to which the Borrower pledges its full
faith and credit.

     The Borrower,  and any indorsers or guarantors  hereof, (a) severally waive
diligence,  presentment,  protest and demand and also notice of protest, demand,
dishonor and  nonpayments of this Note,  (b) expressly  agree that this Note, or
any payment  hereunder,  may be extended  from time to time,  and consent to the
acceptance of further  Collateral,  the release of any Collateral for this Note,
the  release  of any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable  hereon,  and (c)
expressly  agree  that it will  not be  necessary  for the  Lender,  in order to
enforce  payment of this  Note,  to first  institute  or  exhaust  the  Lender's
remedies  against the Borrower or any other party  liable  hereon or against any
Collateral  for this Note. No extension of time for the payment of this Note, or
any installment  hereof,  made by agreement by the Lender with any person now or
hereafter  liable for the payment of this Note, shall 
<PAGE>
 
affect the liability under this Note of the Borrower, even if the Borrower is
not a party to such agreement; provided, however, that the Lender and the
Borrower, by written agreement between them, may affect the liability of the
Borrower.

     Any reference  herein to the Lender shall be deemed to include and apply to
every  subsequent  holder of this Note.  Reference is made to the Loan Agreement
for  provisions  concerning  optional  and  mandatory  prepayments,  Collateral,
acceleration and other material terms affecting this Note.

     THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK (WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO CHOICE OF LAW DOCTRINE)  WHOSE LAWS THE BORROWER
EXPRESSLY  ELECTS TO APPLY TO THIS NOTE. THE BORROWER  AGREES THAT ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING  BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE MAY BE  COMMENCED  IN
THE  SUPREME  COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  BOROUGH OF  MANHATTAN,  OR IN THE
DISTRICT COURT OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK.

                                     SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION


                                     By:
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
                                SCHEDULE OF LOANS

     This Note evidences Loans made under the within-described Loan Agreement to
the Borrower, on the dates, in the principal amounts and bearing interest at the
rates set forth below,  and subject to the payments and prepayments of principal
set forth below:


            Principal Amount of    Amount Paid     Unpaid Principal   Notation
Date Made           Loan           or Prepaid           Amount        Made by
- ---------   -------------------    -----------     ----------------   --------

                                      A-3 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                          [FORM OF CUSTODIAL AGREEMENT]


                                  [to be added]
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                  [FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE BORROWER]


                                  [to be added]
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT D

              UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES FOR 'A' CREDIT MORTGAGE LOANS

               (Incorporates all of the following guidelines and
                 particularly with respect to "A" Credit and 
                "A-" Credit Guidelines - See Chapter 3 Sections
                                 III A and B)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT E

              UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES FOR 'B' CREDIT MORTGAGE LOANS

   (Incorporates all of the following guidelines and particularly with respect
          to "B" Credit Guidelines - See Chapter 3 Section III C of the
                 Underwriting Guidelines attached to Exhibit D)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT F

              UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES FOR 'C' CREDIT MORTGAGE LOANS



   (Incorporates all of the following guidelines and particularly with respect
          to "C" Credit Guidelines - See Chapter 3 Section III D of the
                 Underwriting Guidelines attached to Exhibit D)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT G

              UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES FOR 'D' CREDIT MORTGAGE LOANS

   (Incorporates all of the following guidelines and particularly with respect
          to "D" Credit Guidelines - See Chapter 3 Section III E of the
                 Underwriting Guidelines attached to Exhibit D)

<PAGE>
 
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.3


                               November 4, 1996


Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500
Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035

     Re:  Southern Pacific Funding Corporation
          Registration Statement No. 14181 on Form S-1
          --------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to Southern Pacific Funding Corporation, a 
California corporation (the "Registrant") in connection with the registration 
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of shares of Common 
Stock of the Registrant and the related preparation and filing of a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement").

     We hereby consent to use of our name in the prospectus included in the 
Registration Statement under the heading "Legal Matters," without admitting that
we are "experts" within the meaning of the Act, and the rules and regulations 
thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including 
this Exhibit.

                               Very truly yours,

                               THACHER PROFFITT & WOOD

                               By

                               /s/ Thacher Proffitt & Wood



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission